Daven Kross Webinars

Category: Webinars Collection

  • 06/18/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy Generational Planning – Six Steps to Legacy Planning for the Generations

    Welcome everybody. Thanks so much for joining us today. We’re going to be discussing legacy planning, estate planning, six steps to uh planning for the generations. My name is Christian Chaplua. I’m a financial consultant here at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. So, we work with members throughout the United States. I work primarily with folks on the West Coast. So, that includes uh Southern California, also Hawaii, Washington State, uh but lots of other places as well. uh people relocate and uh so we continue to work together. I’ve been in the industry uh on the personal uh wealth management side for about 15 years. Uh so can um you know offer that experience uh help you with your financial planning uh investment u management questions all the above. You know, we we offer these topics to help you get uh smarter about financial planning, about all the important uh areas of planning, which can uh includes today’s presentation, but also budgeting, long-term care, Medicare, Social Security, uh investments, annuities, the list goes on and on. So, um I think uh if you’re interested in estate planning, then you’re uh going to get some great information today. uh be able to jumpstart that process and uh and get your estate planning uh completed this year. And uh it’s so important for all of us to kind of remember to get this done. Uh take care of ourselves, take care of our families.

    Just want to mention uh this presentation intended for educational purposes only. So uh please do not record, reproduce, distribute any part of this presentation. uh no video audio screen screen capture AI tools um the presentation is proprietary and um uh hope you can understand. Thanks so much.

    Got a couple of webinars coming up. So we’re going to be discussing webinar planning on Thursday June the 25th. Uh so if you’re uh Medicare age do join us. got some great information uh help you with understanding the deadlines, how Medicare works. And then we’re going to be discussing social security planning uh Thursday, July the 2nd, and uh talking about social security, uh different filing strategies, filing as a family, uh uh different ideas around um you know, whether to file early, uh late, delay, how it works with your overall financial plan. Lots of great information. and it’s one of our most popular webinars. Hopefully you can join us for that as well. In addition to our webinars, we’ve got our invest podcast which is available on our website. Uh so you can download episodes over 20 episodes available and then uh our website and blog has lots of good information as well. So that includes uh tools, templates, um financial articles, uh plenty of resources for you. Uh that’s at our website. Uh you can uh access our website through uh the aligned credit credit union portal um or directly uh at the ARS uh location.

    And then just a quick reminder in terms of uh how we could potentially work together. So um a couple different areas. Um we always offer financial planning. Uh that’s no charge for clients uh no charge for members uh even for prospects. Um so that that includes a basic plan uh looking at source of income, expenses, assets and kind of a timeline, cash flows for the future. Uh so basic plans are are complimentary. Would highly encourage everybody to get their plan done. Uh in conjunction with that, you know, there’s things like estate planning and other things, long-term care, as I mentioned. Uh so estate planning available to clients. So, if you become a client, we can get your uh estate planning completed through our digital planning service. Uh advanced planning, which includes Roth conversions, tax planning, uh cash management strategies that’s also available to clients. Um and then there’s traditional investment management that we help folks with, uh thinking about uh feebased uh no fee products, lots of different choices. So, uh just a quick summary. I’ll revisit this topic uh at the end of the presentation. We always highly encourage uh folks to become clients. We think we offer a lot of value um and uh it’s cost-effective versus any other alternatives and we can show you that uh so please do consider it. I’ll give you a chance to uh sign up for a meeting uh throughout the presentation.

    Okay. So let’s get started with uh the topic for today. Um, so one question here, uh, you know, what wisdom would you try to impart on the world if it if you knew that was your last chance? Um, so that’s a really important question. Uh, it’s not something that we’re thinking about on a daily basis, but it’s it’s a good question to kind of reflect on. Uh, there’s two individuals here um on the screen that you can see. Uh, one you might know, recognize, the the other not so much. And the reason that we kind of highlight these two uh two individuals is because you know um it’s kind of a uh just looking at how they prepared for estate planning and the differences and um and just thinking about some of the qualitative aspects of uh you know our life and and thinking about you know our um you know our longevity. Um so it’s a really important question to ask in terms of you know if it was you know our last chance what kind of wisdom would we impart on the world. Um this um this quote came from um professor Randy Pouch. He was a computer science professor at uh Carnegie Carnegie Melon University. Um and the reason that he is famous for this quote um is because he was diagnosed with pancreatic cancer at the age of 45. Uh so that’s obviously way too young for somebody um and so unfortunate for somebody so brilliant um you know rather than kind of uh getting stuck on the idea um and uh and just you know being quiet and uh not um you know not really picking uh or getting depressed about the situation. Um he decided to do something about it. He delivered what’s called the last lecture and it actually became a YouTube sensation at the time. It was made into a book. Uh he was on TV with Good Morning America, Oprah, all kinds of things. Um so, you know, he came up uh he did write a book um asking these questions um that he thought were very important in his life. Um you know, questions like um you know, what are we spending our our time on? uh about preparation where luck is truly where preparation meets opportunity and it’s a really good book. Um you know a lot of kids are reading this in high school. Uh so he did become famous and he took his unfortunate diagnosis and it turned it into something really special. Um again unfortunately he he died two years later. Uh but you know it’s just an example of how he kind of took charge of his life and and made a positive impact on the world. Um, in contrast, um, we’ve got, you know, Mr. Gandalfino, Gandalfini, many of you know him from the Sopranos. Um, so Tony Soprano, I was a big fan. Um, he made a huge impact on the world as well. Um, but you know, the unfortunate thing about uh, James Gandalfini is he died unexpectedly at the age of 51. Um and because he hadn’t planned um he left only about 20% of his estate to his wife. About 30 million of the 70 million went to taxes. Uh it went to other sources. But um you know this was just an unfortunate and kind of extreme situation. Many of us are not in this kind of tax bracket. But it’s uh just an example of the difference in terms of uh you know planning ahead um and thinking about you know what’s important to us and and making sure that we’ve organized our affairs. um um and you know the the importance of that both financially and qualitatively. So here we have kind of just a you know a really good example of two individuals that uh made a tremendous impact on the world but they handled their last days quite differently. Um you know the you know the gift that uh Randy Posh received was that he had advanced notice um kind of did something about it and made a positive impact on the world. Um James Gandalfini, he passed away suddenly. Um he didn’t have that chance, but you know, none of us know um you know, the day that we’re going to pass away unless we’re kind of sick, unless we’ve got a bad diagnosis. Um so this is just, you know, uh an example of two individuals um how they approached estate planning and kind of um their last uh last days uh in a different way and uh for us to learn from. you know, only 24% of Americans have a will. Um, and that number is actually declining. Used to be 33% in 2022. So, not enough of us are are creating a will. Uh, procrastination, um, it’s probably the biggest reason why we don’t get to our estate planning, and it’s understandable. We’re all busy. Uh but uh it is so important and uh an unfortunate diagnosis or a premature death could really kind of uh mess up our our plans for our families and and make things just very messy um in terms of the estate settlement process. Um if you get a bad diagnosis, um it’s going to be a motivator for you, of course. Uh but you know, we should all be planning for um you know, passing our states on smoothly to our family members or our charities, our churches, uh wherever those funds are going. Um you know, without without direction, uh without official direction, legal uh direction for your family, um there’s going to be confusion. Um there could be disagreements. Uh there could be probate which is going to be additional uh delays, costs, legal process. Uh if you’ve ever gone through the probate process, you know what I’m talking about. Maybe it’s for your parents or for another family member. Um and again, you don’t want to be in the situation where you’re not organized. U you know, things are um kind of uh disorganized. You, you know, nobody knows where your papers are. Uh all your different accounts, uh your beneficiaries are not squared away. Um all of these things are avoidable and we highly encourage you to get this estate planning done. Incapacity is also a problem. So sudden incapacity for health issues or an accident. Um that’s where nobody knows your medical wishes. And even if you’re going in for routine kind of uh you know checkups like a colonoscopy or anything you need to have your kind of medical directive completed u make sure that somebody’s appointed uh because mishaps happen. Even if it’s like 1% of the time uh or.1% of the time mishaps do happen. You want to make sure that uh you know your medical decisions are arranged for you. Uh someone has the authority to handle your finances and uh and making sure that everything is in good order.

    One of the greatest obstacles in estate planning is just you know it’s death denial. You know most people don’t want to think about it. Um so that’s the reason that we uh procrastinate. Um it’s scary to think about also. Um but again uh you know the confidence and and kind of the um um the ability to sleep at night after all of this is done uh is just worth the effort. So we highly encourage it. It’s really a gift to your family. Uh so you want to just uh you’ve been taking care of your family potentially your whole life and you want to keep doing that in the future. Um again avoid any added stress during a highly emotional time uh if you were to pass away suddenly. Uh so the common estate problems that you know we see sometimes um and it’s happened we have clients that have passed away uh suddenly it could be a um you know a diving accident in Hawaii um it could be a health issue it could be a car accident uh this happens all the time. Uh so again you want to think about you know your will, your uh trust, your living trust, advanced healthcare directives. Make sure u that any uh minors are taken care of in terms of guardianship. Uh thinking about tax planning depending on what tax bracket you’re in. Um and also cash management planning. These are all the common problems that we come across. The benefits of estate planning are basically that you know it spells out your healthcare wishes. Your possessions go to the people that you choose. um you avoid those unplanned legal expenses and delays and just basically protect uh your family and your loved ones. And then you also want to think about, you know, other things, things like uh you know, your values and how to pass those on. Maybe it’s to grandchildren. Uh maybe it’s to, you know, your kids. Um it could be your life experiences, your talents, um lots of different things. So when you have time on your side, you’re able to prepare, pass these things on. could be um just character assets, intellectual assets. Uh again, lots of different things that we can share with our family uh both from a financial perspective and uh these qualitative topics. So again, we just highly encourage people to to think this through. It’s going to be different for everybody. Some of us are kind of very um you know, focus on the financial side, others u on the qualitative side. But uh you know, it is a two-step process. Um you just want to kind of you know again think it through organize everything uh and make sure that it’s uh kind of in place legally so that the transition can be very smooth. Again uh both done uh you know the uh the tangible assets and you know the intangible assets just both passed on for the benefit of the next generation. So who are the people that we typically take care of? So, it’s our spouse, our children, uh grandchildren, future generations, the world at large, could be our community, our church, again, um all of the above. And then, uh I’m just going to share kind of a quick sixstep process to think about and I’ll give you a chance at the end to answer uh to ask any questions. I’ll do my best to answer it uh so that you can kind of, you know, take advantage of the resources that you have available uh and make sure that you’re getting everything done in good order. So two important documents again uh the advanced healthcare directive and your power attorney for finances. So uh the two um kind of uh things that you want to look at is you know the financial stuff and the health stuff um at a bare minimum. You want to also get organized. Uh just making sure that you know you are um you know things are in the right folders. Um you have shared information with loved ones, trusted partners, um family members so that they know how to access the information. Um they’re not kind of going on a scavenger hunt. Uh if something were to happen to you, if you were incapacitated or if you were to pass away prematurely. Um you want to identify all the property that you have. uh make sure that your beneficiaries are up to date. Make sure that um you know you understand the uh the estate settlement process and u whether or not estate taxes will be uh potentially applied or income taxes with your final returns. And then also thinking about you know uh your your children or your spouse inheriting all those um you know important accounts and and financial assets. Making sure that they are prepared for that. um you know, just giving them access to uh the paperwork, uh passwords potentially, uh instructions on what to do with pets, uh mail, etc. Um if you’re incapacitated or if you do pass away, uh and then any any other special instructions. Uh so these are all the things that you kind of need to think about.

    Let’s consider, you know, contingency planning. Um everybody’s got special circumstances. You know, maybe it’s a special needs child that you need to look after separately from your other children. Um, you want to think about preparedness to uh handle an inheritance. Um, you want to think about, you know, how you’re going to split up your assets among your children potentially. Do you divide them equally? Um, do you divide it according to need? Um, so these are all questions and you know it can take several months or even a year or longer uh just to kind of come around to what’s right for you and your family. Kind of discussing it with your spouse, making sure that you’re both on the same page and kind of putting it together legally uh so it’s executable uh you know for the state that you reside in. we can help you with this. Uh and uh and then you know the the legal process whether you work with an attorney or take advantage of uh you know a digital estate planning process um that’s going to help um you know get your assets and uh will living trust everything executable so that it can be um you know put in place uh if something was to happen. A will is different than a trust. you know some assets can be trusted uh transferred through titling uh you know beneficiary designations uh trust management those are all uh different things different tools that you can utilize uh in addition to your will uh again coordination across your accounts is important um and it really depends on uh you know complexity some estates are simple very straightforward uh if you own real estate um then you should definitely be thinking about a living trust if um if your estate is complicated because of a family business, because of uh a large family, because of extensive real estate holdings, then you definitely want to kind of make sure that everything is current and up to date, all of your planning is completed. Uh because it can get ex extremely messy. We’ve seen it happen um you know where there’s five six kids uh lots of disagreements um or maybe it’s complexity with a family business and then all of a sudden people are in court for a year or two and you want to avoid that at all possible. Um so again please you know learn from those examples and uh you know highly encourage you to kind of take the first step and get things done. um work with an attorney if uh if your estate is complicated. Um but if if it’s more simple, then you might be able to kind of uh work with a a digital process, something that would like uh uh our clients uh are able to work with uh to get all these important papers uh completed.

    In switching to the the family legacy, uh, in addition to all your assets and everything, you want to write down your memories, put together scrapbooks, potentially just some ideas here, uh, you know, favorite recipes, uh, special skills, you know, passing that on to kids and and grandkids. These are all just ideas for you to take advantage of. Once you put the, uh, the plan together, you want to monitor and update that plan. U, make sure that, um, you know, it’s it’s accurate, up to date. uh you know, families change, families grow, um you know, sometimes they get smaller, relocation happens. Uh so you want to, you know, uh understand all of those things and and make sure you’re keeping up to date. Uh it could be a long-term care event where all of a sudden you’re uh you’re in long-term care because of an accident. Uh you know, this happened to a client of ours. They’re in Europe and then uh all of a sudden they were uh incapacitated for 6 months in long-term care because they had an accident. they actually just fell. Um, so it can happen to us at any point in time. Uh, and we want to make sure that we’re uh ahead of it and making sure that we’re we’re updating our plan accordingly. Like I mentioned, you know, families grow. Uh, you know, people do unfortunately get divorced, pass away. Uh, sometimes we change our mind about things. So again, uh, monitoring, keeping things up to date is so important. And then again, we can help you with this. we can help you with uh understanding the right questions to ask u making sure that uh all your important paperwork is completed. Um and then you know whatever uh schedule that you decide to uh take whether it’s uh you know getting everything done in the next couple weeks or getting everything done in the u next few months or a year depending on again your goal circumstances your age um your health status all of the above. uh you know we um we’ve seen people get um their estate planning done in a in a morning um you know with uh if you’re focused you can get it all done actually in a few hours um using just uh one of our digital services but if again if it’s more complicated then you might need to seek an attorney and it’ll take maybe 3 months to 6 months or even a year uh depending but um if it’s complicated then it’s uh even more important that you get all that work done. You want to work with your um you know tax advisor. You want to work with your estate planning attorney potentially uh with your financial advisor. Uh those are all the team members uh to help you get to your goals. Um you want to again keep things on track. Um making sure that you’re, you know, checking in, have a timeline, making sure that things are, um you know, moving forward in the right direction. And then the whole idea is just to to feel better about it and um and making sure that you know trusted people are on your side, your records are organized, accessible, your loved ones are provided for and uh all your contributions to the world are are included um in in your estate plan. So again, you know, this is not hard. It’s like many things in life. It’s just about discipline. Uh so highly encourage you to get started. Um you can you know start with a free kind of assessment. Um and then it kind of goes through all the different um you know um uh parts of the estate plan. Uh so that could be your portfolio um that could be uh again all the um you know the living trust, the real estate um advanced healthcare directive, everything else. And so, you know, this is a quick snapshot of, you know, different milestones and events that can trigger an uh change in your estate plan. Um, so, um, this is a service that we offer. Um, it’s called trust and will. If you’re interested, uh, please do sign up for a meeting. Uh, take us up on the offer. Uh, if you become a client, there’s no charge for this. And like I said, you can get this done in an afternoon, um, within a couple of hours. And many of our clients have done that. Once they’ve prepared it, all they get it um all they have to do is get their paperwork notorized and they’re off and running and their estate plan is completed. So, if you’re interested in kind of taking advantage of this service, uh please do um reach out. I’m going to launch a poll in a minute and uh you’ll be able to sign up for a meeting and we can get this done for you. at the same time um if you’re interested in any of our other services. So um you know financial planning you know thinking about social security uh investments Roth conversions like I mentioned a basic plan is complimentary um you know we could talk about estate planning we could talk about um you know investment management whether that’s um uh active portfolios uh passive portfolios dividend strategies uh we have no fee products lots of different choices for you to take advantage of to get to your goals. uh fixed income alternatives um all the above. So if you’re interested in uh financial planning, estate planning or investment management um you know please do reach out. So with that um I’ll open it up for any questions. I’ll give you a chance to uh post any questions in the chat or the Q&A. I’m going to launch the poll. Uh if you’d like to schedule a meeting with me to kind of go over some of these topics, uh just please do sign up. I set an appointment. Uh hopefully you see the screen to set an appointment on your uh on your monitor. Um but again, you know, so important for everybody to get their uh estate planning completed and uh you know, think about all these topics and just uh you know, work together as a team, you and your spouse, so that uh you get this work done and then do it in a cost-effective manner. um you know sometimes people relocate from one state to another and they have to uh update their state planning because it’s executable in the state that you reside. So, um, if you’ve got a relocation happening, um, gone from, you know, the West Coast to, uh, the Midwest or the East Coast, or you take advantage of, you know, a tax move, something like that, you want to update your estate plan, and this could be a terrific way to do it. Um, because again, you can save money on cost. Um, you know, working with an attorney, that can, um, you know, that can be a few thousand dollars depending on which part of the country that you live in. Uh but uh you know our digital estate planning service is just you know tremendous value. Okay with that I just got the the poll open for any questions. Um we got people signing up for an appointment already. So thank you very much for uh for signing up. Uh and then again we’ll just kind of you know wait for any questions to come up.

    I’m going to kind of uh realign things here. um wait for any questions to to come in as I set things up. Here’s my contact information. By the way, feel free to give me a call. Uh so my phone number is 213320860.

    Uh here’s my email address and just you know happy to answer any questions that you might have uh on any topic uh you know regardless of uh um you know you know what it might be. So again whether it’s social security or if it’s Medicare you know join us for our webinars but at the same time if you have another question uh then this is my contact information uh you have a chance to reach out. So one question that came in u was on Roth conversions. Uh so we had a webinar on uh on Roth conversions a little a few weeks ago. Uh but the person is asking um whether or not they um we offer that analysis. Um so uh the answer is yes. Um we offer uh Roth conversion um you know planning uh so you can look at you know your different tax brackets and um you know all the different factors that might um uh might lead to a a decision around a Roth conversion. Uh it’ll depend on you know any opportunities that you have for um kind of a low tax year. Um, so would uh, you know, encourage, uh, anybody that’s interested in a Roth conversion to, uh, to reach out and give me a call. Uh, we can kind of go over all the steps, go over all the the factors that you might want to consider, um, in terms of a Roth conversion and, um, and kind of get that that work done for you. Another question that we have um if the person doesn’t have any real estate uh is a will along with beneficiary assignments uh for a monetary account sufficient for legacy planning for all the tangible assets and the answer um is is yes. Um so if you don’t have any real estate um you know with beneficiary designations and with titling uh titling your assets um you know having joint accounts possibly or um you know making sure that uh you know you just have beneficiary designations up to date. Um the difference there is that um you know with your real estate there’s no line item um on your trust or sorry on your deed that uh shows who’s going to inherit your assets you know with the c in the county that you reside in. So, if you is uh reside in LA County or Orange County, um you’re not going to have a line where um it says my assets, my real estate are going to um my you know, my children or or whoever else might inherit those assets. Um in a with a financial account, especially um you know, for a retirement account, there is a line and you’re required to designate a beneficiary. So, you know, with a beneficiary designation, the right person is going to get your assets. Uh, if you were to pass away and so, you know, that’s the big difference. Um, if you don’t have any real estate, um, you know, you do want to will, um, you do want to make sure your beneficiaries are up to date. Um, if you have bank accounts, you want to put a, uh, beneficiary on those accounts as well. So, that will be, um, a transfer on death, a to designation. Uh, but that that could be sufficient for you. Um you want to make sure you itemize all your assets um and make sure everything is uh taken care of. But um what you need to do also is your kind of medical uh directive uh your power of attorney for financial uh accounts in case you become incapacitated. So those are some other things that you want to take care of. Uh but um if you don’t have a uh a real real estate uh you don’t need a living trust which is kind of the primary vehicle that uh most most folks use in order to u pass along assets uh when it comes to real estate. Thanks for the question. Another question that came in um what does titling mean? How is it different from um designating beneficiaries? Um, so titling is uh the ownership of the account. So it really depends on um kind of where you’re at and your family uh situation. Uh you know classic example simple example is a parent and their children. Uh so sometimes um you know the ch the children will become joint account holders um with their parents. Uh so that kind of uh especially if there’s a health issues for the parents um when there’s a joint account then both people have power uh over the account and um and can manage that account. One of the uh the if the parent passes away for instance. Uh so that’s a common thing for uh children to do is become joint account holders with their parents. um as as long as everything else is okay, you know, as long as they uh of course the the parents trust the children, you know, the parent the children are going to become the beneficiaries anyway. Um so that just makes it easy for them to kind of, you know, uh shut things down and uh become joint account holders. Uh because when when somebody passes away, the estate settlement process looks at titling, you know, who owns the account first. uh because whoever owns the account is going to have power over the over the account and uh titling is another way to kind of uh allow for transfer. Um beneficiary designation is a is a second way. Um you know that way the you know the individual maintains total and complete control. There’s no joint titling. Uh but the beneficiary designation is if you pass away. So that’s kind of the difference um between the two. You know, the most common example is kind of joint titling. You know, you have that with real estate sometimes. You know, husband and wife are, you know, joint owners of uh of their primary residence of their home. Um but again, if you have real estate, you want to kind of think about, you know, opening up a a living trust uh so that you can provide for transfer uh in the estate settlement process.

    uh just give another minute in case there are any other questions or um feel free to to put it into the chat. Feel free to put it uh into the Q&A. Uh I’ll just give another minute here.

    Okay. Um, looks like there’s no more questions, so we can um uh kind of close things down for for the long weekend. Um, you know, thanks very much for for joining us today. I hope we’ve kind of give you a good introduction to estate planning. Uh, remember, you know, the first step is the most important step. Uh, you know, take advantage of uh trying to get this done. Um, and and and make it a goal, make it a priority. Again, here’s my contact information. Um, so feel free to give me a call if there’s any questions whatsoever. Look forward to hearing from you. And again, I hope to see you at the next webinar next week. Um, and we have them every Thursday. Um, and uh, we’ll be discussing Medicare, I believe, on the next one and then Social Security afterwards. Uh, with that, thanks again and take care.

  • 06/18/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Income-Related Monthly Adjustment Amount (IRMMA) Explained – The Hidden Medicare Cost in Retirement

    Okay, we’re going to go ahead and get started. Thanks to all of you that have joined. My name is Kim Kennedy and with me today is Malcolm Horn and we are financial consultants with Alliant. We get the question often, do we actually work for the credit union and we do. We happen to work in the Alliant Retirement and Investment Services Department of Alliant. Both of us are based in Denver. We have offices in Lakewood and also the Denver Tech Center. If you’re joining from another state or even in Colorado, we’re happy to do a virtual appointment with you. Um, Malcolm is going to be walking you through the nuts and bolts of the Irma webinar today. We will take all of your questions at the end, so feel free to enter those into the chat or Q&A box at the bottom of your screen. You will receive a follow-up contact from one of us after today’s event just making sure your questions got answered and seeing if you need any help with your retirement planning or Irma planning. Uh we do have a couple more webinars coming up.

    Uh Tuesday, June 30th, we’ll be doing tax planning, just talking about how taxes change for you in retirement and just making you aware of that. And then we have our next one in July, which is Thursday, July 16th, Roth conversions. Just explaining to you how a Roth conversion works, how that can help you from a tax planning perspective and even an estate perspective. We have other resources. There we go. So, Malcolm and I aren’t the only financial consultants at Alliant doing webinars. Our colleagues across the country are also doing webinars. If you go to our web page and then click on the events page itself, you will see all other webinars that are being conducted across the country. You are free to sign up for any of those. If there’s a topic that’s interesting to you, feel free. We produce an in-house podcast on the podcast page of our our website. We keep all the historical ones out there. So, if there’s a topic you’re looking to get smart on, check that podcast page. you may find uh a recording about something you’re interested in. And last and certainly not least, our website and blog both have just a wealth of information on financial topics. So again, if you’re trying to get smart on something or verify a point on a specific topic, that might be a good place for you to go. And with that, I’m going to turn you over to Malcolm. He’ll walk you through the Irma presentation. And thank you for spending part of your day with us.

    Thank you very much, Kim. And so you might be asking, well, why are we doing why are you doing the webinar on Irma? And the real reason is we want to come in and make sure you’re educated on what Irma is and how it relates to Medicare because what we’re finding more and more people getting, you know, being affected by Irma and they’re saying, “Well, my Medicare Part B and D premium went up. Why was that?” And so we’re finding that Irma is causing your Medicare premiums to increase more than health care. And so today’s webinar, this is today’s agenda. We’re going to talk about what is Irma, what determines Irma, what counts towards modified adjusted gross income, which is a calculation that Irma looks at, what is excluded from MAG uh modified adjust gross income, what are the MAGI income brackets for part B and D premiums, how to appeal, strategies to reduce modified adjusted gross income, and also discussing key takeaways and actions. steps. So, this is today’s agenda and again I just want to make sure we are not going to be talking about products. We’re not talking about supplements when it comes to Medicare. Today’s webinar is purely educational. So, let’s jump off. What is Irma? Irrma stands for income related monthly adjusted amount. So this is an additional premium that you pay depending on the amount of income you have coming in for the year. So it’s affecting high income beneficiaries or people high income people that are receiving Medicare. It’s calculated using your modified adjusted gross income from your tax return. And it’s always a 2-year look back. So come 2027, they’re going to be looking at what your income was in 2025 to determine what your part B and D premium are going to be. And this took effect, Irma took effect in 2007. So let’s talk a little bit about the history of Irma because prior to 2007, Irma did not exist. Now 2007, they came in and said, “Hey, we’re going to create Irma and based on a person’s income, you’re going to be paying more into part B and D when it comes to Medicare. So as an individual, the lowest bracket started once you reached 80,000. If your income was above 80,000, your part B was going to go up. as a joint 160. In 2011, they added part D increases. So again, your part D, which is prescription drug, they came in and say, “Hey, let’s add part D and increase that also based on what your income is.” In 2011 to 2018, they came in and decided, hey, you know those brackets that cause people to pay more for part B? Let’s not increase those anymore. So, you saw what is that about 7 years of that income not increasing. In 2019, they came in and added a sixth bracket. So, they added a top tier. So, anybody over 500,000 is individual and over 750,000 for joint. So, they added a sixth tier. And then in 2019, they came in and started increasing the brackets again. And there’s no been there’s not really been a rhyme and reason why they’ve been increasing it. But the good thing is they’re increasing those brackets compared to 2011 to 2019 where those brackets stayed exactly the same. Now they look at to determine what your part B and D premium is. They’re looking at something called modified adjusted gross income. And social security uses this modified adjusted gross income to determine what your IMAR charge is. Now, it’s not a standard line on your tax return. How they determine this? They look at your adjusted gross income, which is line 11, and they look at tax exempt interest, which is line 2A on the 1040. This is what’s going to determine your modified adjusted gross income for the year. Now you might come across modified adjusted gross income is looked differently depending on what you’re applying for. It’s interesting how many like this modified adjusted gross income is calculated different depending on what you’re applying for. But when it comes to Medicare, these are the two items that they look like look at to determine what your part B and D premium are going to be.

    Now what’s counts towards modified adjusted gross income? Taxable income increases this number. So if you’re working, you have the earned income or self-employed, that’s part of your adjusted gross income. If you’re taking money out of your IAS, 401ks, it’s a part of the equation. taxable portion of your social security which is 85% of that up to 85% of your social security is included in this number. So it’s the taxable portion. Some of you may let’s say only 50% of your social security is subject is subject to tax. So they’re looking at the taxable portion. If you’re receiving passive income, capital gains, interest, dividends, munipal bond interest, this is part of the equation. If you do conversions, that’s part of your modified adjusted gross income. Rental income, your taxable portion of rental income is all part of this modified adjusted modified adjusted gross income. Now, what’s not part of your modified modified adjusted gross income is Roth Roth withdrawals. Again, as long as you’ve had that account for five years, you’re over 59 and a half, it’s considered a qualified distribution. All earnings and interest come out tax-free. It’s not part of your modified adjust gross income. If you’re taking qualified distributions from a health savings account, again, it’s not part of the equation. Let’s say you’re taking money out of a life insurance that has cash value. Again, it’s not part of the part of the modified adjusted gross income. So, these are items that currently not not part of the modified adjusted gross income.

    Here’s the chart that you can look at to determine what your part B is. Now, remember, it’s always a 2-year look back. So, again, in 2026, they were looking at what your income was in 24. In 27, they’re going to be looking at what your income was in 25. These bracket do increase a little bit. For example, this past year it increased around the single bracket increased about $3,000. So last year was 106, now it’s 109. So for example, if you’re a single person and your modified adjusted gross income is $140,000,

    that means that when it comes to part B, your part B is 405. this amount if you’re collecting social security will be automatically deducted from your social security check. You’ll get a letter saying, “Hey, by the way, your part B is this amount now and this is what’s going to be deducted from your social security check when you receive receive it.” Now, this is the same way for part D for prescription drugs. If you’re modified adjusted gross income is $140 and you’re single person, your premium now is $37.50 50 plus whatever your your Part D premium is. So, for example, if you you have a prescription drug plan and it’s costing you $14 and now you’re in a higher tier for Irma, it’s $14 plus this additional $37.50.

    And again, sometime in October, November, we’ll know what the brackets look like for 27 when they’re looking at income in 25. So let’s let’s run through an example. George and Martha both are retired. They’re collecting they’re receiving Medicare part B and D and in 24 their modified adjusted gross income was 205. At the end of the year, they received unwanted capital gains from some mutual funds that they own, which added additional 50 $15,000 to their modified adjusted gross income. So now their modified adjusted gross income is $220,000 for in 24. Now in 26 they get a letter saying, “Hey, by the way, your part D and pre part B and D premiums are increasing to by $81.14 per $14 per person.” And they’re like, “Well, why?” Well, they forgot about what happened in 24 in regards to that unwanted capital gain that increased their modified adjusted gross income. So now because of that income, they’re paying an additional $2,300 for Medicare. So the thing when it comes to Irma and these brackets of Medicare, if you go over this bracket by $1, your Part B premium increases. So they’re at 220. Based on the 220, we know their part B premium is 284 and they’re they’re going to see a part D or this is sorry part D part B increase to 2.84. When it comes to part D, they’re going to see an additional $14 increase to their part B. So, it’s something just to be aware of that says, “Hey, if we go over these certain limits, we’re going to get a letter two years from now that says, hey, by the way, you are over this modified adjusted gross income, so your premium increases.” Now, there are some strategies to kind of look at to help you reduce your modified address gross gross income. Now again in 26 we don’t know what they’re going to look at because whatever our income is in 26 it’s going to catch up to us in 28 20 in 2028 they’re going to say hey what was your modified adjusted gross income in 2026 and that’s going to determine what your part B premium is. So in 26 it’s looking like hey well we know what they were looking at in 24 and that’s a good bracket to look at and try to understand is there a way to kind of reduce and get in these lower tiers. So there’s something called a qualified charitable distribution. This is available for anybody that’s over 70 and a half. You can come in and give money out of your IRA and give it directly to charities. So, let’s say that you’re 75 years old and you’re subject to a required minimum distribution of $20,000. You can decide, hey, I’m going to give this money, $20,000 to a charity. So, instead of taking my RMD, I’m going to give 20,000 to a charity. And this money then does not land on your modified adjusted gross income. It satisfies your RMD for the year. And so it’s a way to reduce your taxable income for the year because if you come in and say, “Hey, I’m just going to take my RMD and I’ll I’ll eventually give it to a charity.” Well, if you took your RMD and put it in your savings account, that’s 20,000. That’s added to your taxable income. Where you can come in and say, “Hey, let’s take my RFD, give it to a charity, satisfy my RD, and I still give money to a charity, and I’m saving taxes. I’m reducing my tax liability.” So, that’s one way to reduce your modified adjusted gross income if you’re subject to RMDs. Another thing you could do is looking at doing Roth conversions. Roth conversions is where you’re coming in and taking money out of a traditional IRA and you’re moving it over to a Roth IRA. Yes, that that conversion you do becomes taxable, but eventually what you’re doing is you’re helping reduce that money that you have in the traditional IRA, and it’s helping reduce what you’re going to be required to take out of the IAS 10 years from now, which is also helping you reduce your tax liability in the future. And best times to do this would be, let’s say you retire at 65 and you’re going to delay social security till 70. Maybe those are good years where you really don’t have any income at all and you’re able to convert at a lower rate, lower tax rate, or maybe you’re self-employed and you had kind of a a crappy year and you have very low revenues. Maybe those are good years to do Roth conversions. So, there’s always good times to say, “Hey, this is probably a good time to do a Roth conversion, reduce the money that I have in my IRA, which is going to help me reduce what I’m going to be required to take out down the road.” Now, I’m not saying everybody should do a Roth conversions, but it’s something to consider to help you think about the future and reduce some of the future tax liability that you’re going to have. Tax lost harvesting has to do with capital gains. So, for example, the easiest example of tax loss harvesting is this. Let’s say that you own Coca-Cola. You purchased it for $10,000. Coca-Cola went down and now it’s $7,000. You sell Coca-Cola and you turn around and buy Pepsi with that $7,000 now is being used to buy Pepsi. you’re still invested within the market and you have you’re invested in two very similar companies and usually companies in the similar sectors perform very similar. So by doing so now you have $3,000 of capital losses that you can use to offset capital gains to help you reduce your tax liability. And you can also take up to $3,000 of capital losses each year. So, so there are ways to come in and say, “Hey, I have $60,000 of capital gains. I need to reduce that.” So, by capital loss harvesting, you’re helping yourself reduce these capital gains, which is ultimately helping you reduce your taxes, which ultimately is helping you reduce your modified adjusted gross income for the year.

    Managing withdrawals is really important when it comes to retirement. Again, you retire, you know, you want to have a specific amount of income coming in, but you know, if I take out this amount of money out of my IAS to live on, I’m going to be going into a higher tax bracket and I’m also going to be crossing the Irma brackets. So maybe managing withdrawals is really important because you come in and say, “Okay, I’m going to take some money out of my I’m going to take some money out of my savings and I’m going to take some money out of my Roth IAS to get you the income that you need, but also keeping yourself below these Irma brackets. So managing the withdrawals with all these different accounts is really important cuz I know a lot of people say, “I’m going to retire. I’m just going to live on my cash. Once I deplete my cash, I’m going to use my IRA. Well, I think there’s a better way to manage that because if you’re in a low tax bracket, why not take money out of your IRA, pay little tax on it, and you’re ultimately helping reduce your RMDs down the road.

    Also, timing large income events. you know, if you’re going to sell a business, you know, see if there’s a way you can spread that out over a certain amount of years or you know that you’re going to sell real estate at some point. Does it make sense to sell it sooner while you’re in a lower tax bracket? You know, kind of think about the future a little bit and say, “What am I going to be faced with if I have a business or have rentals or if I do decide to sell my home down the road? What kind of liability am I going to have if I sold the house? So start thinking about those large income events.

    Also make sure that once you reach 65, maybe it makes sense to contribute to a 401k and reduce your taxable income to lower your adjusted gross income. Contributing to traditional IAS will help you reduce your taxable income. Does it make sense? It may. if it’s going to help you reduce your modified adjusted gross income and stay below certain tiers. Now, there are certain things, lifechanging events that will allow you to complete a form SSA-44

    which will allow you to ask for a lower part B and D premium. For example, in say in 26 you do decide to retire and you’re going to collect social security Medicare and you’re going to collect social security. You’re going to collect Medicare. Medicare is going to automatically come back and say, “Hey, in 24 your income was this amount and now your part B is this amount.” You can complete this form that says, “Hey, look, I’ve retired. I had no longer have this income.” And you can appeal this process. Now, you’re going to have to do it in 26 and you’re going to have to do it in 27 because remember, it’s always a two-year look back. So, if you retire in 26 and have a low income year, you know, you’re not going to see that kind of roll off until 28. In 28, they’re going to look at your income in 26 and say, “Hey, your income is low. This is what your part B is.” But if you retire in 26 and collect Social Security and Medicare this year, they’re always going to be looking at 24. So, retirement, death of a spouse, divorce, loss of a pension or incomeroucing property, employment settlement payment, sale of a business, you sold a business, you can appeal that and say, “Hey, I just sold a business like reduce my premiums.” There are certain things that, you know, if you do a Roth conversion and you went over the brackets by a dollar and you try to appeal it, they’re going to say, “Sorry, you know, you you did a conversion. We’re not going to lower your premiums.” Or you sold some real estate that cause you to be have much higher capital gains in that year. Those are certain things that you’re just not going to be able to appeal. But again, there are certain things to appeal and you complete that SSA.44 form to do so.

    So, some key takeaways and action steps. Make sure you’re reviewing your modified adjusted gross income. Now, of course, you can’t change what happened in 24 and 25 at this point. So, it’s 26. Understanding what your modified adjusted gross income is in 26. And if you are kind of really close to those brackets based on the 24 numbers we have, then look at ways how do we reduce the modified adjusted gross income? Because again, you go a dollar over that bracket, they’re going to hit you with these higher Medicare premiums. Make sure you’re looking at a calculator. Consult with your professional and start planning to reduce some of the modified modified address gross income. And it might be a situation where at the end of the day, you have to pay higher premiums. There’s nothing wrong with paying these higher premiums. I just worked with someone yesterday. they inherited IRA and they said well we’re just going to take the required minimum distribution out and that’s fine and dandy but in six years or sorry in 10 years when that IRA has to be liquidated all of a sudden they have to liquidate the whole thing in one year and it causes them to be in a 37% tax bracket where it makes more sense to kind of spread it out stay within a 24% tax bracket pay a little bit or for part B, but it reduces we can reduce the tax liability much more that way. So sometimes it’s it’s one of those things. Yeah, you’re just going to have to pay more for part B and D based on some of the planning future planning you’re trying to do when it comes to your financial situation. Now, here’s an example. Let’s talk about an example. John and Mary Smith, they came and saw us. They’re both retired. They’re both retired at 65. One has a life expectancy. Baby has some health issues. Mary has a life expectancy of 95.

    They’re both receiving social security. Mary’s receiving a pension also. So, you know, total of 60 almost a little bit over 100,000 of taxable income. They have money in IAS and they have money in savings. In other words, a little bit over 2.5. they spend $4,000 a month. You know, you add in healthcare, $500 per person, that’s what they would spend. And then we’re looking at federal and state taxes for their situation. So, once we put these pieces together, we already know that based on their social security and the pension they’re receiving, they’re not even spending that amount of money. But one thing that kind of surprised them was that at 73 when they’re required to start taking money out of their IAS, their combined required minimum distribution was $115,000, which they were like, “Wow, did not know that.” So now all of a sudden, the IRS comes in and says, “Hey, we’ve been giving you, you know, all this benefit all all of this time at 73 or 75. We require you now to take money out.” So you come in and add $115,000 to their taxable income. So right now they’re in a 12% tax bracket, but at RMDH now they’re in a 22% tax bracket because of required minimum distribution. When you look at this, you break this down, their modified adjusted gross income prior to RV age is 135,000. So based on that number, you’re just paying normal part B and part D premiums. But when RMDs kick in, they’re modified modified gross income jumps to 241,000, which means based off today’s numbers, they would be in a second tier bracket. So their part B premium and D increases for that year.

    So, it’s something to be aware of now. And that’s where it comes into, well, does it make sense to do Roth conversions? If we did a Roth conversion, basically paid some taxes today, is that going to help you down the road? And that’s what we’re able to model. We come in and say, “Hey, if we stay within a 22% bracket, convert over the next 6 years, does that help your situation?” So our model basically kind of lays out this is the amount you can convert gives us the tax savings. So for this situation they’re able to save almost $400,000. That $400,000 is money that you get to keep that you are not giving to the IRS by doing these conversions. It helps reduce your tax liability, but also at the same time, yes, we might be paying a little bit more upfront, but in the end, when we look at R&D, now we’re at that 2020 209 level. We’re below those Irma brackets. So, by doing some of this upfront leg work of doing conversions, getting in a lower tax bracket helps us down, helps us into the future. So we’re able to model this and really analyze does it make sense or not.

    So I’m happy to answer any questions for you today. I mean that again this webinar is not that long but hopefully we got a lot of good questions to able to help you. I mean we’re here Kim and I have been doing this for over 20 years. We probably have over 50 years of experience helping people plan for retirement. We can help you with so many different things. Social Security, pension, cash flow management, taxes, Roth, you name it. We can we’re here to help you with multiple things. So, with that, let’s let’s kind of dig into some questions that people might have regarding Irma. Do you want to start the poll first, Malcolm? Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. If you would like us to schedule a meeting, if you like to schedule a meeting with one of us to really kind of dig into your own personal situation, I’m going to post a poll that you can indicate, yes, I’d like to schedule a meeting. Let’s really dig into my own situation to look at uh am I going to be affected by Irma and is there certain ways that we can reduce tax liability? So, I just posted that. Kim, did you see that come up on my end? It came on and then went off. So, I don’t know if you should try it again. Yeah, let me try it again. That was weird. First question is, will the slides be sent? And no, we’re not allowed to send out the slides, nor do we record. So, that’s just part of the compliance process. So, still there, there’s your poll. See it now. Okay. So, first question. I’m assessed Irma for 2026. Since my prescriptions are included in my plan C Medicare, Medicare Advantage, should I also be excessed the extra $14? You should be. And it’s probably automatically just coming out of your Social Security check. Even on Medicare Advantage, well, it’s a part D. No, it’s a plan. It’s a C. It’s Medicare Advantage. It’s plan C. That it’s a MAPD. So, a Medicare advantage that includes prescription drugs. I don’t I bet you anything. I mean, part C is just a combination of B and D. So, I bet you anything it’s built into this part C if you’re already going up. So, I mean, yeah, double check. I mean, that’s a really good question. I I would say yes. But I would ask the the person that the company that’s offering the part C and see if it because a lot of times they just pass that on to you and you don’t even really I mean, you may recognize it, you may not recognize it. Great. Okay. So, next question. What’s your take on doing systematic Roth conversions prior to RMD age knowing that I’ll be increasing my Irma premium search charges in those windows of opportunity years. However, in the big picture, you are reducing income tax exposure. Not an easy one-sizefits-all question, but really realistic for many IRA and 401k quote millionaires. Yeah, I mean I’m all for it. I mean the reality of it. If there’s any way to reduce the tax liability in the future, I mean that’s that’s the whole planning that we do is looking forward. I mean you might go see accountant. The accountant is always looking backwards. They’re saying hey what was your income? Let’s do your taxes. Where we’re coming in and saying we need to look forward because we know that taxes are not going away. So if there’s ways that we can reduce your tax liability today for the future, it makes a lot of sense. And yeah, if we mean if we have to pay a little bit more for part B premiums, so be it. It’s probably still going to be very beneficial when you look at this overall picture. Again, my screen is still up in regards to the planning aspect, but when you look at this, when a spouse passes away, they’re going to jump to a 24%. So even if taxes stay the exact same over the next 20, 30 years, when one spouse pass away, if you’re married, your taxes will go up. So, but you know, considering the amount of deficit the US has, you you someone would have to argue this as our taxes are going to go up at some point. I could be wrong and I hope I am wrong, but you know, anyways, go ahead. Okay, next question. When does Social Security or Medicare or the IRS release the 2027 Irma income brackets? From a tax planning perspective, such as modeling Roth conversions, should one assume the Irma brackets will increase in the next two to five years based on guesstimating an inflation or CPI factor? I do believe that in early November is when they’re released. Yeah, they’re going up by some CPI inflation factor. I don’t know if it’s same one they do social security with or not, but yeah. And it really they just I mean last year they just did 3,000 flats. So I mean yeah a lot of times when we planning that it is waiting till November December to understand what those brackets are to do a little bit better planning. Yeah. Uh with the two-year look back how does that affect when one’s spouse passes

    regard well it’s a life-changing event. So, you would apply the SSA-44 form when one spouse passes away. It’s a life-changing event. So, does your income went down? Yeah. Okay. Is this look back something that applies every year or does it just apply at the start of collection of Medicare? It happens every year. It’s always a two-year look back. No matter how old you are, you could be 90 years old, they’re still doing a two-year look back, right? So, as your income might change, then maybe you can hopefully work yourself out of Irma or at least end up in a lower Irma bracket. Does the sale of a primary residence with cap gains count as a qualifying event in order to appeal? Nope, not at all. I mean, with sale of primary residence, you have 250 per person. So, it’s anything above that amount which would be added to the capital game. But again, it’s not a uh a qualifying event to appeal. How much of a reduction of business income qualifies for Irma relief on the SSA44? What percentage reduction? I mean, anything that’s anything that reduces below those tiers, I guess. I mean, how much of the reduction of business qualifies for relief? Yeah, that’s a really good question. If so, I think the question has to do with like if you’re a self business, you’re self-employed and your income went down one year, but then next year it increases again. I It’s kind of a year. I think you’ll just ride that Irma train from year to year. On the low income years, you’ll be less. Yeah. Okay. If I submitted an SSA44 in early year 2025 when I retired in late 2024 and Social Security granted my appeal, can I submit another one later this year once I receive the letter for Medicare for next year stating my life changing event was retiring in 2024? Yeah, you’re going to have to you’re going to have to appeal every year for the first for the so if you retire in 24, you’re going to have to appeal in 25 and you’re going to have to appeal in 26 because it’s again it’s always two-year look back. So until you get to the year where you’ve actually retired, Medicare is still going to pick up those years while you’re you were working. Yep. My husband sold a business and we had to do that. We had to go in and appeal it two years in a row to get past that. In general, when considering IRA withdrawals, which can be more costly, Irma, which can be more costly, Irma increases or going into a higher tax bracket? I don’t know. You We would just have to look at your situation to kind of determine what tax bracket you’re in and and what Irma bracket you would be in. So, that I mean, that’s kind of a Did you want to add some? I was just going to say and what will happen down the road, right? A lot of people are like, “Oh, I don’t want to pay Irma. I don’t want to pay Irma.” But if you do some IRA withdrawals or Roth conversions and you eat a little Irma increase now, but by the time you get to RMD age, maybe you don’t. Or maybe you only bump one level. So you got to look at the big picture not only now, but in the future as well. Um, Roths are tax-free, but is the interest received on the Roth part of Irma? That’s the beauty of Roths. All earnings and interest come out taxfree. So So no, it doesn’t apply to Irma. Yeah. Yeah. Do they always look back the previous two years or do I have to tell them to reassess for Irma? No, it’s always a two-year look back. I think the reason it’s two years is because people can file extensions on their taxes. So I think just trying to get all cleaned up, that’s why it’s a two-year look back. Um, how do you charge fees to manage my portfolio? Is it a flat fee? Yeah, we always use a uh we use a flat fee. I know there’s other advisors that are out there that do tiered fees. For example, like give you an example. Like let’s say you have a million dollars in an advisory account. Some advisor will come and be like, well, the first 250 we’re going to charge 1%, the next 250 we’re going to charge 75 bips and so on. We charge a specific flat fee on those assets under management. So it’s not a tiered system.

    You want to tell them what it is? I don’t know what it is because I don’t know the I mean I don’t I mean again all our recommendations are all based on the planning we do like our our our we come in and do planning understand your situation and then we’ll provide you kind of recommendations and based on those recommendations that are kind of tied in with the planning your fee is going to vary depending on what makes the most sense for your situation. So, I I mean I don’t I mean I can tell you that our fee I’ve never had a client over a 1% pay more than 1% on their account. So, and from there it’s less than that. So, anyways, what will be the single Irma 2026 modified adjusted gross income for 2028? Will it just go up $3,000 every year? We don’t know. I don’t know. Your guess is good as well. No crystal ball what they’re going to do, but in November, we’ll probably know. We usually tell people if you want to be safe, plan, plan based on the numbers that we have knowing that they’ll probably be a little bit more than that.

    Um, I have a Medicare advantage and I just looked it up. I pay both A and B Iras. No, there’s no Irma on part A, so that can’t be right. Uh so when Roth conversions raise Maggie and thus Irma, will Irma be reduced in the years when Maggie decreases? Probably not.

    Why not? Wait, wait, wait, wait, wait, wait, wait, wait. Sorry, sorry. I reread it. I thought the talking about that. Yeah. Yeah. Kidding. Just kidding. Uh yeah, if you do Roth conversions, ultimately you’re reducing the amount of the money that’s in the IRA, reducing your RMDs, which hopefully reduces your modified adjusted gross income down the road. Yeah. So, as your income and they look at your income every single year. So, if your modified adjusted gross income goes down and it below drops to a lower Irma bracket, then yes, Irma would be less. For tax loss harvesting, does it need to be with a stock or can it be with a mutual fund? And are there restrictions on what you do with what you get when you sell the stock? Yeah. So, capital loss harvesting can be done with mutual funds. And there’s something called a 30-day wash rule. Meaning, if you sell a stock, you cannot buy that exact same stock within 30 days. But after 30 days, you can turn around and buy that stock back. So, as long we had some people during the, you know, the financial crisis when things really dropped that had long-term stocks and we couldn’t get a lot of people to have the stomach to do it. But if you could sell it at a 30% loss, wait one month and buy it again, you had a great tax loss to carry forward for ever most likely. Yeah. Uh the big thing with that is just understanding that it has nothing to do with IAS. That’s nonirra type money without knowing the new tiers for the look back period. Do you just do a Roth conversion and stay under the current? Yeah, that’s kind of what I mentioned. That’s the safe way to do it because we don’t know what the amount of the increase will be. Um, okay. I have a timing question. If you want to start collecting social security in January at the start of my retirement leveraging Medicare, when should I complete and submit that SSA44 so that my deductions starting in early January are not inflated due to Irma based upon my salary when I was working. I mean, I’d be submitting that SSA44 as soon as possible. maybe submit it at the same time you start collecting it because once you I mean you apply and I think you can you can apply 3 months before and so during that same time submit the SS44 I mean you would you change anything would you say anything else? No. Yeah, I’d probably do it right after you apply. Uh, this person is asking what percentage. I think this has to do with the the the flat fee of managing our portfolio. So, I guess I would say it a little bit different than Malcolm. If we are managing your money and it’s in a managed portfolio, we charge 1%. If it’s over a million, we might drop down from there. But generally, we end up diversifying your money’s in different buckets. I mean, maybe half the money is in a product that has no fee and half the money is in a managed account that has 1% fee. So in that scenario, your overall blended rate is a half a percent. Yeah. The whole question. Yeah. And it’s just going to depend on the recommendation. I mean, it it’s kind of like going to the dentist and saying, “Hey, dentist, look at my mouth. Dentist, what’s it going to cost to do a cavity? Well, we don’t know if you have a cavity or not. So why why why should they give you a price to do?” Generally, people people are asking about managed accounts, I think. Okay. And then somebody said I meant part B and part D. Okay. Um, which brainiac in Congress proposed Irma in 2007 in the first place. Lol. I don’t have any. I’m sure there was a brain trust that came up with that. Somebody that thought it was wise, but um probably, you know, although we don’t like to pay it, but you know, we also want Medicare to be around, right? So maybe that’s a way to Yeah. Who I mean I’m not I’m not the best history person, but who was president in 2007?

    Where’s my handy Google? Bush. Bush. George W. Bush. Yep. So let’s see. I think there might be some more questions over here. How does one estimate Irma two years out? We already covered that. Uh I guess some of the Thanks for the web info presented. Thank you. St. Does starting a business with its added expense count as a life-changing event. Are the MAGA limits incre? So that’s one question. Does starting a business with its add expense count as a life-changing event? I mean I mean starting a business depending on what your expenses are might help you reduce your income but at the end of the day Irma is all based on income. So Irma doesn’t care if you start a business or not. They care about your income. Yeah. So if the previous year you had a job and you had income and then the next year you start a business and you have less income because of the expenses, I think your Irma would just adjust year to year based on what the Maggie number for each year is. Wouldn’t you, Malcolm? Yeah. Irma has no feelings. She doesn’t care. She All she cares about is what your income is. Yeah. There you go. There you go. Our mag limits for Irma increased annually. Yes, I think we got that too. So, um, okay. So, I think we are good to go. That’s it. So, this is great. I mean, I love all these questions. I mean, yeah. Yeah, I mean the presentation is so much short, but it’s to the point. So, this is great. I mean, we’re able to answer a lot of these questions. So, all right, everybody. We look forward to talking to you in the next uh few days and or next week or so. And um I think we got everything. Did you see something else, Malcolm? Yeah, there was one one more question. Close the corporation. Oh, close the question. Well, read it out loud so people Oh, sorry. Sorry. We We closed the corporation at the end of 23 and continue the business operations as sole proprietor. Our schedule C income is greatly reduced from the corporation income. Does the change of entity screw up the reduction of income arguably for the asset? I mean, it’s a life-changing event. So, you close the business, so I might as well apply. The worst case scenario that they’re going to say is no. Yeah. Yeah. Um, I mean, yeah, worst case scenario, they’re going to say no. So, yeah. All right, cool. All right, everybody. Thank you very much. We look forward to talking to you soon. Have a great day. Bye.

  • 06/11/2026 – RevRescue

    having tons of AI. You can help them with video. You can help them with their WhatsApp WhatsApp or you can help them with their AI automation. You can help them with AI agents. You can help them with their social media or website. There’s so many things you can do for a business. You’re not sure what services to provide. On top of that, you don’t have or most people don’t have any prior or existing results to show. When a business, you know, has some kind of interest to work with you, they might want to see a past record, some case studies, some testimonials. And you know this leaves you being less attractive in the marketplace. And worst of all, at the end of the day, businesses are simply not interested in your help. And this sounds brutal and harsh. And even though you can provide a lot of value, a lot of people are stuck in this cycle. Let me know if you know this sounds familiar to you at all where you know you know you can offer value. You have the latest and greatest tools but you just don’t have the businesses that show interest in wanting to work with you. And if that’s the case, I want you to know it is not your fault and you came to the right place. It’s actually quite normal because the problem is businesses want proof, cold hard proof that you can either make them money or save them money. And as long as you don’t have that, it’s going to be really hard to get them to show any kind of interest at all. Let me know if you agree with this. If I can show you cold hard proof that here’s what’s going to happen, here’s how this is going to be fixed of how you’re going to make money or save money, you’re much more inclined. I myself am much more likely to move forward with a certain service. But if I can’t see it or it’s vague or it’s too generic or it sounds or looks like everyone else in the marketplace, I’m less inclined to. Now, therefore, the bigger the proof, the easier it is to get paid. And this is exactly what Steven Prody so geniusly have figured out and completely solved in a way you’ve never seen before. You see, there are tons of people trying to offer services, but they don’t have the right proof to convince a business that they should work with it. And Steve and Prody found a way to dominate and have beginners absolutely crushing it by being able to show any business the right proof and having them beg to work with them. As a matter of fact, answer the following question. Which offer do you think gets more attention from a local business? Is it person A that’s offering, you know, different AI services, hoping one of them can, you know, help the business, or is it person B that’s showing actual proof of where the business is losing money? You’re missing this. Here’s where you’re losing money. Here’s how much annually you’re missing out on. based on stats and data shows that because you’re missing this right here, you’re also leaving money on the table on this particular area. And here’s on average how much that is costing you and then offering to fix it. Which offer do you think a local business will pay more attention to? Especially if your pricing to fix the leak is less than what they’re losing out on right now. There you go. I see. you know, B, B, definitely B, B gets all the attention. And even though we know B gets all the attention, you know, which is pretty obvious, unfortunately, most people are focusing on A. They’re out there with a gazillion tools trying to offer different services to different businesses, hoping one of them, you know, pitches, right, and one of them is actually the one they want to do business with. Whereas B is the stronger option that will always get more attention than any other thing that you can provide. Now, what if I told you that after this training, you will own a unique solution that finds local businesses that are ready for help? They’re already looking for you. It shows them a clear reason to listen. It proves to them, hey, listen, here’s what’s going on. We’ve ran a check. We’ve ran an audit. We’ve calculated the numbers. you can actually make this much more or save this much more. It creates proofbased audits, not speculation or may, but actual proof ran by the numbers in minutes. It automatically sends it over to them and it lands 2 to 5K a month clients effortlessly. And the best part is you don’t need sales skills, you don’t need marketing skills, you don’t need tech skills or you don’t need leads because the AI will do everything for you. And I actually prove it to you. We have people using our exact AI that we’re about to show you. We got an amazing demo to find and help businesses that are losing money. Michael here saying, “I ran a search for restaurants in my city and I found 13 businesses with reputation gaps instantly. One restaurant alone was losing an estimated 8.9 per month, $8,900 per month.” I sent them the audit report and they replied the next day asking for help to fix it. That is the power of what you’re about to get access to right here. The visibility opportunity analysis is a game changer. Instead of guessing what to say to prospects, I literally show them the money they’re losing and that changes the entire conversation. It’s a completely new way to make business so much easier and land clients whenever you want. So, let me know if you’re excited because when you take action today, you will actually own an AI that clearly shows businesses losing money and then fixes it for you. And this is an absolute musthave for anyone that has been struggling to try and run an agency. that’s been struggling to close clients, that has been trying to start or work with local businesses, this is the missing puzzle piece. You will own the easiest path to an AI surface with paying clients, which will allow you to finally experience what it’s like to have an irresistible surface, right? Like, we have people doing over $2,500 in brand deals, over $35,000 per month just by changing a few things and showing them where they’re losing money. Now, you’ll be able to do this and land clients in any industry. We’re going to show you how that’s possible. So, today’s special presentation is not just information in general. It is transformation. We’re going to make you land clients easier with proof and actually make sure businesses want to work with you and they don’t have another choice. It’s either they keep losing money based on the proof and facts you show them or they pay you to actually fix it for them. I’m going to show you how you’ll be able to be in that prime and premium position where businesses have no other choice but paying you and actually thanking you to showing them how they can grow. So, I hope you’re excited and if you are, let me know. If you are staying until the end, if you do, comment yes in the chat box right here. Even if you haven’t said a word so far, this is live. So run to your keyboard, go to the question box or chat box, type yes because if you’re inactive for a long period of time after this, you will be removed from the session and someone else will take your place. And especially if you’re here and you comment yes right now, you will get an attendance bonus package if you stay until the end. So comment yes. And without further ado, let’s go ahead and dive into the three secrets. Number one, revenue rescue AI. I’m going to show you the high demand and wildly profitable agency surface that generates your first actual paying clients within 72 hours flat. Now, on top of that, the income automation, how to leverage a brand new unique AI that builds and skills your agency without worrying about clients or tech. And then, last but not least, because you were smart enough to show up to the live webinar, you’re going to get the live insider special. This is the only place where you can get exclusive access in a way nobody else can to an AI that is responsible for turning beginners into profitable AC owners overnight. I’m yet to see a faster and easier way to generate clients with proof than what you’re about to witness here. This is an absolute gamecher and because you were smart enough to show up live, you will get an insane discount and I can’t spill the beans too much yet. So, let me know if you’re excited. Without further ado, let’s dive right into secret number one. Now, if you’re trying to make money with AI right now and you’re not seeing any results, and again, let me know in the chat box or question box if that is the case because then I’m so much more happier that you’re here because we’re going to show you exactly what’s been missing and how to fix it in a way you’ve never seen before. There we go. I see lots of yeses coming in. The problem often is right now everybody is using AI to sell the same offers. And let me know if you agree with this. They’re already selling, you know, AI chatbot, AI agents, AI copyrightiting service, AI content and media. And even though these services are very lucrative and you can make a lot of money with them, they have mass competition. This is something we cannot deny. With AI becoming more and more accessible, more people offering these services, it becomes harder, you know, to offer these services as other businesses can do this themselves or other people start offering this in bulk as well. when it comes to social media with AI, digital advertising with AI, website creation, and if you’ve noticed this, again, feel free to comment yes in the chat box if you agree because the thing is businesses are therefore getting pitched more and more with the same offer every day. I can create your videos, I can create your website, I can create your AI agents, I can create your AI automation. It’s the same page every single day. Now Steve Tari and Prody has sat down and said, “All right, clearly these are good services that we can provide, but how can we make sure we stand out? How can we have a foot in the door that allows us before anything to make sure businesses want to work with us and have us basically take care of anything that needs to be taken care of in the business? Because if you can get them in with one surface, it’s easy to get them onto any of the other things you might provide. Now, after deeply analyzing the AI market, there’s one particular surface which is completely overlooked and is in extremely high demand. Now, before I reveal this, I’d love for you to answer the following question. Let’s see if we have some smart entrepreneurs in the room. Which is a big problem for a business? Is it a a horribly bad and unintended review that scares people away? Right? Every time a person looks you up, they’re like, “Oh, don’t go here. Don’t visit them. Never go there. Run. Turn around. Go to someone else.” Or is it B, not posting enough on social media? What is a bigger problem for a business? There you go. A a a a it is indeed an in fact a because no matter how much they post on social media, that review will keep scaring people away. Let’s try it again. Which is a big problem for a business. A horribly, horribly bad and review that scares people away or an outdated website. Before anything, it is once again, hey, sure, your website can be outdated. But if a review that is that is scaring people away, is left right there, whenever somebody Googles you or looks you up, no matter what website you have, you can have the latest and greatest website, you will still lose customer. And that’s why over any service that you can provide right now, this is the main that businesses would love for you to fix because reviews and lack of Google presence are bleeding businesses money every day. And again, this is all based on stats and facts. Like I said, Prody and Steve have done very deep uh due diligence as well as AI analytics on this where you see the negative and unattended reviews make businesses bleed money 24/7. Mckenzian company which is if you know a great and big consulting and reporting company showed that why businesses must heed customer reviews. On top of that, Forb’s article online review trends are affecting today’s consumers. And if that’s not enough, how negative reviews can even impact SEO, losing them a ton of visibility. Negative reviews directly impact your local search rankings by affecting your business trust worthiness signals and visibility in Google’s algorithm. And the worst part is most businesses, they’re just caught up in the day-to-day. They don’t know. They don’t know where a review has been posted. It can be on Facebook. It can be on Yelp. It can be on this place or this place. It can be on Trust Pilot. They have no idea and are wondering why they’re losing money. They think it might be their SEO. They think their ads are not good enough. They think maybe it’s their website, their automations. They don’t know where the fix needs to happen. And that’s why most businesses don’t have a traffic problem. They have a trust problem. You see, a one-star rating difference can reduce revenue by anywhere from 5 to 9%. Businesses lose up to 22% of customers due to poor reputation signals. Often reputation signals that could have been fixed solved by simply replying. Over 32 million small businesses are in the US alone and 93% of consumers read online reviews. I myself, let me know, I can’t be the only one. Let me know in the chat box if that’s you. So, the first thing I do when I order a product, when I’m looking to make a purchase online especially, I go to the reviews. And I don’t go for just the good ones. I look at the lowest star ratings first. See what people really think. And the problem is every unanswered review is a lost customer. For example, right here you can say Jenny saying, “I ordered a pizza and they delivered half a pizza to me. I rang up to be told I need to pay for another pizza. Joke of a shop. Avoid it.” Now, if I would take this on face value and I’m hungry, I’m looking for a pizza, I’m definitely not going here. I’m going to the competitor. But if this review would have been attended, which it has been in this case, you can see, “Hi, Jenny. Hope you’re doing well. You’ve actually ordered a calzone, which is a folded pizza. It comes like this. It should be half a pizza.” And then I’m like, “Oh, the problem is not the business. The problem is Jenny in this particular case. This small difference leaks and bleeds a ton of revenue out of a business. Leaving it makes people think, “I’m not going to order a pizza here. I don’t want to end up like Jenny.” But if they just would have known where this review was placed and quickly responded to it after fact-checking the situation, the customers now feel comfortable to order. Anyways, let me know if this makes sense. And not only that, responding to a review. I see lots of yes coming in. Responding to a review can actually attract more customers and increase your local Google SEO presence. It’s not just responding to the review. It’s your SEO goes up drastically. It’s one of the almost underestimated ways to grow in SEO. You can see right here, responding to reviews is one of the easiest ways to improve your local Google SEO and customer conversion rates. It signals to Google’s algorithm that your business is active and authentic while building trust with potential buyers who read your responses. So the question is if this matters so much and if this helps so much then why is not every business all over this? And the answer is simple. There are over 30 plus platforms including social media where people can place a review. It is impossible to keep track of them all. And it’s so unfortunate. A lot of these reviews are just either and misinterpreted where for example Denise has put a one-star review say but she said best seafood restaurant by far wonderful atmosphere very clean food was excellent staff was very friendly yet it’s a one star. She accidentally pressed the wrong star and therefore the business is now suffering lower ratings. And if this is not attended, if somebody doesn’t come in and say, “Hey, thanks for the review. You know, we’re glad to hear, but please, you know, can you change it? You’ve accidentally given us a one star, it will hurt your SEO visibility as well as lower your rankings.” While Denise didn’t meant to at all. You can see right here, I ordered a waffle to find a fingernail and the hair on my food. Absolute shocking customer service. If I read this, I take my business elsewhere. But if I happen to see the response from the owner saying, “Well, our restaurant is not open yet, so this is actually impossible. We open May 12th. You ordered on this day, just in case anyone thinks this is remotely true.” Now, I’m like, “Oh,

    reviews can make or break a business’s revenue over time.” Let me know if this makes sense and if you agree. There we go. Lots of hits coming in now. This is making it impossible for a business owner to know what reviews are hurting them. And not only that, but even knowing how much are they actually losing from this this one review, how many clients am I missing out on? Do you see why businesses would happily pay you monthly if you could show this to student accurately? pinpoint them where the bottlenecks are, unintended reviews that are left scaring customers away. Do you see why businesses would happily pay you monthly to solve this problem for them? It’s exactly what we did for the MTC, for the car dealer. This allowed us to actually come in with a service that businesses know they needed to fix without a doubt. Let me know in the chat box because if you understand, I’d see lots of yeses coming in. I’m going to take you to secret number two where you actually can automate this entire process. You see, Steve Prody have built an AI that makes businesses beg you to help them because every business owner knows that reviews can make or break their business. Bill Gates said it best, “Your most unhappy customers are your greatest source of learning.” Jay Bear, a happy customer tells a friend and an unhappy customer tells the world. Such a powerful quote. And Daniel Priestley, author and entrepreneur, reputation is the currency of trust in a business. and all of them are true. Now, imagine you have access to a state-of-the-art AI that finds businesses losing money and actually shows them the proof. It scans them. It does a complete audit. It locates all their ratings on Yelp, on Google. It finds the hidden gaps, the minor things that they can change and the big ones that they’re leaving money on the table, and it calculates how much money they’re losing a month. The moment a business sees this number, it’s like, “Hey, we actually ran this scan. Looks like you’re losing about 4.4K a month because of these unintended and hidden review gaps that are scaring people away left, right, and center.” A business has no choice but to thank you and ask you, “Can you help me fix it?” Spa Mandandalay had this right here. Carrot Borrow Bay Dental losing about 11.2,000 $2,000 a month filtering out 55 hidden Yelp reviews. They had a gap of 1.9 stars that they should have had, but due to mistakes, accidents, or you know, wrongly put reviews. They’re now lower in ranking, meaning lower visibility, it has this entire cycle of a negativity on the business, ultimately making them lose a ton of revenue. When you can show a business this proof, proof that they cannot ignore, they can’t deny, that’s when they start listening to you. Let me know if that makes sense. Watching Energy Services, losing 7.5K a month, 80 filtered reviews, critical reputation issue, urgent fix, maybe someone on the phone, right, wasn’t responsive or this wasn’t attended or there was no explanation. Every story has two sides. And at least you showing that you care, you showing you want to improve, or just sharing what actually happened in case it didn’t or happened in a different way shows customers that you’re active, you’re solving it, and you’re on the ball. It immediately improves your Google rankings and visibility and SEO because you’re actively handling it. What Steve and Prody have created allows you to have undeniable proof that if they don’t fix this now, they’ll continue to go downhill. And the beauty is the AI can actually create a fixed plan to get things up and running again. Do you see yourself easily landing local business clients if you have access to this? Right. We’ve helped 100% of new positive reviews being generated for a fashion store. And on top of that, dental clinic turn poor reviews into stronger patient trust and local growth. Even if it’s a poor review, being able to manage that, being able to respond to that, showing or taking responsibility shows people that, hey, you know what? At least they’re responsive. they’re active and it’s a one-off or it’s only a couple, they’re way more positive reviews, I’m willing to take my chances. But leaving them shows a business doesn’t care. But unfortunately, most of the times they just are not aware. Now, if you want to be able to do this, comment yes. If you can see how providing this as a surface or at least showing businesses where they’re losing money with accurate data, pinpointing them exactly what’s going on on what platforms that they are not aware of because they’re too busy in the dayto-day will help you land local business clients fast. I see lots of yeses coming in now. Comment I want this if you want to see an inside demo. Steve and Prody have outdone themselves because they made it so simple for beginners to land clients left, right, and center because every time it runs a scan, it analyzes the leads and the local businesses. It shows them, it builds the entire audit, sends it over, they are ready to work with you overnight. Comment, I want this and let’s go ahead and have an inside look. Let me show you how Rev Rescue AI helps you find local businesses that already need help improving their visibility, reviews, and online presence, then automatically creates the audits, outreach, reports, and follow-up assets you need to start real client conversations. And the best part, the AI does all of the heavy lifting for you. You don’t need to spend hours researching businesses. You don’t need to manually build audits. You don’t need to write outreach messages from scratch. And you don’t need to guess who might need your help. Rev Rescue AI helps surface those opportunities automatically.

    Let me show you.

    I’ll type in city Orlando.

    Niche hotels.

    Now look at this. In just a few seconds, Rev Rescue AI has scanned Google and Yelp simultaneously, pulled real business data, and surfaced businesses with visibility, review, and reputation opportunities that you can help improve starting from today. Now this is interesting. Look at this business. Google rating 4.4, Yelp rating 3.8. Same business, different customer experience across platforms. And Rev Rescue AI immediately highlights that inconsistency. This gives you a natural conversation starter. So instead of sending generic marketing pitches or wondering what to say, you can simply share the insights Rev Rescue AI uncovered and let the data do the talking. Now imagine this. We didn’t just find one business. We found multiple. Every single one of these represents a potential opportunity. Different businesses, different situations, different needs, but all surfaced automatically by AI. And according to early results, you can find thousands to millions of businesses. That means every city equals multiple opportunities. Every niche equals more clients waiting. But here’s something even more interesting. Not every opportunity comes from rating gaps. Some are businesses that don’t even have a strong review presence yet. Watch this. Now, instead of looking for rating discrepancies, I’m switching to faded reviews. Now, Rev Rescue AI is searching for businesses that have little to no reviews, have weak or inconsistent listings, or are barely visible online. Look at this. These businesses are completely different. They’re not just losing money. Some of them do not have a Google My Business or Yelp profile. They’re missing opportunity entirely. And this is huge because these businesses don’t need convincing. They already know something is off. You don’t even need to talk about reputation gaps here. You simply say, “You’re barely visible online. We can fix that.” And that becomes an easy yes. And the best part, these are another fast clients to close because now you can offer review setup services, listing optimization, Google business profile setup, reputation foundation packages, charging, $300 to $1,000 upfront, plus monthly retainers. So now you’re not limited to one type of opportunity. You have different opportunities such as businesses with rating inconsistencies, businesses with weak review presence, businesses with missing listings, businesses that need help improving visibility, which means you’re not relying on a single type of opportunity, but you now have access to prime businesses that have money to spend. Let’s click into one. Now, this is where you go from marketer to trusted advisor. Look at this. Reputation opportunity analysis, visibility, impact, reputation insights, growth opportunities. But it goes deeper than that. Rev Rescue also shows competitor comparison insights. So you can literally show them who is outperforming them and why. Reputation insight badges. So at a glance you can highlight rating gap detected, hidden reviews found, reputation opportunity. And this is powerful because now the business doesn’t just see a problem, they feel it. And when a business owner sees this, they don’t ask, “Do I need help?” They ask, “How do we fix this?” Now watch this. with one click and boom, professional landing page. They’re real data, charts, comparisons, insights. But here’s where it gets even better. You’re not just getting one type of page. You’re getting different conversion optimized templates, including gap analysis, revenue calculator, competitor spy, hidden reviews, audit download, each designed to trigger a response. And all of this content generated automatically with the AI content engine. No writing, no editing, no stress. And if you prefer, export everything as a professional PDF report instantly. This is what you send. This is what gets replies. This is what positions you like an expert.

    Now, here’s the part most tools completely ignore. And this is where you make money. Because finding the problem is one thing, but fixing it, that’s where clients pay you. Watch this. Rev Rescue AI instantly creates a gap fix plan, a step-by-step strategy that improves their reviews, generates better customer feedback responses, strengthens their credibility signals, align their reputation across platforms. So now you’re not just identifying opportunities, you’re also presenting a solution. Because Rev Rescue AI doesn’t stop at the analysis, it helps you create the solution. And that changes everything because now you’ve gone from person pointing out issues to person solving the problem. And you’re fixing this problem for them and getting paid using Rev Rescue AI. So here is where most people struggle. What do you say to the prospects? How do you get them to say yes? Rev Rescue solves that, too. AI email closer. It writes a personalized message based on the lead’s personalized data, including their rating gap, their revenue loss, their opportunity, and it doesn’t stop there. You can set up automated follow-up sequences. So, even if they don’t reply immediately, Rev Rescue follows up for you. Day one, introduction. Day three, reminder. Day six, insight follow-up. Day 10, closer. No manual chasing, no forgetting, just consistent outreach automated by AI. Now imagine doing this for 10, 20, 50 businesses. That’s where Rev Rescue becomes your command center. Running full business automations on your behalf, lead management dashboard. Everything is organized. Leads, insights, outreach status. And if you want to move faster, use advanced lead filtering. Sort by highest revenue loss, best opportunities, lead score. So instead of wasting time, you focus only on the best clients. Now, let’s talk about what this actually means for you. Businesses already pay for services like these every day. Some pay for audits, some pay for visibility improvements, some pay for reputation management, some pay monthly retainers. So, let’s keep it simple. Just three clients at $500 per month, that’s $1,500 per month recurring. Five clients at $1,000 per month, that’s $5,000 per month recurring. 10 clients. That’s $10,000 to $20,000 per month or more. And Rev Rescue AI helps you identify opportunities faster. And here’s the key difference. You’re not guessing anymore. You’re showing proof. You’re showing plan. You’re showing a solution. So now imagine this. Tomorrow you open Rev Rescue, run a search in your city, and within minutes you have businesses that need help improving their online presence, a professional audit ready, a recommended action plan generated, personalized outreach ready to send on your behalf. And remember, the AI already found the opportunity. The AI generated the audit. The AI created the action plan. The AI even prepared the outreach and does the follow-up sequence for you. So instead of starting from scratch, you’re simply reviewing, sending, and letting the system do much of the heavy lifting. Then one day, a business replies, “Can you help us improve this?” That’s your first client, then your second, then your 10th, your hundth. If you want a smarter way to find clients, show real value, present solutions, and get paid, then Rev Rescue AI gives you everything in one place. But don’t wait. This is a limited time launch offer. And once the window closes, the price goes up and the bonuses disappear. Get in now while you still can. Wow. Wow. Wow. Who here absolutely loved what they just saw and wants their own rev. It does everything that you need to land clients. If you’ve been struggling to land clients, if you’ve been trying to start a local business, if you’ve been, you know, having a hard time trying to get attention from businesses, this is your foot in the door. Because the people that take Ref Rescue will get guaranteed clients and results, at least two clients per week. Because here’s what you can expect from Ref Rescue. First of all, Ref Rescue scans the city and finds businesses losing money. It does all of that for you. Then on top of that, it creates a professional audit and sends it to the business. It shows them professionally, hey, we’ve actually run a scan for you. Did you know people are saying this about you here? They’re saying this about you here. People are, you know, you’re missing out on reviews here. This person, you know, left a great review. You haven’t even, you know, replied to them as well. Both neutral reviews, positive reviews, and negative reviews all matter. and can help you increase your SEO and visibility guarantee. Therefore, it allows you to effortlessly close clients with undeniable proof. And once they’re closed, they’re open to see any other offer service you can provide. Hey, since we fixed this, we can actually also help you with this. And then you can offer any of your more, you know, competitive services. Let me know if that makes sense because here’s what you can expect from Ref Rescue. It searches a city and a niche. It discovers the reputation gaps, real reputation gaps. Then it generates the audit for you and it sends the insights to a business. If you’ve been looking for a real way to close clients without, you know, just sending random pitches or outreach or standard messages, but a reason for people to listen to you and having all the fact, undeniable proof that they should work with you, this is a client closing machine. And if you understand that, comment yes in the chat box because if you do, I’m going to show you how you can get access to what we call the insider special. Let me know in the chat box, you’ve just seen what’s possible. Who here wants to start a wildly profitable agency where clients offer you money after showing them proof? Who wants to know everything you’re getting today as part of the webinar discount deal? comment yes in the question box or chat box because you were smart enough to show up live and that’s why you’re going to get the biggest bang for your buck. We have people right now doing at least $2,500 a month and they just started just started. They’re doing $2,500 a month. There they go. Lots of yeses coming in. Now you’re going to get access to a Ref Rescue Premium account. This means you’ll be able to discover businesses that are quietly losing customers every single day. This is your superpower. This is your easy foot in the door, your hidden secret to land clients left, right, and center. You’ll have the AI reputation gap finder that finds the gap, the hidden review gaps that businesses are not aware of. You have the Google Plus Yelp gap detection actually showing you key insights, the not recommended reviews, the major revenue leak opportunity. Now, on top of that, you have the revenue lead calculator showing exactly the annual impact, the amount of conversion loss based on real numbers and data. The hidden Yelp review discovery, and then on top of that, weak, faded, and low review detection. Now, detection of reviews that the business owner once again has no idea is affecting his business. You have the poor local ranking discovery, understanding exactly what the ranking of the business is and why they’re ranking lower than the competition and how to fix it. the competitor reputation insights showing why the competitor is ranking, what their unique assets are, and where the business is lacking. And on top of that, the AI lead opportunity scoring showing you exactly the likeliness of the business taking you up on this offer. If that’s not enough, you have a full built-in lead capture and CSV expert system. All in all, you have everything you need to go from being a complete beginner to having businesses beg you and thank you for working with them. You see, here’s why this matters. Instead of just pitching random businesses, you can walk in with a reason they should listen. That’s the entire difference. That’s what’s missing with every single person that’s currently trying to make money online, trying to start a business, or trying to grow or scale a business. This is a musth have because you have a reason they should listen and that’s all that matters. This is something you can’t ignore and that makes getting clients a whole lot easier. Instead of saying hi, we offer you know generic reputation management services which is you know what most people do. You can say our system discovered something interesting about your business. You may be losing around 7.4K per month because of a review gap between Google and Yap. Yelp, here is the analysis and it shows them the data. Well, on Google, this is your ranking, but on Yelp, this is your ranking. And there’s a huge gap. Now, let’s find out why that is. Let’s create the plan on how to fix that. And it does that for them. Let me know if this makes sense and you see the power of what you’re about to get access to. There you go. Makes sense. This will work great for my services. Fits right in there. Perfect. Awesome. Now, anyone that’s offering any kind of service, whether you’re already starting an agency or you’re starting from scratch, this is an instant money maker. Now, on top of the discover business, quietly losing customers every single day, you’re also being able to instantly generate client ready audits, and that’s where the real power comes in. You have an AI landing page generator to show a clear landing page where you can send the business to. On top of that, the instant audit PDF generator creates the entire audit for you, calculated and professional. the AI gaps fix strategy generator to actually fix the entire problem for the business. The reputation recovery recommendations uh showing them, hey, here’s what you should uh improve. Here are the recommendations to recover your reputation. The conversion loss explanations showing them why they’re losing money. The visibility improvement suggestions showing them, hey, here’s what we suggest. Here are the templates. On top of that, professional client audit pages as well as client-friendly reputation reports in a way they actually understand it. And then reputation opportunity breakdowns showing them here is the entire breakdown. You will have everything you need to become extremely valuable to clients, to become extremely valuable to the marketplace. Now, this is where it becomes real because on top of that, you’ll be able to turn hidden reputation problems into easy to close clients. You have an AI email outreach system, automated follow-up sequences, personalized prospect messaging, AI powered outreach assistant, reputation outreach templates, easy to send audit links, client response tracking, follow-up automation, and multile prospect dashboard. Everything is handled for you by the AI. If that’s not enough, everything is tracked as well. You have a full lead management dashboard. You have search history tracking, saved opportunity tracking, lead status monitoring, outreach progress tracking, AI lead scoring system, opportunity prioritization, client pipeline visibility, and faster prospecting workflow. And again, all is handled by the AI. It’s exactly how Daniel and James are crushing it. You’ll be able to sell high demand reputation services while AI does all the work for you. You can see Daniel saying here, “The competitor comparison insights are powerful. You can literally show a business owner how their competitors are outperforming them in reviews.” That instantly makes the conversation about fixing the problem. You’re no longer coming in unsolicited, random, or just being ignored. Now you’re coming in with a purpose. The business is keen to listen to you. They know their competitors. They don’t know why they’re doing better and you’re able to pinpoint it out. Now, James saying, “I found multiple prospects within minutes. I tested dentists in Chicago, discovered several businesses with rating inconsistency across platforms. This is one of the fastest prospecting tools I’ve used. People from all walks of life, absolute beginners that have been struggling to work with local businesses or trying to make money online or start an agency are now crushing it because Steve Prody were smart enough to find that missing piece of the puzzle. Now you will own a complete system to engage, track, and close leads starting today. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you will unlock the entire webinar only bundle. Something will only be doing on this webinar. Meaning, some of the things that I’m about to show you next will be available only on this webinar and nowhere else. Let me know if you want the entire webinar bundle, and I’m about to show it to you. There you go. See, bundle it up. Yes. Let’s go. I’m here for the bundle. Perfect. Let me show you everything you’re getting. And this is one of the best bundles I’ve ever seen. You’re about to unlock everything for one discounted price. You’ll get paid anywhere from 500 to 2,000 a month, helping local businesses improve their online visibility as Ref Rescue AI instantly finds visibility opportunities. It generates client ready audits and gives you everything you need to turn those opportunities into paying clients. Now, you’ll be able to get this at a full 80% discount with a 30-day money back guarantee. So, here’s what’s included. You’re going to get the Deluxe license. This means you have the reputation gapinder, the Google Yelp gap detection, revenue lead calculator, hidden Yelp review detection, competitor comparison insights, AI landing page generator, email outreach system, lead storage, automated outreach sequence, instant audit PDF generator, AI gap fix strategy generator, search history tracking. We have a fast action bonus vault, which I’ll review later, and a full commercial license. Now, because you’re on this webinar, you’re immediately will be upgraded to the unlimited. And this is worth its weight in gold. Because with the unlimited, you’ll remove all the limits and unlock premium tools and discover 10x more businesses, meaning you can do up to 500 searches every month, which is more than enough to land a ton of clients. You can get over 2,000 safe leads, unlimited landing page generation, five premium templates that we’ve already tested that are working for our current users, 200 outreach emails every month. This is a more than enough to land clients guaranteed. You have our follow-up sequence builder, our unlimited outreach campaigns, our CSV export for external CRM, unlimited niche searches, unlimited city scans, unlimited business discoveries, unlimited lead exports, faster search processing, priority AI generation, priority data access, priority support, and again all the fast action bonuses that I’ll review. And it’s all integrated in one platform. Now, the actual value of this alone is 3997. The unlimited turns you into a powerhouse. Now, who here is loving the bundle already? Let me know in the question box or chat box. Who here is loving the bundle already? There you go. Lots of yeses. And if you do, as you can see, or as I can see you are, it’s only about to get better because when you get the bundle, you’re also going to get access to the master class. You see, we’re actually going to make sure you’re going to be a success story. That’s not just something we’re saying or we’re hoping. This is that one thing that changes everything for you. This is that one program, that one tool that actually makes sense, that actually is different from everything else. Not another AI tool where you have to fight to make it work. It’s a tool where you not only have the guarantee of getting businesses to listen to you, but you have the masterclass and support to actually make sure you are a success story. We’re going to give you a full masterclass training, 2hour consulting program. We’re going to cover it in full. You’re going to get our modules, the reputation gap opportunity blueprint, the precision lead discovery and qualification, the authority outreach framework, the reputation gap analysis pitch, the reputation consulting offer and pricing strategy. There’s so many offers out there where people don’t know what the price or what the pitch. We are going to give you everything on a silver platter. We’re even going to give you a scaling reputation consulting business. our 12 niches that you can literally swipe and deploy. Client objection mastery playbook, professional client proposal templates, our 50 niche reputation opportunity database, our client onboarding and delivery kit, and all the fast action bonuses. This right here makes sure you’re going to make at least four to five figures a month. This is set in stone because this master class up until now has allowed every single person that has gone through it to build a wildly profitable reputation management service from scratch in a record time. Now, if that that’s not enough, we’re actually going to speed up the results for you by giving you access to the done for you business system. You see, the done for you business system includes an entire done for you website, entire client management system, and readytouse agency assets. You get client accounts, team members, monthly searchers, bulk email tools. You get API access, done for you reputation agency website from us that we’ve already designed to actually land clients. Fully designed responsive website. We give five to seven done for you pages. Our homepage, our service page, our about page, our case study page, testimonial page. These are already landing clients as we speak. You get pre-written agency copy, customizable logo and brand colors, our cannonly integration ready, free reputation added and a lead capture pop-up, three case study templates, five pre-written SEO blog articles, our surface page of review management, our reputation monitoring page, a review generation page, our competitor analysis page, the local SEO page, our entire Dunw assets, and again all the fast action bonuses. The actual value of this alone is $4,467.

    We’re practically building your profitable business for you. And this is one of those things that we only do on the webinar. We can’t go out there and do this for everyone outside of this webinar. This is only because you are here now. Again, who here is loving everything they’re getting in the bundle thus far? Again, loving it. Amazing. Phenomenal. up. It gets even better. Even though what you’ve already seen is more than enough to guarantee results, we’re going to make it even easier by giving you also access to AI Gensify. Now, for those of you that don’t know, AIensify is one of Steve’s main success story creators. It allows you to find clients, generate content, automate social media campaigns, and close deals all from one dashboard. It has an AI powered copy assistant that can generate 200 copies. social media publisher, AI content rewriter. It allows you to tap into any agency needs and service any business on top of Ref Rescue. It can create five client searches per day. It can even do SMS broadcasting. It can send to over 200 email broadcast, integrate with the most popular email gateways, manage up to 50 projects, generate and manage 50 billable surface packages. This basically allows you to have additional services ready to deploy for any business. Now, on top of this, you’re also getting access to one of my favorites, which is the catch every call. We’ve seen that this is one of the main things that businesses absolutely love as well, which is an instant text back system. You know, when a person tries to reach a business and they’re not picking up the phone or they’re busy or, you know, they opted in and they haven’t received or gotten anything back from them, that’s so much money gone down the drain. And this fits perfectly with Ref Rescue, which is all about rescuing lost revenue. The Instant Text Back system allows a business to immediately follow up and catch every single lead that shows any kind of interest. Appointment scheduling, real-time lead conversion, customizable AI sales assistant, a comprehensive lead analytic structure, scalable for any business, multilingual, you don’t need coding, deploy in minutes, and every single business that calls or every single customer or client that reaches out to the business immediately gets a response regardless when a business, you know, doesn’t reply or can’t pick up the phone right there and then. Now, this bundle is designed to make you attractive in the marketplace, designed to make you valuable, designed to get people to want to work with you and you alone. So, let me recap everything you’re getting once more. You’re going to get access to the revenue rescue premium account. On top of that, you’re going to get the unlimited upgrade. You’re also getting the masterclass access, making sure this actually works for you. If that’s not enough, you’re also getting our entire DunF business system to speed up your results and get you proven results. You get our AI Inensify unlock to actually surface businesses on top of Ref Rescue and cash your call, which businesses love, which will bring in a more payments to you. And because you’re on this webinar, you’ll also be unlocking special webinar only bonuses. Now, the total value of everything you see right here is $30,989.

    And therefore, outside of this special webinar, the investment for Ref Rescue will be and already is $4997 annual. And of course, it’s annual because we’re maintaining it. We’re hosting it. We got a lot of support on it. We keep improving it. We keep making it better, adding even more powerful features. And even if we took 50% off, it’s still more than worth it. And that’s simply because Ref Rescue is designed to earn you an income from day one. You enter the city, you enter the niche, and it finds the rating gaps. Restaurant A, there’s a rating gap. Restaurant B, hidden Yelp reviews. Restaurant C, reputation inconsistency between platforms. Restaurant D, potential revenue. It finds all the businesses. It creates audits, undeniable proof. It creates the revenue calculator to make sure it shows the business how much money they’re losing out on. It has the outreach system. It has the competitor comparison. Everything that actually makes a business listen to you that’s responsible for generating absolute beginners a real recurring income. As a matter of fact, you can see right here a business replying, “Hey, thank you for reaching out. Your analysis of the gap between my Google and Yelp presence is interesting. I’m open to a brief chat next week to see how you can help bridge this gap. Please send over a few days and times that work for you or feel free to share your booking calendar. Best regards, Lori. That is the effect of what you’ll have. Those are the type of messages that you’ll receive when a business owner reads your audit professionally curated with proof, undeniable data, numbers. Here’s what they’ll say. Hey, your your analysis of this is interesting. I’m open to a brief chat to see how you can help bridge this because they know it’s leaving money on the table. You’re showing it to them.

    Now, the annual price for this is going to be $197 immediately after this webinar. And we figured on this webinar we would scratch that and do something special which is 497 annual. But even that we’re not going to do even though we know with just 497 you’ll easily land clients that will pay you so much more. You have a master class to guarantee you’ll have an amazing success with Ref Rescue. If you comment the word live, we’re going to do what we call a live discount, which is only for the people that have taken the time to show up live here today. So, comment live if you’re here live. Comment live if you want the live discount because that means and then you’re going to see lots of people commenting live. We’re going to scratch the 497, which is already a massive discount, and drop it down even lower to just 397. Now, whoever thinks that is a massive discount from 1997 annual all the way down to just 397 only because you were smart enough to show up live. I see people asking for the link already. Now, let me tell you to make it the ultimate deal. If you’ve ever been to a webinar, you know we make it extra special. We’re going to do only 30 live coupons this time. First come, first serve. So, act quick to grab it at only 297 annual. comment live in the chat box right now to get access to the link and the team will drop it for you right away and it’s first come first serve. The moment you go to the link, use the coupon that the team shares with you. If they don’t share a coupon with you, it means that the coupons are already sold out. Make sure you grab it, enter the coupon, and you can grab this at a steal for 297. And let me tell you this, you have a 30-day money back guarantee. Within those 30 days, you’re going to make so much more than just 297. And you can still decide if you want to keep it. This is a must-have, not a little gimmick, not a little video tool or image tool. This is something that actually allows you to close deals, something that allows you to get clients, and quite frankly, something that you absolutely need if you want to make money online and work with local businesses. If you want businesses to take you serious, if you want businesses to give you their time, if you want businesses to reply to you and show interest, Rev Rescue allows you to do that. So, comment live if you haven’t done so already and go to the URL, the link that the team is dropping in the chat, and then grab it while we’re live and you’ll be able to snatch it up for as low as 297. Use it for an entire year. And after a year, you can decide if you want to renew. And if you want to renew, it will still just be 297 for you. While others will be paying either 2,000 a year or $4997 a year, but for you, it will remain just 297. This is the engine to sell any service you want to sell. This is the competitive and unfair advantage that you have that makes business easy for you and hard for others. It allows you to have no worries to land clients effortlessly while others are struggling. Now, we’ve seen it firsthand with our users, and I can’t wait for you to experience it yourself as well. We have the entire masterass ready. We have support, handholding, and we’re giving you everything you need. They’ll literally use this immediately after this webinar and start seeing the results with your own eyes. You got nothing to lose because you have a 30-day money back guarantee. So, make sure you grab this right now while we are live now because you’re on this webinar. And only if you grab this right now while we’re live and I see a few people already joined in, congratulations. You guys are fast. You’re getting the biggest bang for your buck. An absolute steal of a deal. Congratulations with your discount. And more importantly, you’re about to witness how easy it is to get businesses to pay attention to you. You’re about to witness how valuable you become to the marketplace. We’re actually going to help you with that. So, congratulations. Now, you’re also going to get a live webinar only bonus. Actually, quite a few very special bonuses which I’m going to reveal right now. And that is only if you go to the order form and grab it as we speak. Now, this is what we call our fast action bonus vault. Now, this includes several powerful bonuses that I’m going to reveal to you right now. It’s a total of nine bonuses which you can only get access to when you grab this live on the webinar. Starting off with bonus number one, the local agency client acquisition system. This gives you access to the exact training that shows you how to run a successful reputation agency, how to position your reputation services to local businesses, how to structure your monthly reputation retainers, and how to turn simple audits into paying clients. Just going through this quick training will turn you into a money-making service provider, even if you’re a complete beginner. Now, on top of that, you’re getting bonus number two, the $2,500 a month reputation agency blueprint. Now, we actually have complete beginners applying this as we speak, and they’re making in fact $2500 a month, and they just started. You’re going to see how to structure your services and prices. the entire package that we already prepared for you, the pricing model, and how to actually structure a retainer, right? You want to sometimes get paid three months upfront or for at least a period of 3 months. So, you’re locking in not just a $2,500 a month deal, but you know for a fact you’re going to get 7.5K.

    Now, this is the power of what you’re about to get access to. And if that’s not enough, we’re also going to give you our professional reputation templates, which includes professional reputation reports, the client presentation layouts, and reputation analysis of visuals that we only provide to our premium live webinar bonus members. Now, on top of these three bonuses, you’re also getting access to 50 high converting outreach scripts. We have cross-examined all the outreach templates and we’ve came down for each different niche a total of 50 that we know will land you a client whether you like it or not. Now the value of this is at least $500 far more than the 297 that you’re getting access to everything for here today. You can start conversations with business easily. You have the entire email outreach messages, our LinkedIn conversation starters and our follow-up message templates all done for you. You get our entire reputation management service toolkit which is valued at1297 $1,297. This is our entire framework, our client communication templates and our monitoring workflows. Now all of this is included and AI does all the heavy lifting for you. If that’s not enough, we’ve even pinpointed 100 local business niches that you can target today which are the easiest to close. So, I’m talking restaurants, dentists, medical clinics, contractors, legal services, businesses that without a doubt will take you up for the surface and actually want to listen to you. Now, when you grab this right now, and I see more people just joined in. Congratulations once again, you’re also going to get access to our lead conversation playbook. Now, this is where we show you how to explain reputation gaps clearly if they actually ask you any additional questions. Now, most of the time the AI has already explained everything. The report is already clear enough, but in the off chance there’s an additional question, we actually have already prepared that for you. How to introduce the improvement strategies and how to guide the conversation naturally. You’re also getting our pricing calculator to see our exact pricing modules and what you need to do to get through 10K to 25K all the way up to making six figures. Actually going by the numbers, not on sheer luck. We even give you our entire client scenarios and our entire surface package structures. And last but not least, the ultimate local marketing research vault. This is everything you need. A marketing checklist, our service propos proposal templates, our client onboarding guides, and our marketing campaign frameworks. Basically, making sure you always have people ready to work with you. That’s a total of nine bonuses with an additional value of at least $20,000. getting access to them on top of everything you already get which is the Ref Rescue premium account, the Ref Rescue unlimited upgrade, the Ref Rescue Masterclass access, the Ref Rescue done for you business system. This alone will make sure you are immediately ready to start earning the Ref Rescue AI identify unlocked the Ref Rescue catch every call and the special webinar only bonuses, nine of them that I’ve just mentioned. Now, once you’re on the link, some of you, and I can’t promise everyone will because it’s a very rare occasion if you do, but in case you’re on the link, you might see the mega bundle option. Now, this allows you to be exceptional with our additional help. You will earn about 1,500 times more and a lot faster by becoming a pro online consultant. This is an area we’re an expert and specialized in. And that allows you to own a business that sells expert consultants with custom knowledge and skill sets. And the good news is our consultant package is designed to turn you into a professional consultant or freelancer in 30 minutes flat, allowing you to not only offer rescue services, but actually turn into a full-on business consultant while letting AI consultants do all the work for you. Now, what we’ve seen, this is one of the most high paid services that you can offer that barely has any competition because consultancy is unique. It’s not just a tool. It’s something that shows your expertise and knowledge in a way nobody else can. Now, we have designed unique and expert AI consultants according to business and niches that will show them and tell them exactly to the tea how they can grow with information and data that they can’t find anywhere else even if they were to ask AI themselves. Now, this surface you can offer and make a ton of additional money with. And we’re giving the entire done for you playbook. Now, this will only be available to a handful of people that actually unlock the entire mega bundle when they go to the order form of Ref Rescue and grab it at 297. You might see this box on the right hand side. I’ll actually show you what that looks like. And when you go to the form right here, simply enter your contact email. Then select your preferred option, credit card or PayPal. Then put in the special coupon code that you’ve been given just for being on this webinar to drop the price from 397 all the way down to $297. An absolute steal. You future payments will also be discounted by $100. So you’re getting a bang for your buck. And then right here is the holy grail, the mega bundle. Simply check this box to unlock a massive behemoth of accelerating revenue results. I’m talking creating and managing up to 500 client accounts, allowing you to sell reputation recovery services at scale. You will be able to get access to our done for you trainings, our proven agency SOPs, as well as the consultancy and my favorite part, the VIP group coaching calls where we hold your hand and turn you into a living success story. We give you a faster start implementation guides, our consultancy training vault, a certification as well as deeper analytics, automated video, email, video, SMS and follow-up campaigns that will make you even more valuable to the marketplace. We give you the entire ability to create custom consultants or use our templated consultants. You can hand them out, deploy them to businesses, 247 live sales consultant that can actually sell for you or for other businesses. All of this will be included at the special mega bundle, which you’ll only see once if you’re lucky on the order page. Now, regardless if you see it or not, make sure you get the Ref Rescue AI bundle because this is where it all starts. Without this, none of this will even matter. So, make sure you get Ref Rescue AI to get businesses to finally pay attention to you. And when you have an opportunity to seed a mega bundle, you want to scale into recurring monthly income faster, handle dozens of niches and cities simultaneously. So you can actually grow a lot quicker, actually do a lot more of these outreaches in a way where multiple businesses are being calculated, found that they’re losing money. You’re growing by five times the speed that somebody without this would. It allows you to guarantee results a lot quicker, a lot faster. You can deliver more professional client audits, sell entire visibility optimization packages, as well as you get our additional outreach and prospecting playbooks with our onboarding frameworks, our monthly retainer setups. And one of my favorites, a complete CRM access so you can store all your leads. Normally, you have to pay recurringly for CRM out there. You’re getting one on the house. You basically have a full-blown business from top to bottom with additional superpower that allows you to offer pro consultancy services and to make sure you know what you’re doing and we’re giving you all the results. You’re going to get our VIP group coaching calls where we hold you accountable as well as you know showing you, hey, how’s your AI doing right now? How many clients has it found? How many clients has it closed? Here’s how we can upsell them. Here’s how we can sell additional services. We’re making sure you’re getting the most out of Ref Rescue. making sure this is the best investment that you would have ever made. So when you see the mega bundle, this is a one-time. This is not a recurring one. This is not, you know, a yearly or monthly. It’s a onetime 127. Add it if you can. If not, make sure you at least get this because this is your foot in the door. Now, this is only available while we are live. Congratulations to Tom just going in. I see Marie saying this is a no-brainer, guys. anyone that is looking to grow a business needs this as a foot in the door. Thank you so much for mentioning that and it’s so true and it shows me that you clearly understand the power of this. This is not just an AI tool. This is the catalyst, the engine to sell any AI service you have. This allows you to get people to pay attention to you. And as long as you don’t have something like that, it will be hard. That’s why Rep Rescue comes in and make sure that businesses pay attention by showing them the revenue that they’re currently losing out on. There you go. Lots of yeses coming in. But if your current situation is anything like this where you right now have maybe a ton of AI tools and great offers but nobody to sell it to or you have tried a ton of AI tools and you haven’t seen any results thus far and most tools you’re currently using you know require a lot of patience you ton of skill maybe even you will now finally experience what it’s like because you’ll have everything you need to become extremely valuable to clients extremely extremely valuable. You have businesses thanking you, sending you emails, wanting to listen to you, keen to hear more of what you can do after you send them that report. And all of that for just 297, less than 300 bucks to have a business engine that allows you to have an unfair advantage, your secret weapon to dominate any marketplace, to tap into niches, to work with businesses left, right, and center. Now, if you’ve been looking to make a stable income from home, something that is easily to be fulfilled and gets businesses to wanting to work with you and pay you, but you’ve been struggling to make noise or actually get businesses to notice you, here’s your answer, and it’s less than 300 bucks a year. But that’s only if you grab it right now. Ref Rescue is designed to earn you an income from day one, but day one starts today. And if you don’t grab it right now, you’ll lose out. You’ll miss out on the opportunity of a lifetime. Because when you have access to this, you’ll be able to say, “Our system discovered something interesting about your business. You may be losing around $7,400 per month because of a review gap between Google and Yelp. Here’s the analysis.” And it sends and creates the entire analysis, the entire page, as well as the done for you audits, the reports, the outreach, and the follow-ups. The AI does everything for you while you sit back and watch businesses be literally in awe of what you’re sending them. Have their full attention and ready to work with you. It’s an easy income from home or wherever you want to apply this from. And if you don’t want to do this for yourself, do this for someone else. Give it to them. If you know someone that’s been looking to make an extra income that you know hasn’t known what they wanted to do or has been struggling to find out a way to earn extra, give them Ref Rescue. There you go. I see lots of people saying what a great idea. Love it. I can’t wait. We’re going to do this together. Amazing. So again, you can use this yourself. You can use it together with someone else. But make sure you grab it now at the lowest price possible. This is an instant closing machine. If you’ve been trying to close businesses, I see, you know, Thomas saying here, “I’ve been trying for the longest to get businesses to pay attention to me. I feel like this finally makes sense.” And it will. And that’s so true, Thomas. Thank you for pointing that out. That is exactly what this does. You see, that’s the whole thing that Steve and Prody have been looking to figure out. Everybody has AI tools. Everybody has AI services, and they’re great. And I’ve, you know, shown and talked about many of them as well. But getting businesses to want to work with you, getting businesses to pay attention to you, even though you could provide a great service, that’s a whole different conversation, a whole different problem that needs to be addressed on its own. And that’s what Steve Prody have done. They haven’t created another tool that provides something else. No, they’ve created something that solves all your problems, which is getting businesses to notice you, wanting to work with you. This is the ultimate foot in the door to sell any other service on top of it. Because when you can show a business, you’re losing 4.4K a month and here’s the proof. You’re losing $11,200 a month. Here’s the proof. You’re losing 7.5K a month. Here’s the proof. If I get an email saying that, I’m opening that. I don’t care who it’s from. If I see an email with a subject line that says, “Your business is losing $7,500 a month. Here’s the proof.” I’m opening that email and I’m reading it. And if I see the proof that’s undeniable, I see the data. It’s not just wishwash. There’s accurate numbers. There’s reviews that have been pulled. There’s actual proof from each and every place and analysis. That’s so true. I’m going to reply and say, “Thank you for pointing this out. How do you suggest I fix this?” And the conversation starts. That is the power of what you’re about to get access to. That’s how we’ve helped so many businesses. That’s how our users are crushing it. And the AI does everything for them. Remember, before anything else, the biggest problem for a business is a bad review. It scares people away more than not posting enough on social media, more than an outdated website. Now, negative and unattended reviews are a lack of Google presence or bleeding businesses money every day. And a lot of time, the businesses don’t even have an idea what’s going on. They don’t know why nobody’s showing up, nobody’s ordering, nobody’s clicking. They have no idea because they don’t know what is happening.

    And that’s where Ref Rescue saves the day. It literally rescues the business. Grab it for 297 while we’re live and consider yourself having made one of the best and smartest decisions that you could possibly make to start really earning online. I’m talking actual income. As a matter of fact, let me put this in perspective for you. For everybody that’s grabbing this, once again, congratulations. If you’re still on the fence, I want you to pay close attention to this. First of all, you’ll have a 30-day money back guarantee. You can try this out. It’s less than 300 bucks. I know for a fact you’re going to crush it. You have everything you need. This is different from anything else you’ve tried. I know you’ve never approached a business with the actual proof that they’re losing money. The actual data where people are talking bad about their business or a lack or unintended reviews that makes businesses perk up, notice, and say, “Hey, you’re the first one that is showing me this, that is actually pointing out this for me. It shows that you actually done your due diligence. I’m keen to hear more of what you can do for me. That’s the power of what you’re going to get access to. You got everything to gain and nothing to lose by at least trying this out with a 30-day money back guarantee. And trust me, if you’ve been trying to start a business, you owe it to yourself to grab Ref Rescue because it’s the missing puzzle piece that will accelerate your income starting today. It allows you to go from zero to earning a realistic five figure income. Not random or blown up or out of proportion, but a realistic five figure income. Because at three clients at only5 $500 per client, which is a fair and pretty much nobrainer price for the business, you’re already making $1,500 a month. Five clients, you’re looking at 5k per month when you’re charging only $1,000. At 10 clients charging just 2K per month, you’re making 20K a month. At 20 clients charging 3K per month, you’re making 60K a month. Now, we’re actually going to show you what the surface packages are for this, what’s included, everything you need to actually start earning from day one. You’re going to hit and fly by these numbers easily in a way you’ve never seen before. And again, if you’ve used the struggle with trying to offer AI services, not having any businesses to offer your services to, or just businesses not paying attention or ignoring your messages at all, you’re about to witness how easy it is to close them with Ref Rescue. because it will effortlessly find and close businesses using a ref rescu’s AI that creates the audit and sends it to the businesses making them pretty much forcing them to listen to you based on the undeniable proof and data that you’re sharing with them. And that’s why if you want access to this, go to the URL right now. Go to the link in the chat box to unlock the entire webinar only bundle. And instead of the $4997 a year or even the 1 1997 a year, you’re going to get the live discount which takes it not even from 397 but all the way down if you’re lucky and fast enough to just 297 to start using this and actually see the results firsthand. And again, you’re going to get access to the master class and nine powerful bonuses included. Now, this is exactly what has allowed Michael and Sarah crushing it. Michael found instantly 13 businesses with reputation gaps. One restaurant alone was losing $8,900 per month. When you show this to a restaurant, they’re forced to listen to you. They’re like, “What do you mean I’m losing $8,900 a month? Tell me more. And how do you suggest I can fix this?” That’s exactly what the AI does for you. You will own an AI that clearly shows businesses losing money and then fixes it for you, shows the plan, shows the suggestions, everything from top to bottom. And that’s the thing that matters. Businesses want proof that you can either make them money or save them money. And when you can do this, they’re willing to listen to you and more importantly pay you. And the bigger the proof, the easier it is to get paid. You’re going to get paid anywhere from $197 to $497 for just reputation audits, $500 to $2,000 just to offer reputation strategy, and $500 to $2,500 for monthly reputation management. We’ve already laid out everything for you, the package, the delivery, the outreach, the system. This is something no other business is providing. And meaning this will give you an unfair advantage in the marketplace, making you far more valuable than anyone else. And it’s the perfect foot in the door to sell any other surfers that you might have to offer. Because if you’re trying to make money right now with your existing services, you’ve probably noticed that they have a lot of competition. But when you come in with the fix that Steve and Prody have created, the fix that allows businesses to acknowledge that they’re bleeding money, the fix that allows businesses based on real facts and data to have no choice but to listen to you, the fix that allows you to take care of all the scattered reviews and left on money on the table where you know a regular business can’t just spend the time or allocate the time to figure that out or let alone is aware of those things. When you take advantage of what Steve and Prody have created right here, you’ll be able to create and fix plans easily, adding more traffic to the business, increasing their conversions, and making them more money. And on top of that, saving them a ton of money. Because once you have access to this, once again, here’s what you can expect. The refu scans the city and finds businesses losing money. Then it creates a professional audit and sends it to the business and then effortlessly closes clients. And once again, you can see the messages that you’ll be receiving right here. Thank you for reaching out. Your analysis of the gap between my Google and Yelp is interesting. I’m open to a brief chat next week to see how you can help bridge this gap. Please send over a few days and times. Businesses are now begging you to come in and actually help them. And all it does is it searches a city in a niche. It discovers the gap. It generates a audit and sends it. And it does it around the clock to the point you’re making money hand over face. This is the easiest way to start earning online. You have the ability to discover businesses quietly losing customers every single day. This is your hidden secret and superpower. And then on top of that, you’re also getting access to the ability to instantly generate ready to go client audits. If that’s not enough, you also have the ability to turn hidden reputation problems into easy to close clients. And because you’re on this webinar, you’ll have every opportunity tracked. And simply because you’re smart enough to grab this live, you’ll see that the entire bundle that you’re getting access to allows you to get results in record time. I’m talking less than 72 hours. You’re looking at your first $2500, but only if you grab this right now at only $297. The choice is yours, but this is your last and final chance to grab this before it’s too late. Now, I quickly want to show you once again the all the types of businesses that you can serve. And I want to congratulate people that are joining in. I see Anthony has joined. Uh Stephen is in. Congratulations. Marie is in. Congratulations. Lisa’s in. Congratulations. Uh John is in. Congratulations to you as well. You guys are going to absolutely crush it. As a matter of fact, we’re going to make sure of that. uh Steve Prody, the entire team is in your corner and we’re here to take Rev Rescue to become the number one, you know, missing puzzle piece that people are right now uh dealing with where they’re trying to grow a business, but they just can’t get businesses to listen to them. Steven Party have solved that with Rev Rescue, that missing puzzle piece that they’re now going to make sure every single agency owner or service provider is going to be a fan of Rev Rescue. and you’re about to step in to the lowest price it will ever be because for everyone else outside of this they’ll have to pay monthly additional and on top of that they’ll have to pay a thousand annual and you’re going to get it at a steal only because you’re smart enough to show up live here today and with this you can instantly get access to once again the the Luke’s license the unlimited pro as well as the masterass the done for you business system the AI Identify the catch every call and all the bonuses mentioned. This allows you to serve any type of business such as restaurants and cafes, dentists and orthodontists, no chiropractors and physical therapists, as well as medical clinics and specialists, cosmetic and aesthetic clinics, gyms and fitness studios, personal trainers, hair salons and barber shops, nail salons and spas. Do you know how many bad reviews these nail salons spas, you know, they can easily lose out on tens of thousands of dollars when just a handful of reviews are placed online about a person’s nail or this or that. Don’t go here, don’t go there. Boom. They’re losing out on customers, especially, you know, businesses where they’re fixing you up like a barber, um, hair salon, nails, because that is something so important for a human being. You don’t want to, you know, go to a barber that will mess you up because you have to walk around with that. So, it’s so darn important for especially businesses like that to have a good upstanding whenever a review is placed that there’s a good two side of the story. And even if it’s a neutral review that the business owners active that they’re responding to it. Now, as long as they’re not doing that because they’re too busy into day-to-day or they’re, you know, everywhere and anywhere or they just have no idea or no control over what’s happening where, they’re losing out on a ton of money. Now, beauty and skincare clinics, massage therapy, tattoo studios, lawyers and law firms. I mean, imagine a bat review in a tattoo studio. Do you know how much money that will make them lose if there is no proper reputation management? No reply, no uh showing them here’s what we’ve done great and here’s uh what’s happened and here’s how we should address this. If nothing is being done, they will continue to lose thousands of dollars a year, tens of thousands of dollars a year. Same goes for lawyers and law firms. It’s so important to have, you know, a decent to good lawyer. If you see a review on a law firm saying they messed it up, don’t go here. Lawyer didn’t reply. He’s busy with other cases. You should at least reply, “Well, we’ve done everything we could. You actually withheld some information to us which didn’t allow us to be prepared for X, Y, or Z. We’re proud of what we can do. We actually have a lot of positive reviews. We welcome everyone to come and inquire. A simple response like that to a negative review based on the situation can save a law firm so much money and they’re willing to pay thousands of dollars for you to point it out and help them fix that. So again, everything is waiting for you on the inside. You absolutely should grab this right now before it’s too late. If you want to start having a business that actually generates a real five figure income without the hassle, without struggling to get seen, without struggling with, you know, getting people to notice you, without struggling to get businesses to pay attention to you. If you’re right now trying everything, which is posting on social media, trying to go viral, you know, maybe doing some outreach emails already, but you’re lacking what R rescue can provide, which is simply giving everything you need to make sure a business has to listen to you, then for less than 300 bucks, an absolute massive discount, 297, you can grab this and start seeing real results, real growth, and start experiencing how easy it is to actually build a business, how easy it is to get another retainer, another $2,000, another $5,000. How to see that with your own eyes is by leveraging Ref Rescue to go out there, find businesses that are actually losing money, creates an AI report on it, sends it over, and gets businesses to want to do business with you. The link is in the chat box right now. Grab it while we’re live to secure your access at the lowest price it will ever be. And remember, when you grab this, you’re also getting access to nine bonuses. On top of everything we’ve shown you, which is the Ref Rescue premium account, the Ref Rescue unlimited upgrade, the masterclass access, the done for you business system, the Ref Rescue AI Agensify unlock, the Ref Rescue Catch Every Call, the special webinar only bonuses. I mean, a total value of $30,000 989. You’re snatching up for just 297 and you start closing clients with ease. Use the coupon code that you’re only getting access to on this live training and you’re going to witness the power of Ref Rescue firsthand. You’re going to finally see how any surfers that you’ve been trying to scale, any AI tool or any type of agency or business that you’ve been trying to grow finally will be fueled with businesses looking for you, inquiring and wanting to work with you because your foot in the door is so powerful. And that’s sometimes the only thing you need. The most perfect foot in the door that makes a business simply can’t help but listen to you. And that’s exactly what people that are using our exact AI are doing right now. And as promised, you’re owning a unique solution that finds local businesses that are already ready for help. It shows them a clear reason to listen. It creates proof- based audits and minutes. It then, you know, goes out there, outreaches, and it lands 2K to 5K a month clients for you. And the best part is it does it all without you needing the skills. You can be an absolute beginner. And we have beginning users that are right now making money as we speak. So, if you’ve been looking for something on the side or something you can do in your spare time or something that can fuel whatever you’re trying to do currently, something that can add to your existing agency, something that can actually boost it, something that you know was the missing puzzle piece to everything you’ve been trying to do thus far,

    then the answer is right here. this new AI that finds local businesses quietly losing 3 to 10K a month from hidden review gaps. Now, within the next 72 hours, you’ll be seeing your first clients ready to pay you. It’s all because local businesses are desperate. They need all the help they can get. And you’re going to prove and show them exactly where the money is, where they’re losing money, and how to fix it. You’ll finally know what service to provide. You’ll finally have results to show. And you’ll finally have businesses interested in your help. Because if you’ve been dealing with the opposite, which is not show sure what service to provide, not having any results to show and business is not interesting your interested in your help with the proof that you’ll able to present and ref rescue doing what it does best showing actual proof where the business is losing money and then offering to fix it. You will own an AI that allows you to become extremely valuable and have an irresistible surface in the marketplace. So, make sure you go to the link right now to grab it at only 297. I want to congratulate everyone once again that has taken action on this. I want to congratulate everyone once again who’s smart enough to pick this up. And I want you to know with the master class, I know for a fact you’re going to see your first clients in record time. I know for a fact this 297 will be peanuts to you when in the first week you’ll look at that 297 like pocket change because you’ve just made thousands of dollars from businesses happily paying you, thanking you, and ready to be sold any other service that you might be able to provide to them. All of that is possible with Rev Rescue. If you want to experience what that’s like, go to the link in the chat right now. I’ll ask the team to drop it one more time and then go ahead and get instant access and I’ll see you on the inside. Now again, everything you’re seeing here today is not just something we’re saying. We have the results, the proof, and the data to back it up. As a matter of fact, I’ll show you live right now. I’ll go to Google, right? And I’ll type in unanswered or unans unattended business reviews. And the first thing that pops up here, leaving customer reviews hurts your brand trust and reduces repeat business. For local businesses, ignoring unrelied reviews signals a lack of care to the future customers. The simplest way to tackle this is to check your profiles and reply directly to feedback. And that has a whole set of actions they need to do. Even when it comes to negative feedback, they need to stay professional, apologize, and provide an offline way like a phone number or email to solve it. That means a lot to a person that’s reading uh the business reviews on top of the positive feedback acknowledging it, acknowledging the compliments and inviting them back. All of this will add revenue to a business. Unread reviews or unanswered questions are literally slowly killing a business. And there’s so much proof and data that backs this up. Right? Again, if I keep searching, right, leaving a business online reviews unattended, is a silent killer of customer trust and repeat business. Ignoring feedback, whether positive or negative, makes your brand appear neglected or dismissive. Responding promptly builds loyalty and converts unhappy customers into returning ones. And that’s the thing, so many businesses are not aware of this. And the ones that are actually actively looking for someone that can help them. If I can write here reputation management um or review management on Upwork right here looking for jobs anywhere from 500 to you know a,000 you can see reputation management expert needed we’re seeking someone you know that is a skilled online reputation management specialist they’re willing to pay 500 right $1,000 $1,000 $1,000 $1,250 for Google My Business and Yelp review manager needed this is exactly what you can provide with Ref Rescue. This is a client that is ready to pay $1,250 for someone that can help them with Google My Business and Yelp reviews. Something Ref Rescue specifically is an expert in. Again, money is up for grabs. When you reach out to these businesses, show them an audit, an analytical view of what’s happening, and as well as the competitor research, as well as the fixes and strategy, they’re willing to pay you, plus more for what you’re able to provide. The proof is right here in front of you. And that’s why getting Ref Rescue isn’t just another tool, isn’t just another system. It is a moneymaking foot in the door that allows you to get businesses to pay attention to you and that allows you furthermore to take any other offer whether you’re selling content management, you know, article creation, copywriting, video creation, website creation, graphic design, whatever other service you have to provide on top of Ref Rescue. Once you got your foot in the door, you can offer that as a surfer saying, “Hey, I noticed your website is also a little bit outdated or you haven’t posted on Facebook in a while or I notice your social media strategy is not where it should be. I can actually do this for you as well.” And since you’ve already helped them, they’re likely, highly likely, might I add, to actually take you up your on your second surface since they’re already satisfied with your first. And that’s the beauty of Ref Rescue. It doesn’t just bring in an income from Ref Rescue alone. It allows you to make money with all your services and adds a ton of cash flow to your existing projects and businesses as we speak. And that’s why it’s so important that you grab this right now before it’s too late. Take advantage of the steel of a discount where you can grab it for only 297. And on top of that, the special webinar only bonuses which you can grab right now. And all you have to do is go to the link in the chat to secure everything to get access to everything that you need. Now, simply enter your contact email here. Select either credit card or PayPal, whichever works for you. Then we have a coupon code. Type in revenue 100. You should have gotten that coupon code in the chat box as well. You click on apply. you’ll see the price of 397 drop down to just $297. Now, you might have also noticed here on the right hand side, and not everyone will see this. Again, this is really on a first come first-s serve basis. So, if you’re seeing what we call this Ref Rescue AI mega bundle, consider yourself extremely lucky. It’s like you’ve won the jackpot because this one normally is sold out really, really quickly. So, if you’re seeing this, a spot has opened up to grab the mega bundle. What does this mean? This is an optional add-on at only one time 127. So, no recurring, just a onetime 127, and it will massively upgrade your entire account, turning you into a professional consultant with the consultant package. Now, this includes up to 500 client accounts. You can sell reputation recovery services at scale. Manage multiple local businesses from one system. Perfect for agency freelancer consultants. Scale into recurring monthly income faster. Handle dozens of niches and si cities simultaneously. So you’re not city by city, but you can hit them all at once and one go. You build a fullblown local reputation agency business. No expensive per client software fees. We give you additional done for you training and PDFs. Our proven agency standard operating procedure systems, charge monthly retainers, and we give you the pricing packages, offer reputation recovery services, sell visibility optimization packages, deliver professional client audits, manage hundreds of business clients, create scalable and recurring income streams, beginnerfriendly walkthroughs, client acquisition blueprints, making sure you will get clients no matter what, reputation recovery service guides, outreach and prospecting playbook, as well as a local visibility optimization strategies, client onboarding frameworks, our monthly retainer setup training so you get paid up to three months in advance, fast start implementation guides, consultancy training vault, a certification which helps a lot in even more credibility and authority. You get an additional VIP group coaching calls. Now, this is powerful because on these calls, we look at where you’re at and how you can start making even more money. We look at the amount of clients you have right now and where you can find more, how you can, you know, upsell or charge more, what uh things you can do with your existing clients. And as well, even if you don’t have any clients, you join the VIP group coaching call, we make sure you get them. So, this is very valuable to make sure you’re going to get massive success as well. You get a phase pro access, which allows you to create video calls for websites. Really powerful and businesses love that. You get a complete CRM from us which is your customer relationship management tool where you can save all the email addresses. AI powered video marketing campaign automations which businesses again love and you can set that up for yourself and for others. Real-time video engagement feedback. Detailed contact level reporting. You can create and manage and assign deals. You get deeper analytics. Automate the entire video email, video SMS and follow-up campaigns having an even stronger follow-up sequence. Create and manage and assign tags. create custom consultants, training consultants, match consultants to your brand and publish need specific and business specific consultants, recall consultants. These are all AI generated that you can deploy for a business or use for yourself. You get 24/7 live support and 24/7 sales consultants that sell your services for you. You can deploy the most in demand consultants in minutes and bet consultants on your and your clients websites. Grant or revoke client access. Upload any documents. scan web pages, file sheets, and site maps. You can literally do everything plus more for just a onetime 127. Plus, get group VIP coaching call to really dial it in hard. Now, again, this is optional. uh with the initial bundle, you’ll absolutely crush it as well. But if you really want to knock it out of the park and really go for that premium consultancy package where you see results a lot quicker, more guarantees, as well as making sure you have access to the VIP group calls, I highly recommend you if you’re even lucky enough to see this to grab the mega bundle as well. Now, again, this is optional. I do want to mention that because I don’t want you to think, “Oh, if I can’t grab this, then there’s no point in me grabbing it at all.” Make sure you at least get the Ref Rescue AI bundle because that is number one the most important thing. And that if you’re getting the mega bundle, know that you’ve just made the absolute best decision you could have possibly make to guarantee yourself a real recurring income with all the help, support, and systems you need. That is different from anything you’ve tried thus far. That is something that makes it so much better for you to go online and become valuable and instantly see people respond to your value and work with you and pay you. We give you all our pricing sheets. We actually allow you to earn up to 1,500 times more when you have the mega bundle. So, when you see this, check this box, add it to your cart. You’re already getting an amazing discount when you entered your coupon right here. And then scroll down and enter your details and you’re in. If you want to pay with PayPal, then make sure you check this box right here and you’ll find a PayPal button below. Whichever you choose, make sure you act right now because this is your only chance to start grabbing this before it’s too late. I see people joined in with the mega bundle. So, congratulations for those of you that have. And again, I highly recommend. I see uh Melissa saying, “I was wondering about the mega bundle. Definitely a must have.” Now, we’ll add it in. There you go. Glad I could address that. So, make sure for those of you that were wondering once again what the mega bundle was or is, well, you see all the details right here. So, you can skim through it, but know that, you know, just the consulty training vault as well as the VIP group coaching calls alone are more than worth getting it. And it’s a one-time. This is not an annual. This is not a recurring or, you know, a monthly. It’s a one-time. You get access to these things for life. And that is extremely valuable. So 127 uh mega bundle. Add that in to really knock it out of the park. All in all, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck right now when you grab access to the entire bundle of the Ref Rescue AI. Something that allows you to find businesses that are losing 3 to 10K per month. Then removing all the limits with the Pro and Unlimited upgrade. Discover how businesses lose customers from bad reviews and get paid to fix it. Launch a professional reputation management agency with our done for you websites. Find clients, generate content for them, and a groundbreaking AI technology by converting clients missed calls into sales with the catch every call tool. You got everything you need become to become a valuable agency that is different from everyone else. Services that actually matter to a business. Services that give you competitive and unfair advantage. And more importantly, a foot in the door that makes you stand out over everyone else. That gets businesses to listen to you, pay attention to you because you have proof. You have data and you know something they don’t. And being able to be in that position feels so good because it allows you to move with confidence as well as generate a real substantial income with absolute ease. And if you want to make it even easier, make sure you lock in that mega bundle as well. So, go to the URL. Again, the coupon code is active and live. grab it while we’re here because when you do so, you’re also getting access to the bonus vault, which includes the local a client acquisition system, the $2,500 a month reputation blueprint, the done few reputation audit templates, and on top of that, the 50 high converting outreach scripts, the reputation management surface toolkit, 100 local business niches that you can target, and if that’s not enough, the lead conversion playbook, the reputation surface pricing calculator, and the ultimate local marketing resource vault. you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck and all it takes just 297 to unlock it and finally start seeing results because after this you’ll see your first $1,000, your first 1,500, your first 2500 and beyond. We’ve seen it time and time again. This is exactly what Prody and Steve set to fix. a way for absolute beginners to people that are struggling with competition that actually get clients with ease in a way you haven’t never seen before. Now, Ref Rescue once again is designed to earn an income from day one. The moment you grab this, simply enter city, the niche, it will detect, it will do everything in its power to find and close those businesses and you’ll see the response rate is so high. You can pick and choose who you want to work with and businesses are ready to work with you, listen to you, pay you, and even inquire about your additional services, allowing you to once again go from zero to earning a realistic 5 figureure income in record time because it does all the work for you. Now again, if I haven’t said enough already, make sure you go and grab the mega bundle as well as I know for a fact when you have the mega bundle, you’ll become absolutely unstoppable. This is a one-time 127, which allows you to get everything you need to go and turn into a professional consultant from scratch. Even if you’re a beginner, you will become a confident and professional consultant in the space, having everything practically laid out and done for you, plus VIP group coaching calls that will help you to make sure you’re rocking it. Now, I can’t wait to see your results. And quite frankly, I know for a fact when you grab this, you’re going to see results within the next 72 hours because that’s exactly what Ref Rescue is designed to do. to go out there, find the businesses, prove to them that they’re losing money, get them to pay attention and listen, and then sell your surface student. It is the perfect play and allows you to tap into any type of business and revenue that you’re looking for in the fastest and easiest way possible, but you’ll have to grab it right now. Go to the URL that you see in the chat. I’ll ask the team to drop it a few more times and then lock in your access for just 297 annual. Use it and abuse it. You have 30 days to use it to its maximum extent. Enjoy it. Even intend the VIP calls. Leverage it. Read scripts reputation management surface toolkit 100 look because it allows you to move with confidence as well as generate a real substantial income with absolute ease. And if you want to make it even easier, make sure you lock in that mega bundle as well. So, go to the URL. Again, the coupon code is active and live. grab it while we’re here because when you do so, you’re also getting access to the bonus vault, which includes the local AC client acquisition system, the $2,500 a month reputation blueprint, the done for you reputation audit templates, and on top of that, the 50 high converting outreach scripts, the reputation management surface toolkit, 100 local business niches that you can target, and if that’s not enough, the lead conversion playbook, the reputation surface pricing calculator, and the ultimate local marketing resource vault. you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck and all it takes just 297 to unlock it and finally start seeing results because after this you’ll see your first $1,000, your first 1,500, your first 2500 and beyond. We’ve seen it time and time again. This is exactly what Prody and Steve set to fix. A way for absolute beginners to people that are struggling with competition that actually get clients with ease in a way you haven’t never seen before. Now, Ref Rescue once again is designed to earn an income from day one. The moment you grab this, simply enter city, the niche. It will detect, it will do everything in its power to find and close those businesses. And you’ll see the response rate is so high. You can pick and choose who you want to work with. And businesses are ready to work with you, listen to you, pay you, and even inquire about your additional services, allowing you to once again go from zero to earning a realistic 5 figureure income in record time. because it does all the work for you. Now, again, if I haven’t said enough already, make sure you go and grab the mega bundle as well, as I know for a fact when you have the mega bundle, you’ll become absolutely unstoppable. This is a one-time 127, which allows you to get everything you need to go and turn into a professional consultant from scratch. Even if you’re a beginner, you will become a confident and professional consultant in the space, having everything practically laid out and done for you, plus VIP group coaching calls that will help you to make sure you’re rocking it. Now, I can’t wait to see your results. And quite frankly, I know for a fact when you grab this, you’re going to see results within the next 72 hours because that’s exactly what Ref Rescue is designed to do. to go out there, find the businesses, prove to them that they’re losing money, get them to pay attention and listen, and then sell your surface student. It is the perfect play and allows you to tap into any type of business and revenue that you’re looking for in the fastest and easiest way possible, but you’ll have to grab it right now. Go to the URL that you see in the chat. I’ll ask the team to drop it a few more times and then lock in your access for just 297 annual. Use it and abuse it. You have 30 days to use it to its maximum extent. Enjoy it. Even intent the VIP calls. Leverage it. See the power with your own eyes. And if you’ve made more than 297 within those 30 days, you decide to keep it. And if anything came in the way, you can still decide whether you want to keep it or not. But at least you’ve solidified the cheapest access that you will ever be able to get this at, which is only $297 to get the biggest bang for your buck. Trust me when I say this will immediately go to $2,000 annual and after that $4997 annual. Right now, you have an opportunity to get this for less than 300 bucks and make a ton of money and then still decide within 30 days if you want to keep it. You get support, handholding, done for you business, everything you need to absolutely crush it. But you’ll have to grab it right now. Go to the link in the URL in the chat box in the question box. The team will drop it there, including the coupon code. And I can’t wait to see you on the inside because I know once you’re in, you’re going to have all the training, done for you assets, and the AI working for you that you’ll finally witness how easy it is to get people to pay attention to your products and services. If you’ve been out there posting, struggling, and basically getting so many AI tools without ever being able to provide them as a service, this is a musthave for you to finally break out of that and start seeing results. And only 297 is a steal to make that happen. You’re about to make thousands of dollars because of this one decision you’re making, and you have a full 30-day money back guarantee to try it out. go to the URL and I can’t wait to see you on the inside.

    So you’re not city by city which you can grab right now. And all you have to do is go to the link in the chat to secure everything to get access to everything that you need. Now simply enter your contact email here. Select either credit card or PayPal, whichever works for you. Then we have a coupon code. Type in revenue 100. You should have gotten that coupon code in the chat box as well. You click on apply. you’ll see the price of 397 drop down to just 297. Now, you might have also noticed here on the right hand side, and not everyone will see this. Again, this is really on a first come first-s serve basis. So, if you’re seeing what we call this Ref Rescue AI mega bundle, consider yourself extremely lucky. It’s like you’ve won the jackpot because this one normally is sold out really, really quickly. So, if you’re seeing this, a spot has opened up to grab the mega bundle. What does this mean? This is an optional add-on at only one time 127. So, no recurring, just a onetime 127, and it will massively upgrade your entire account, turning you into a professional consultant with the consultant package. Now, this includes up to 500 client accounts. You can sell reputation recovery services at scale. Manage multiple local businesses from one system. Perfect for agency freelancer consultants. Scale into recurring monthly income faster. Handle dozens of niches and si cities simultaneously. So you’re not city by city that you can hit them all at once and one go. You build a fullblown local reputation agency business. No expensive per client software fees. We give you additional done for you training and PDFs. Our proven agency standard operating procedure systems, charge monthly retainers, and we give you the pricing packages, offer reputation recovery services, sell visibility optimization packages, deliver professional client audits, manage hundreds of business clients, create scalable and recurring income streams, beginnerfriendly walkthroughs, client acquisition blueprints, making sure you will get clients no matter what. reputation recovery surface guides, outreach and prospecting playbook, as well as a local visibility optimization strategies, client onboarding frameworks, our monthly retainer setup training so you get paid up to three months in advance, fast start implementation guides, consultancy training vault, a certification which helps a lot in even more credibility and authority. You get an additional VIP group coaching calls. Now, this is powerful because on these calls, we look at where you’re at and how you can start making even more money. We look at the amount of clients you have right now and where we can find more, how you can, you know, upsell or charge more, what uh things you can do with your existing clients, and as well, even if you don’t have any clients, you join the VIP group coaching call. We make sure you get them. So, this is very valuable to make sure you’re going to get massive success as well. You get a phase drip pro access which allows you to create video calls for websites. Really powerful and businesses love that. You get a complete CRM from us which is your customer relationship management tool where you can save all the email addresses. AI powered video marketing campaign automations which businesses again love and you can set that up for yourself and for others. Real-time video engagement feedback. Detailed contact level reporting. You can create and manage and assign deals. You get deeper analytics. Automate the entire video email, video SMS, and follow-up campaigns having an even stronger follow-up sequence. Create and manage and assign tags. Create custom consultants, training consultants, match consultants to your brand, and publish need specific and business specific consultants, recall consultants. These are all AI generated that you can deploy for a business or use for yourself. You get 24/7 live support and 24/7 sales consultants that sell your services for you. You can deploy the most in- demand consultants in minutes. Embed consultants on your and your clients websites. Grant or revoke client access. Upload any documents. Scan web pages, file sheets, and site maps. You can literally do everything plus more for just a onetime 127. Plus, get group VIP coaching call to really dial it in hard. Now, again, this is optional. Uh with the initial bundle, you’ll absolutely crush it as well. But if you really want to knock it out of the park and really go for that premium consultancy package where you see results a lot quicker, more guarantees, as well as making sure you have access to the VIP group calls, I highly recommend you, if you’re even lucky enough to see this, to grab the mega bundle as well. Now, again, this is optional. I do want to mention that because I don’t want you to think, “Oh, if I can’t grab this, then there’s no point in me grabbing it at all.” Make sure you at least get the Ref Rescue AI bundle because that is number one the most important thing. And then if you’re getting the mega bundle, know that you’ve just made the absolute best decision you could have possibly made to guarantee yourself a real recurring income with all the help, support, and systems you need. That is different from anything you’ve tried thus far. That is something that makes it so much better for you to go online and become valuable and instantly see people respond to your value and work with you and pay you. We give you all our pricing sheets. We actually allow you to earn up to 1,500 times more when you have the mega bundle. So, when you see this, check this box, add it to your cart. You’re already getting an amazing discount when you enter your coupon right here. And then scroll down and enter your details and you’re in. If you want to pay with PayPal, then make sure you check this box right here and you’ll find a PayPal button below. Whichever you choose, make sure you act right now because this is your only chance to start grabbing this before it’s too late. I see people joined in with the mega bundle. So, congratulations for those of you that have. And again, I highly recommend. I see uh Melissa saying, “I was wondering about the mega bundle. Definitely a mustave.” Now, we’ll add it in. There you go. Glad I could address that. So, make sure for those of you that were wondering once again what the mega bundle was or is, well, you see all the details right here. So, you can skim through it, but know that, you know, just the consulty training vault as well as the VIP group coaching calls alone are more than worth getting it. And it’s a one-time. This is not an annual. This is not a recurring or, you know, a monthly. It’s a one-time. You get access to these things for life. And that is extremely valuable. So 127 uh mega bundle. Add that in to really knock it out of the park. All in all, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck right now when you grab access to the entire bundle of the Ref Rescue AI. Something that allows you to find businesses that are losing 3 to 10K per month. Then removing all the limits with the Pro and Unlimited upgrade. Discover how businesses lose customers from bad reviews and get paid to fix it. Launch a professional reputation management agency with our done for you websites. Find clients, generate content for them, and a groundbreaking AI technology by converting clients missed calls into sales with the catch every call tool. You get everything you need become to become a valuable agency that is different from everyone else. Services that actually matter to a business. Services that give you competitive and unfair advantage. And more importantly, a foot in the door that makes you stand out over everyone else. That gets businesses to listen to you, pay attention to you because you have proof. You have data and you know something they don’t. And being able to be in that position feels so good because it allows you to move with confidence as well as generate a real substantial income with absolute ease. And if you want to make it even easier, make sure you lock in that mega bumble as well. So, go to the URL. Again, the coupon code is active and live. grab it while we’re here because when you do so, you’re also getting access to the bonus vault, which includes the local AC client acquisition system, the $2,500 a month reputation blueprint, the done for you reputation audit templates, and on top of that, the 50 high converting outreach scripts, the reputation management surface toolkit, 100 local business niches that you can target, and if that’s not enough, the lead conversion playbook, the reputation surface pricing calculator, and the ultimate local marketing resource vault. you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck and all it takes just 297 to unlock it and finally start seeing results because after this you’ll see your first $1,000, your first $1,500, your first 2500 and beyond. We’ve seen it grabbing this before it’s too late. I see people joined in with the mega bundle. So, congratulations for those of you that have. And again, I highly recommend. I see uh Melissa saying, “I was wondering about the mega bundle. Definitely a mustave.” Now, we’ll add it in. There you go. Glad I could address that. So, make sure for those of you that were wondering once again what the mega bundle was or is. Well, you see all the details right here. So, you can skim through it, but know that, you know, just the consulty training vault as well as the VIP group coaching calls alone are more than worth getting it. And it’s a one-time. This is not an annual. This is not a recurring or, you know, a monthly. It’s a one time. you get access to these things for life and that is extremely valuable. So 127 uh mega bundle, add that in to really knock it out of the park. All in all, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck right now when you grab access to the entire bundle of the Ref Rescue AI. Something that allows you to find businesses that are losing 3 to 10K per month. Then removing all the limits with the Pro and unlimited upgrade. Discover how businesses lose customers from bad reviews and get paid to fix it. Launch a professional reputation management agency with our done for you websites. Find clients, generate content for them, and a groundbreaking AI technology by converting clients missed calls into sales with the catch every call tool. You get everything you need become to become a valuable agency that is different from everyone else. Services that actually matter to a business. Services that give you competitive and unfair advantage. and more importantly a foot in the door that makes you stand out over everyone else that gets businesses to listen to you, pay attention to you because you have proof, you have data and you know something they don’t. And being able to be in that position feels so good because it allows you to move with confidence as well as generate a real substantial income with absolute ease. And if you want to make it even easier, make sure you lock in that mega bundle as well. So, go to the URL. Again, the coupon code is active and live. grab it while we’re here because when you do so, you’re also getting access to the bonus vault, which includes the local AC client acquisition system, the $2,500 a month reputation blueprint, the done for you reputation audit templates, and on top of that, the 50 high converting outreach scripts, the reputation management surface toolkit, 100 local business niches that you can target, and if that’s not enough, the lead conversion playbook, the reputation surface pricing calculator, and the ultimate local marketing resource vault. you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck and all it takes just 297 to unlock it and finally start seeing results because after this you’ll see your first $1,000, your first $1,500, your first 2500 and beyond. We’ve seen it time and time again. This is exactly what Prody and Steve set to fix. A way for absolute beginners to people that are struggling with competition to actually get clients with ease in a way you haven’t never seen before. Now, Ref Rescue once again is designed to earn an income from day one. The moment you grab this, simply enter city, the niche. It will detect, it will do everything in its power to find and close those businesses. And you’ll see the response rate is so high. You can pick and choose who you want to work with. And businesses are ready to work with you, listen to you, pay you, and even inquire about your additional services, allowing you to once again go from zero to earning a realistic 5 figureure income in record time. because it does all the work for you. Now, again, if I haven’t said enough already, make sure you go and grab the mega bundle as well, as I know for a fact when you have the mega bundle, you’ll become absolutely unstoppable. This is a one-time 127, which allows you to get everything you need to go and turn into a professional consultant from scratch. Even if you’re a beginner, you will become a confident and professional consultant in the space, having everything practically laid out and done for you, plus VIP group coaching calls that will help you to make sure you’re rocking it. Now, I can’t wait to see your results. And quite frankly, I know for a fact when you grab this, you’re going to see results within the next 72 hours because that’s exactly what Ref Rescue is designed to do. to go out there, find the businesses, prove to them that they’re losing money, get them to pay attention and listen, and then sell your surface student. It is the perfect play and allows you to tap into any type of business and revenue that you’re looking for in the fastest and easiest way possible, but you’ll have to grab it right now. Go to the URL that you see in the chat. I’ll ask the team to drop it a few more times and then lock in your access for just 297 annual. Use it and abuse it. You have 30 days to use it to its maximum extent. Enjoy it. Even in ten the VIP calls, leverage it. See the power with your own eyes. And if you’ve made more than 297 within those 30 days, you decide to keep it. And if anything came in the way, you can still decide whether you want to keep it or not. But at least you’ve solidified the cheapest access that you will ever be able to get this at, which is only $297 to get the biggest bang for your buck. Trust me when I say this will immediately go to $2,000 annual and after that $4997 annual. Right now, you have an opportunity to get this for less than 300 bucks and make a ton of money and then still decide within 30 days if you want to keep it. You get support, handholding, done for you business, everything you need to absolutely crush it. But you’ll have to grab it right now. Go to the link in the URL in the chat box in the question box. The team will drop it there, including the coupon code. And I can’t wait to see you on the inside because I know once you’re in, you’re going to have all the training, done for you assets, and the AI working for you that you’ll finally witness how easy it is to get people to pay attention to your products and services. If you’ve been out there posting, struggling, and basically getting so many AI tools without ever being able to provide them as a service, this is a musthave for you to finally break out of that and start seeing results. And only 297 is a steal to make that happen. You’re about to make thousands of dollars because of this one decision you’re making, and you have a full 30-day money back guarantee to try it out. go to the URL and I can’t wait to see you on the inside

    help them. They’re likely, highly likely, might I add, to actually take you up up your on your second surface since they’re already satisfied with your first. And that’s the beauty of Ref Rescue. It doesn’t just bring in an income from Ref Rescue alone. It allows you to make money with all your services and adds a ton of cash flow to your existing projects and businesses as we speak. And that’s why it’s so important that you grab this right now before it’s too late. take advantage of the steal of a discount where you can grab it for only 297 and on top of that the special webinar only bonuses which you can grab right now and all you have to do is go to the link in the chat to secure everything to get access to everything that you need now simply enter your contact email here select either credit card or PayPal whichever works for you then we have a coupon code type in revenue. You should have gotten that coupon code in the chat box as well. You click on apply and you’ll see the price of 397 drop down to just $297. Now, you might have also noticed here on the right hand side, and not everyone will see this. Again, this is really on a first come first- serve basis. So, if you’re seeing what we call this Ref Rescue AI mega bundle, consider yourself extremely lucky. It’s like you’ve won the jackpot because this one normally is sold out really, really quickly. So, if you’re seeing this, a spot has opened up to grab the mega bundle. What does this mean? This is an optional add-on at only onetime 127. So, no recurring, just a onetime 127 and it will massively upgrade your entire account, turning you into a professional consultant with the consultant package. Now, this includes up to 500 client accounts. You can sell reputation recovery services at scale. Manage multiple local businesses from one system. Perfect for agency freelancer consultants. Scale into recurring monthly income faster. Handle dozens of niches and sities simultaneously. So, you’re not city by city, but you can hit them all at once and one go. You build a fullblown local reputation agency business. No expensive per client software fees. We give you additional done for you training and PDFs. Our proven agency standard operating procedure systems. Charge monthly retainers. And we give you the pricing packages. Offer reputation recovery services. Sell visibility optimization packages. Deliver professional client audits. Manage hundreds of business clients. Create scalable and recurring income streams. Beginnerfriendly walkthroughs. Client acquisition blueprints making sure you will get clients no matter what. Reputation recovery service guides, outreach and prospecting playbook, as well as local visibility optimization strategies, client onboarding frameworks, our monthly retainer setup training so you get paid up to three months in advance, fast start implementation guides, consultancy training vault, a certification which helps a lot in even more credibility and authority. you get an additional VIP group coaching calls. Now, this is powerful because on these calls, we look at where you’re at and how you can start making even more money. We look at the amount of clients you have right now and where we can find more, how you can, you know, upsell or charge more, what uh things you can do with your existing clients, and as well, even if you don’t have any clients, you join the VIP group coaching call. We make sure you get them. So this is very valuable to make sure you’re going to get massive success as well. You get a phase drip pro access which allows you to create video calls for websites. Really powerful and businesses love that. You get a complete CRM from us which is your customer relationship management tool where you can save all the email addresses. AI powered video marketing campaign automations which businesses again love and you can set that up for yourself and for others. Real-time video engagement feedback. Detailed contact level reporting. You can create and manage and assign deals. You get deeper analytics. Automate the entire video email, video, SMS, and follow-up campaigns having an even stronger follow-up sequence. Create and manage and assign tax. Create custom consultants, training consultants, match consultants to your brand, and publish need specific and business specific consultants. Recall consultants. These are all AI generated that you can deploy for a business or use for yourself. You get 24/7 live support and 24/7 sales consultants that sell your services for you. You can deploy the most in demand consultants in minutes and bet consultants on your and your clients websites. Grant or revoke client access. Upload any documents, scan web pages, file sheets, and site maps. You can literally do everything plus more for just a onetime 127. Plus, get group VIP coaching call to really dial it in hard. Now again, this is optional. Uh with the initial bundle, you’ll absolutely crush it as well. But if you really want to knock it out of the park and really go for that premium consultancy package where you see results a lot quicker, more guarantees, as well as making sure you have access to the VIP group calls, I highly recommend you, if you’re even lucky enough to see this, to grab the mega bundle as well. Now, again, this is optional. I do want to mention that because I don’t want you to think, “Oh, if I can’t grab this, then there’s no point in me grabbing it at all.” Make sure you at least get the Ref Rescue AI bundle because that is number one, the most important thing. And that if you’re getting the mega bundle, know that you’ve just made the absolute best decision you could have possibly made to guarantee yourself a real recurring income with all the help, support, and systems you need. That is different from anything you’ve tried thus far. That is something that makes it so much better for you to go online and become valuable and instantly see people respond to your value and work with you and pay you. We give you all our pricing sheets. We actually allow you to earn up to 1,500 times more when you have the mega bundle. So, when you see this, check this box, add it to your cart. You’re already getting an amazing discount when you entered your coupon right here. And then scroll down and enter your details and you’re in. If you want to pay with PayPal, then make sure you check this box right here and you’ll find a PayPal button below. Whichever you choose, make sure you act right now because this is your only chance to start grabbing this before it’s too late. I see people joined in with the mega bundle. So, congratulations for those of you that have. And again, I highly recommend. I see uh Melissa saying, “I was wondering about the mega bundle. Definitely a must have.” Now, we’ll add it in. There you go. Glad I could address that. So, make sure for those of you that were wondering once again what the mega bundle was or is, well, you see all the details right here. So, you can skim through it, but know that, you know, just the consulty training vault as well as the VIP group coaching calls alone are more than worth getting it. And it’s a one-time. This is not an annual. This is not a recurring or, you know, a monthly. It’s a one-time. You get access to these things for life. And that is extremely valuable. So, 127 uh mega bundle. add that in to really knock it out of the park. All in all, you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck right now when you grab access to the entire bundle of the Ref Rescue AI. Something that allows you to find businesses that are losing 3 to 10K per month. Then removing all the limits with the Pro and unlimited upgrade. Discover how businesses lose customers from bad reviews and get paid to fix it. Launch a professional reputation management agency with our done for you websites. Find clients, generate content for them and a groundbreaking AI technology by converting clients missed calls into sales with the catch every call tool. You got everything you need become to become a valuable agency that is different from everyone else. Services that actually matter to a business. Services that give you competitive and unfair advantage. and more importantly a foot in the door that makes you stand out over everyone else that gets businesses to listen to you, pay attention to you because you have proof, you have data and you know something they don’t. And being able to be in that position feels so good because it allows you to move with confidence as well as generate a real substantial income with absolute ease. And if you want to make it even easier, make sure you lock in that mega bundle as well. So, go to the URL. Again, the coupon code is active and live. grab it while we’re here because when you do so, you’re also getting access to the bonus vault, which includes the local a client acquisition system, the $2,500 a month reputation blueprint, the done few reputation audit templates, and on top of that, the 50 high converting outreach scripts, the reputation management surface toolkit, 100 local business niches that you can target, and if that’s not enough, the lead conversion playbook, the reputation surface pricing calculator, and the ultimate local marketing resource vault. you’re getting the biggest bang for your buck and all it takes just 297 to unlock it and finally start seeing results because after this you’ll see your first $1,000, your first 1,500, your first 2500 and beyond. We’ve seen it time and time again. This is exactly what Prody and Steve set to fix. a way for absolute beginners to people that are struggling with competition to actually get clients with ease in a way you haven’t never seen before. Now, Ref Rescue once again is designed to earn an income from day one. The moment you grab this, simply enter a city, the niche, it will detect, it will do everything in its power to find and close those businesses and you’ll see the response rate is so high. You can pick and choose who you want to work with. And businesses are ready to work with you, listen to you, pay you, and even inquire about your additional services, allowing you to once again go from zero to earning a realistic 5 figureure income in record time because it does all the work for you. Now again, if I haven’t said enough already, make sure you go and grab the mega bundle as well, as I know for a fact when you have the mega bundle, you’ll become absolutely unstoppable. This is a one-time 127, which allows you to get everything you need to go and turn into a professional consultant from scratch. Even if you’re a beginner, you will become a confident and professional consultant in the space, having everything practically laid out and done for you, plus VIP group coaching calls that will help you to make sure you’re rocking it. Now, I can’t wait to see your results. And quite frankly, I know for a fact when you grab this, you’re going to see results within the next 72 hours because that’s exactly what Ref Rescue is designed to do. to go out there, find the businesses, prove to them that they’re losing money, get them to pay attention and listen, and then sell your service to them. It is the perfect play and allows you to tap into any type of business and revenue that you’re looking for in the fastest and easiest way possible, but you’ll have to grab it right now. Go to the URL that you see in the chat. I’ll ask the team to drop it a few more times and then lock in your access for just 297 annual. Use it and abuse it. You have 30 days to use it to its maximum extent. Enjoy it. Even intent the VIP calls. Leverage it. See the power with your own eyes. And if you’ve made more than 297 within those 30 days, you decide to keep it. And if anything came in the way, you can still decide whether you want to keep it or not. But at least you’ve solidified the cheapest access that you will ever be able to get this at, which is only $297 to get the biggest bang for your buck. Trust me when I say this will immediately go to $2,000 annual and after that $4997 annual. Right now, you have an opportunity to get this for less than 300 bucks and make a ton of money and then still decide within 30 days if you want to keep it. You get support, handholding, done for you business, everything you need to absolutely crush it. But you’ll have to grab it right now. Go to the link in the URL in the chat box in the question box. The team will drop it there, including the coupon code. And I can’t wait to see you on the inside because I know once you’re in, you’re going to have all the training, done for you assets, and the AI working for you that you’ll finally witness how easy it is to get people to pay attention to your products and services. If you’ve been out there posting, struggling, and basically getting so many AI tools without ever being able to provide them as a service, this is a musthave for you to finally break out of that and start seeing results. And only 297 is a steal to make that happen. You’re about to make thousands of dollars because of this one decision you’re making. And you have a full 30-day money back guarantee to try it out. go to the URL and I can’t wait to see you on the inside.

  • 06/11/2026 – If I wanted to build wealth from scratch again, I’d do this

    The top 1% don’t build wealth by waking up early or working hard. They build it by having a completely different mental model that allows them to turn cash into more cash. I became a multi-millionaire at 28. I’m building a venture studio on track to be worth a billion dollars. And these are the exact strategies that have helped me build real wealth. Starting with number one, change your identity. If you have two people in the same scenario, one believes they deserve, the other one doesn’t. This one asks for opportunity. This person never speaks up. This one gets opportunity. This one never does. It’s that simple. It’s how you see the value you bring to the world. And do you feel worthy of it? And that is identity. No amount of tactics, strategies, courses, podcasts, YouTube videos is going to fix that. The 1% know they deserve to be rich. Have you ever met a rich person that didn’t have some level of confidence? And when you realize that you don’t get what you want, you get who you are. The whole thing unlocks. This is the foundation. But now we need to build on that. So you have to unlearn the things that have killed wealth for 99% of the people. Number two, stop hoarding cash. Most people hoard money. They’re like professional collectors. And I can speak cuz I used to be one of those. Remember one time I woke up and I realized that even the coffee points that I had collected going to the same coffee place, I never used them. I never traded them in for free coffee ever. I like made it a game and I just like save it and save it. Money should flow into you and then back out to do things that help you improve your life. Buying back your time, investing in your business, saving your money in stock so that the money keeps growing. If you act like you’re protecting your money as like this sacred pile of cash, then there’s no room for more money to come in. And I’ve seen this over. People are so stingy and they don’t realize that stingy mentality is telling the rest of the world they’re not ready to receive more. Once you decide to stop hoarding and start deploying it, you then have to ask yourself the question is, what task should I deploy dollars to? And the best place to start is what I call the buyback rate. First, you need to take your yearly income, how much money you make, divide that by 2,000. That will give you your hourly rate. And it’s 2,000 because that’s the average amount of hours a person will work per year. Second is we divide that number by four because we want to make sure that we get a four times ROI on our dollar deployed, right? So we don’t take how much we make because that doesn’t make sense. Instead, we divide it by four so that if I pay a dollar for something, I’m getting $4 back worth of value. That’s your buyback rate. And the final one, number three, is anything underneath that amount, you should delegate it immediately. The other day, I was working with my buddy Jake, young guy, super motivated, one of my companies, and I was like, “Hey man, let’s meet up in a couple hours and we’ll talk through that.” and he’s like, “Hey, I kind of get home. It’s 3 weeks now. I haven’t done my laundry and I really got to get some stuff done.” I didn’t say anything, but the next morning I said, “Hey, bro. Can I remind you that you make a couple hundred thousand a year and that you should probably be doing wash and fold instead of not meeting with me to move your dreams forward?” And then the next day, he not only found somebody to help with the laundry, he found somebody to help with his house and all of his errands because he knew the best dollar to deploy was in those low value things that other people could do. So, he had the time to actually do the things only he could do. It reminds me of my best friend growing up. His dad grew up with parents that taught him that cash is cash is cash is cash. So what did he do? He built a business that was all cash and then he hid the cash in the walls of his house. He put the money in the wall because he thought that’s the best place to save his cash. Then one day my friend calls me to tell me that his house is on fire. Yes, his dad lost all that money. Now, this has nothing to do with hoarding cash, but it has to do with the mentality around money. I look at it like this. You want to have your money out in the world doing things for you, like little worker bees trying to go and collect more for you. And look, 90% of the time, the first task that you’ll get off your plate are admin tasks. The problem is is most people don’t know what to give to an admin. So, if you want my internal executive assistant playbook, it has every template, every SOP, every workflow that my EA uses daily, it’s all in there for you. Just find me on Instagram and message me the word YouTube EA and I’ll send it right over to you. Okay, so now that you’ve bought back some time, awesome. But we got to take things to another level. Which leads me to my next point. Number three, expand your time horizon. The big thinkers, the real wealthy people, they think in long periods of time. You can actually audit yourself. Listen to the conversations you have. Do you talk about what you’re creating or what you’re doing? And unfortunately, most people never think about this because real wealth doesn’t get built in one-time shots. They get built in a way that it compounds. And compounding only works if you look at things over a long period of time. See, most people quit after 2 weeks, 2 months, 2 years. The top 1% are in this game for a decade, 15, 20 years. That’s the gap. The other day, I was talking to a new friend named Peter. He’s 88. I’m 46. Peter has built an incredible life and a career and a just a resume that’s impressive. And I’m thinking to myself, hey, if I only get to 88, I got another 42 years of building. Do you see how different that is? In 42 years, what could you create? If you gave yourself a time horizon that was 10 years, 25 years, 42 years, how big of an impact could you have? And now we know how to focus on the right things. We have to do them for longer periods of time. It’s like my YouTube channel. Over 11 years ago when I started, I made a commitment to myself to do this for a decade. So when people look at my YouTube channel today and they see almost 3 million followers, they think, “Oh my gosh, you grew so fast.” They don’t realize that this is 10 plus years of effort and focus and dedication. And the crazy part, it was kind of flat for the longest time, 8 years. It was only in the last 3 years that it went pew. So here’s what you can do to start practicing thinking in longer time horizons. First thing you have to do is write a 25-year vision for yourself. The challenge most people have with this is that they feel greedy wanting more. They feel that having a vision 25 years that is massive means that they can’t appreciate what they have. That’s not the case. I want you to pretend like you couldn’t fail. I want you to pretend like you had all the resources. I want you to pretend like you could wave a magic wand and get whatever you want. What would you want to commit, dedicate, invest 25 years of your life to? My rule is if you can’t describe your future to the same level of specificity as you can describe your current reality, the room you’re in right now, then you don’t really have a true vision. And the good news is is you don’t have to be right. You just have to have one done so that you can have direction. Then we have to build what I call a work backwards plan. We go from 25 years to 10 years to 3 years to 1 year to this quarter. And each thing points and builds upon itself. So there’s some level of sequencing. the end of the day, if you want to be worth a billion, you got to first start by being worth 100 thousand and then a million and then 10 and then a 100. But if you actually stack it that way, it doesn’t seem so daunting. Step three is we got to pick our mins, okay? Which stands for most important next step. See, everybody gets overwhelmed. I got too much to do. I don’t even know where I’d start. How about we just start with one single action that unlocks everything else? Like if you wanted to start dating, maybe the reason you’re not doing that is because you don’t have a haircut. So maybe the first thing you should do is go schedule a haircut. Maybe you’re like, I really want to start being an entrepreneur. What do I need to do? Maybe you go ask a stranger to buy something from you. Maybe you have some services you could offer. One customer getting you paid starts the process. That could be the most important next step. And finally, we have to do it in the next 48 hours. JFDI style. Just [  ] do it. Above my door in big letters, it says default to action. My rule is if it speaks to your heart and your soul, don’t let your brain over complicate it. take action before you commit yourself not to do it. And the people that win in life just stay with things longer than they think they should. They don’t give up. They don’t pretend like, “Oh, it’s not working after 7 days.” Do you know that most podcasts only have nine episodes? Nine episodes. Their dreams were bought from them from a lack of discipline with nine episodes. They did all the heavy lifting to start. They actually got to three episodes and six episodes and then nine episodes and then just decided at 9, oh, this feels like work. No [  ] and they stop. And then they see the Chris Williamsons and the [  ] Cassidy Warren and the Joe Rogan’s and they go like, “How did those people build these brands?” They didn’t stop and they went longer than they thought. All right, so we’ve rewired our identity. We’ve deployed dollars to buy back our time. And now we’ve also stretched our time horizon so we start operating like the best in the world. But there’s one final shift that matters more than anything we’ve talked about so far. Die empty. When I say wealth, I actually don’t just mean money. I mean rich. I mean a rich life, rich relationships, rich environment, the whole thing. So what’s the point of having money if it dies with you? Why wouldn’t you take the money to invest it in the experiences into the people in your community while you’re alive? Some people go on this like legacy thing where they’re like, “Yeah, when I die, I’m going to give all this money to people. [  ] that.” Why wouldn’t you want to be there when you give the money to the person? Why wouldn’t you want to commit yourself, your time, your energy, your resources, your relationships to the people you want to help? I feel like I am the steward of a resource. It doesn’t matter if it’s money, time, or people, their attention, your attention. And it’s my responsibility to deploy it, to give it back, to use it in a way that helps other people. If you stop making it about yourself and hoarding and you start making it about other people, your whole life will change. Most people will never get truly wealthy because they don’t want to see other people get wealthy. It’s like one of my clients I was coaching one time, this guy named Tom. I said, “Tom, go out there and build that 25-year-old vision. Make it a picture. Show it to me. Be detailed.” And he brought it back and here’s a photo of all the stuff, the yachts, the planes, the cars, and no people. What the Tom? Where are the people? Where are the bazillionaires that you made? Well, what do you mean? If you’re worth a billion, there’s got to be people around you that are worth 10 million that you help create that for because if not, you’re always going to be the person working so hard. So, it’s actually really smart to think to yourself, how many people can help get rich. I always say that I want to die empty. And what I mean by that is that when I’m done, when I take my last breath, I want to know that I use the resources I’ve accumulated to live the richest life possible. When I think back to when I was 14 and I need to get a haircut and my dad gave me 20 bucks and instead of going and get a haircut, I walk by a homeless person. I give him the 20 bucks. And my dad watches me do this and he goes, “Why would you give the money to the person? I just gave it to you to get a haircut.” And I said, “Because dad, I know you’ll give me another 20 bucks.” That person needed it more than I did. And that for me always felt like the right thing to do. If I’ve been gifted with skills and the ability to generate income, then I should take some of that to help other people around me. Other people showed up in my life, they didn’t have to do that. They didn’t have to show up and support me and and put up with my [ __ ] As a teenager, I wasing wild. If I didn’t have that 20 bucks when that was all I had, I knew I wouldn’t give more when I had more. See, most people are like, I will help other people when I have more to give. And I’m saying, you got stuff today. And if you don’t help when you got a little, you’re not going to help when you got a lot. And for me, I just honor that. I honor the people that wake up every day to help other people. And if my contribution to that is my time, my influence, my income, then so be it. But I will tell you, you will live a rich, a wealthy life if you build that habit. So here’s how I recommend you build a habit of giving away from the beginning. Pick a number. I don’t know if it’s 1% cuz you’re feeling a little scared or it’s 10% because you’re feeling brave, but some number of your monthly income should be given to other people. and not the extra cuz you’ll always spend the extra of the topline number you take in. And then two, pick a specific cause. And again, if you don’t have money, you can show up with your time, but think about the people that are serving the folks that you once were. If you came from a place where you had challenges, who are the people that are helping those that were essentially you when you found yourself in your darkest times? People always ask me, Dan, how do I find my purpose? I’ll tell you where it is. It sits right next to the hardest thing you’ve ever gone through in your life and it’s uniquely yours. And if you wake up every day committed to giving whatever you make a percentage to people or organizations are helping those folks that was once like you, you will see yourself light on fire to go accumulate and create more because now you have more to give those people. And number three is you got to give before you’re ready. Don’t wait till you have. You have to give when it feels hard, when it is scary, when people are like, “Oh, I don’t know why you involved yourself in that organization.” No, I’m doing it today because I’m starting. I’m building the foundation for the future. And it also tells yourself that that’s just proof that you’ve built that new identity. Right? If you don’t decide you’re a giver and when you give, you get back and you start doubling down on that identity by your actions, you’re just never going to build the abundance mindset that’s needed to actually create real wealth. See, 99% of people that just get rich, they wait to get rich before they give. The top 1% become rich because they give. Whatever you want out of life, if you help other people get it, you will get more of it. Okay? If you want more money, help other people get more money. You want more health, help other people get healthier. You want deeper loving relationships, guess what you should do? Help other people find get deeper loving relationships. Die empty by giving everything you have. The reason I’m so passionate about this topic is I learned a long time ago, you weren’t born broke. You weren’t born blocked. When you came into this world as a little tiny baby, you came in with this like you were created from a creator that had access to all things. It’s your birthright to become and actualize everything that you are. And most people say, well, no, to be rich, you have to be smarter. To be rich, you need to have relationships. Or to be rich, you got to be this. No, you don’t. You have to make a decision. You have to decide who is that person that becomes rich. Am I showing up as that person? What are the habits I need to change? What are the vices I got to get rid of? And who are the people I need to spend time with that encourage me continuously to go for my dreams? Because if you keep showing up here, you keep investing in yourself, you keep coming back right here to this channel, I’m telling you on the back side of that commitment, I will convince you to win. I will pull you across a finish line to win. I will be the person that’s the front showing you the way to it. The wealth was always yours.

  • 06/11/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. All right. All right. What’s happening? We’re getting started a few minutes early here, guys. Uh, where is everyone calling in from? Go ahead and comment. And also, while you comment that, also comment

    what the let’s just say what the reason why you attended this live training. All right. So, comment where you’re calling in from and the reason why you’re you attended this live training. All right. California, Dr. Jones, Wayne, Condan, Oregon, Umar, Chicago, Olri, Denmark. Wow, Olic, thanks for staying up. Appreciate you. I think must be pretty late there in Denmark. Yeah, Malta as well. 1:00 a.m. Got some some very sophisticated Europeans on the call. Thanks for staying up, guys. I appreciate it. Martin, Georgia. Which Georgia? the European Georgia or the American Georgia? Uh, Malaysia. Wow, we got a we got people from all over today. Nice. Rich, Cleveland, Ohio. Tennyson, California. Ryan Denton, Texas. Rick, Wyoming. Charles, upstate uh New York. Uh, Little Rock, Maryland. Um, Florida, another Florida. Orlando, awesome. Field. Brazil. Washington. Lead. Uh, okay. Lead generation. Scott, St. Louis, Missouri, USA. Charles, getting started. Rodney Faceless YouTube. Martin Learn Nathaniel Branson, Missouri. AI profits. Richard Forest Park, Chicago suburb. Robert, need views. Richard, Missouri. Heather, Seattle. I need a private tutor. Tutor. Got it. Awesome. I used to live up in that Seattle area. Very nice area. Wayne, need to market. Natalie, Tallahassee, Florida.

    Tristan, I need help finding my niche. Daniel, Florida, wanted to learn more. Dave, here to learn. Justin, Jefferson, North Carolina. Terrence, Erie, Pennsylvania. Chaz, Vakavville, California. Oh, that’s crazy. I have family in Vakavville. That’s wild. Small world. Kirsten, Florida. Uh, Lee, Arkansas. Uh, Jonathan, I want to start a YouTube channel and would like to start uh where to start in best practices. Awesome. Okay. Rhonda from Michigan, Kentucky, Florida, writing scripts. Okay, very cool, guys. Um, definitely we’re going to go over a lot of these things that you guys are talking about. Um, if we don’t go over it, you can always ask me questions at the end, but typically I’m just going to go over the most important things, right? So, if I don’t go over it, it’s probably because it’s either not important or it’s something that has to be kind of personalized. Um, and it’s it’s hard to teach it without it being personalized. With that being said, um, go ahead and comment while I’m getting ready here the number one problem that you’re having when it comes to like, let’s just say growing and monetizing on YouTube, like starting on YouTube or growing and monetizing your YouTube uh, channel. Go ahead and comment your number one problem that you’re having there.

    Okay.

    All right. We got a very lively chat today. Okay, Josh.

    Um, time tech skills, lack of knowledge. Stefan, haven’t even started. Jennifer, finding a niche. Rod, no views. Sean, getting started and navigating. Jeff, staying consistent. Um, Rhonda, I don’t know where to begin. Uh, Lisa, information overload. Jared, CTRD. By the way, how many people are from uh the last uh live that we did? I know there was a lot of people in that last live that weren’t able to uh book calls with us because we just we just ran out of spots. So, who who’s calling in and has uh attended the the live before? Uh started correcting uh the correct way to many ideas. Bobby actually getting started. Abby knowledge and tools. Pauline just starting. Um Abdul no idea to start a business. Kirsten getting subscribers. Tom registrant. Um

    uh oh, the chat moved. That was weird. Okay. Oh, I lost that part. Uh, see, getting subscribers, getting started. Uh, how to market. Maddie, I don’t know what not to do. Okay. Elizabeth, can’t find my niche. Vic, driving traffic to videos. Martin, don’t know where to start. Vicki, don’t know how to do it. Chaz, video production. Robert, when to upload videos and getting traction after upload. Rodney, too many niches. Gustavo, don’t know how to start. Natalie, just figuring out how to start uh and efficiency. Uh, Donna, getting started. How and what? Richard, I don’t know if it’s even possible. Hardy, uh, number one problem. I have no idea how this works. All good. Ryan, subscribers. Terrence, getting started. Uh, just starting, not ever had a channel before. Finding my niche. Turning views into leads. Macy, don’t know where to start. Marlin, the initial start. Matthew, don’t know if it’s the right niche. Craig, overwhelmed. Daryl, not sure the niche. Uh, David, unsure what’s valuable. Roxan, deciding how to start. Daniel, never have done this. Mar overwhelming amount of information. Which AI model to use? Got it. Um Claude, use Claude. Um well, for most things there there’s some other ones that are good for other stuff, but okay. Very cool. All right. Subject matter focus already starting. Excellent, guys. Now, um yeah, I saw that uh there are some people that attended last time. Uh actually a lot. Yeah. Okay. So, let’s see. Brandon, uh, David, Tristan, Steven, Elizabeth, Michelle, Charles, Kyle, Titus or Tetus, uh, Johan, um, Sana, uh, yeah, there’s a ton of people who who commented. So, basically, guys, uh, we don’t have that many calls open tonight either. I’ll be honest with you. We’re just like packed. We also have like a few of our representatives are are kind of like we a few of them had a birthday um and they’re they’re kind of traveling and stuff. So, with that being said, um I think that what you want to do is we’re actually going to have a breakout room. Is the breakout room ready right now? Is it ready right now? Hey, Alexis, is the breakout room ready right now? It’s good. It’s good. Okay. So, we’re actually going to have a breakout room that you guys can go to. So, if you guys are just ready kind of just ready to go, ready to join the program. I know that um let me see where where is that? Yeah, we’re going to have a breakout room ready for you. So, just uh type in Let me see where where is that?

    Okay, comment CGE ready. Okay, comment CGE ready and we’ll reach out to you. So, we’re just going to have a breakout room ready to go if you’re if you’re ready to join CG because we we truly like we we don’t have enough people to take the calls at this point. So, with that being said, uh if uh you you didn’t attend last time, then um that does not apply to you. Um but let’s go ahead and get started. So,

    you guys should see this on the screen. how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid uh model and follow one simple rule. Okay, so let’s go ahead and get started. Um okay. Uh so yeah, all the all the people that typed in uh CG ready and are just ready to join right now, um we are we are accepting a few people into the program. So, we’ll we’ll bring you into a breakout room. We’ll we’ll also have people kind of talk to you a little bit um and and see if see if you’re a good fit for the program and stuff, but you do have to be ready to go like like tonight, right? So, just letting you know. Okay. Anyways, guys, why you’re here today. So, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing. It should be on the uh bottom right of the screen if you’re excited about one of these things. So, it should be bottom right of the screen. Uh views. Are you excited about views? That’s why you’re here today, cuz you want to get YouTube views.

    Okay. Awesome. All right. A lot of people are excited about views. Excellent. Excellent. Okay. But how about this second one? Okay. Stop for a second. CGE is content growth engine. If you don’t know what CGE is, don’t worry about it. We had a ton of people attend last time that could not book a call with us uh to to see if they’re good fits to join the program because we just ran out of calls. Okay, we just and we’re gonna and we don’t have that many calls even tonight, right? We just don’t have enough people to take the calls, right? So So if don’t worry about it, right? Don’t worry about it right now. We’re going to give you a lot of free value during the presentation. I’m probably not going to book that many calls. It’s all good. It’s all good. We’re gonna we’re gonna have a good time either way. Okay. So, um, second one, money, right? Thumbs up if you if you’re here because you want to make more money. Okay, I’m seeing more thumbs up than the views, which is a good sign, right? So, you guys are smart, right? You a lot of people assume that if you get views, you make money, right? And that’s not necessarily the case. I’m going to show you guys here in a bit. Uh, that’s not necessarily the case. But how about this third one? Okay, how about this third one? Having an impact, right? Actually creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of other people. Basically, uh having a business where you solve other people’s problems and something you can be proud of and help a bunch of other people. Awesome. Okay, I’m seeing a lot more people with that. Now, the thing about this one, the impact one, is if you get this down, a lot of people don’t realize this, but you guys, I can tell you’re smarter. If you get this down, the views and the money just take care of themselves, right? And that’s kind of what we’re going to be talking about today is like creating a business where you’re solving other people’s problems and a YouTube channel where you’re solving other people’s problems and uh in return you are going to make a bunch of money by doing that, right? So you guys are definitely the types of people I want to work uh want to work with. So that’s awesome. Okay. By the way, we are giving free stuff away at this workshop. At the very end, you’ll get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro, both the chat GPT and the cloud version. Uh whichever you like to use. And this is the newest version yet. Uh we’re always upgrading it. Um it’s it’s uh just getting better and better. And you’ll also get $64,497 worth of bonuses, but only or a chance for that, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Okay. Okay. This just came out straight from Anthropic. Uh they just released Claude Fable 5, right? So this is the most powerful AI model that has ever been released to the public. Okay. Um, it is state-of-the-art or on nearly every benchmark. Some of the benchmarks it absolutely just blew past. Okay, I mean, it’s it’s actually like amazing how how much better it was than the other ones. Okay, and uh, look at this line they put in the announcement. The longer and more complex the task, the bigger its lead. Now, what they say uh, it is best at is coding, scientific research, and sitting right there in the middle, knowledge work. And you know what knowledge work means? It means writing, research, and strategy. So that is literally everything that used to lock regular people out of YouTube. Now, most people scrolled right past this announcement. They think AI news is only for tech people. But Anthropic is the company building the smartest AI in the world. Uh especially when it comes to content creation, right? And they just told you the hardest part of building a of building a channel is now handled for you. So the creators who win uh from here on will not be the most talented people. They will be the people who pick up the new tools first. Right? So in any big upgrade that’s ever happened in the world, it’s the people who embrace the new technologies first that end up winning, right? Like imagine if you know car like vehicles came out and you’re just like no, I’m I only like wagons and horses. Okay? You’re just like you’re going to get less left in the dust, right? So, you’ve got to embrace the new technology, and we’re going to talk about how to do that. Um, and it’s really not as hard as you think. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top, and you finish at the bottom, and your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income, and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. Right? So, if you’re here watching this now, you’re ahead of the majority of people. Now, additionally, one thing that I like to say about this maze part is anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, it is chances are it’s probably you entering this maze, okay? Because most people go into the maze and they get lost. They put their hands up and they’re like, “Maze keeper, please come and get me.” Right? And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear, right? When that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And yet their entire channel is about reviewing this camera and this lens and this, you know, you know what I mean? Like this lighting and this and that, right? That’s like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And that is the maze, right? that is the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? Let’s just say you’re an absolute pro. Here is the fastest way you could get from start to finish just like this. Okay. Um so boom, just like this, right? That that is technically the the solution to the maze from start to finish. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. You’re basically going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route because we learned from a young age that the fastest way to get from point A to point B is in fact a straight line. So, what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I wanted to say about this part right here, uh, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. You know, a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel, etc. Because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels out there, but I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with, right? And it’s a type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And uh we’ll get into what that means uh here in a little bit, but basically it’s more like educational content. So niche educational content and what I like to call authority content as well. Okay? And that is why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the quickest, easiest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. Uh before they were saying that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034, which is insane. That’s incredible, right? Um but just 6 months later they updated it and they said it was going to be worth 1.6 trillion by 2034, right? So it is grown that much in just the last year. So the projections are just going up and up so much faster and by 2035 it’s going to be worth 2 trillion. Right? So this is growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up and up and up while so many other things are going down, right? It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted. Meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up and up, right? And that is a sign. And uh this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation, right? And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, all the gotchas, the limitations, the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sidelines as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it, right? And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions of dollars every year, but it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and or entertainment channels anymore. And YouTubers right now are being featured in Hollywood, right, for making top tier films. Just in the last month or so, there there’s three films that came from YouTubers that have uh been box office hits, right? Uh Kane Pixels, who made back rooms, he was a YouTuber, pulled in $220 million worldwide. Curry Barker started with an $800 YouTube horror film in his movie Obsession, again a YouTuber, uh just pulled in $235 million worldwide. or Markiplier who made Iron Lung for 3 million and it’s earned 46.5 million worldwide. Right? These are YouTubers and they are beating Hollywood at its own game. And today you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped online businesses of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization. successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. People that own software companies or SAS, location specific uh people like so you know location specific businesses like law firms, realtors, uh dental cosmetic clinics, uh financial adviserss, etc., etc. Uh people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brickandmortar business owners, right? Even people with disabilities we’ve helped uh do this. We’ll give an example of one of those people here in a bit. And this works in almost any niche, in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible. So you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988.

    Now, I am not trying to make fun of him at all, right? I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income. But he’s got about 4 million subs. And he revealed on a podcast store last year that he’s only making about 44,000 a year, which is less than the average income for an American. But he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who were promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money, right? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they make $10 million a year on YouTube. But there are a lot of people who get a lot of views and don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first. You need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living. Go ahead and drop your profession uh in the chat there. Um yeah, we we’re we’re uh getting Okay, nurse. Yeah, we we’ve gotten a lot of nurse. We’re actually going to show a nurse that joined about I think a month and a half, two months ago, and she’s already crushing it. Uh public school teacher. Awesome. Educator, IT manager, QA, registered nurse, software engineer, VP of operations, IT director, tech. Yeah, we get a lot of people in healthcare. We get a lot of people in tech. And we get a lot of people um in kind of like financeish style uh stuff. And then of course we get a lot of um uh we we get a lot of like business owners of of course tons tons and tons of business owners too. Um IT director, tech, high school band director, e-commerce CDL instructor, programmer, general manager, photographer, uh WC adjuster, registered nurse, marketing pharmacist. Hey fellow pharmacist, how’s it going? PM, licensed contractor, acupuncturist. Uh, project manager. Uh, Matt, software testing and QA. Dne, medical representative. Jonathan, manager for a health plan. David, banker, Tom, musician, tribute band. Nice. Uh, IT manager. Abdul. Uh, Heather, dental assistant. Uh, Robert, science editor. Uh, Marshall, homeschooler, work into IT. Awesome. AI coach. Good stuff. Good stuff. Okay. Um, so like I said, this is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to start and not burn out like my brother. So my brother has been in the trades for almost 30 years. Uh, specifically, he’s an HVAC, uh, person, right? He’s a HVAC guy, right? He he, uh, you know, repairs heating and air conditioning systems. And, uh, he’s been in the trades for 30 years. And for context, I use this system, by the way, to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out and I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” Okay? And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” And all these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the literally the very first video that he posted blew up and got 800,000 views, right? And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he was making $214 in a single day. That is a $78,000 year run rate. Uh, so he went from zero to a full-time income in less than a month, right? So I literally picked a random person in my family. Like who else would do this? Tell me another YouTube coach or or content person that would do this, right? Pick a random person in their family. Not somebody especially charismatic or young or, you know, good with tech, but a random 50-year-old that is not good with tech, has never made a video, is not charismatic. And then I blew up their channel. Literally made them a full-time income in less than a month, right? and and he was he was working way less than four hours a week. He was working four hours a week or less, right? It’s not like he was he was doing this full-time, right? So, name another YouTube coach that would do that. There is none out there. And that’s the only reason that I did that and I documented the whole thing as well. The only reason why I did that, guys, is because I’m so confident that this system works, right? Because it doesn’t need a lot of views to make a lot of money. This is a system where you’re just solving other people’s problems. you focus on uh not just getting views but getting the right views. Okay, so this works for beginners even with no tech experience. Uh update on Zach. Uh LA actually I should put that in. Um last uh I think this last month he made like over $18,000. Um you know, but even like October 11th he had a $520 day. Um that’s about $189,000 year run rate. I mean he’s just crushing it, right? He’s making he’s making a full-time income easily. He’s crushing it, right? Uh and he’s only doing it part-time, right? He’s spending about four hours a week on it. That’s it. All right. U you know, he’s making a lot of money from affiliate marketing. He’s he’s marketing his own products and services, lead generation, like that kind of thing, right? And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are a lot of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense. But this is also for you if you’re a faceless creator or you want to use YouTube automation. Here’s an example of that. Whiz was one of our clients and when Whiz first started his YouTube channel, it was a totally faceless channel. And he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel and either directly or indirectly he got almost all of his clients from YouTube. Um they might have originated from other sources but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Now he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that because again he used the hybrid personal brand method which means you have a lot of options in the future and we’ll get into how to do that. Right. So, if you’re making a faceless or YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because it’s very important you do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make and you’re also not going to have options in the future. Okay? Um, I typically don’t recommend doing faceless channels, like faceless YouTube automation channels. I typically don’t recommend them unless you do it in this very specific way. Okay? Now, one thing you’ll notice about what he did that is part of the hybrid personal brand method if you are going to use a faceless channel is he chose an like a cartoon avatar that represents him. Okay? So, that’s something I highly recommend. All faceless channels do because you want the other person to feel like they are talking to another human being, right? So, you don’t have to show your face, right? You can remain anonymous, but you want them to feel like there’s another human being on the other side because uh like have you ever bought something from an anonymous person online, right? Have you like an anonymous YouTube channel? Probably not. You probably almost never made buying decisions from anonymous YouTube channels, but you probably made lots and lots of buying decisions from personal brand YouTube channels where there’s actually another human being like someone reviewing uh a walking pad or something like that, right? you’ve made probably hundreds and hundreds of them. That is the power of personal branding. That is the power of actually showing your face. But this is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, here’s an example. Uh Davis, I’m actually going to his wedding next month. Um you know, Davis’s sales went up by 400%. And after working with me, he’s making 100K per month, right? So, basically, uh Davis owned a portfolio of companies and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies, right? So just one YouTube channel and one company and that is obviously not sustainable for a CEO who has a portfolio, right? But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore and he has other people recording the videos and now he spends zero hours a week on his channel, right? So he decided that he didn’t want to record himself. He decided he just wanted other people but but he knew the value of YouTube. So he wanted people to be recording for his channel but he decided he wanted other people in his company to record. So, that is something we can help people do as well. I do typically recommend recording your own videos uh just because I think it gives you so much uh uh intangible intangible benefits if you record your own videos, which we’ll talk about here in a moment. Um but if that if you’re just too busy to do that, if you’re a busy business owner, you you know, you’re super busy, you got a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you. or you can just have a system that takes care of everything to the point where you only have to spend a few hours a month uh and all you’re doing is recording the videos and other people take care of everything else. Now, this is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of networking. Uh Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. He talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable on the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than a thousand a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of Fang, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. Now, usually you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were reaching out to him. So, he got an offer from several different fame companies, and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world, right? So, he lived in Japan, he was working a remote job, making multiple six figures a year. But then the YouTube channel just kept going up and up and up, right? Uh got to 5,000 a month. So, a very nice side hustle. Then 10,000 a month. Now, he’s that’s a full-time business, right? He’s making full-time money working part-time. And then 30,000 a month. Now he’s making more money with his side hustle than he is with his full-time job, which was his dream job. And it’s very well-paying job. And eventually, he scaled all the way up to $186,000 in a single month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point, right? And I like his example because it goes over every single stage. just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche, uh for networking to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30K per month, and then scaling his business. So, I think this is a really good example of the intangible benefits that YouTube gives you, right? I would I would actually say that the intangible benefits um you know, meaning it’s not directly leading to money, are possibly even more valuable than the tangible benefits, like it directly leading to you making more money, right? Um, and the reason for that is because you just become an authority in your niche. And there’s just so many opportunities that open up to you both with networking, meeting new people, and they say that your network is your your net worth. And there’s a reason for that. There’s definitely some truth uh to that saying. Now, by the way, before we go any further, I just want to say something really quick. We have very limited spots. I know some of you are going to want to actually work with us at at the end of this training. Uh we have very limited spots and I I know 99% of you are here for the free training and that’s exactly why I made it. I’m going to give a ton of value to you guys here. Um but uh so stay with me, take notes and squeeze everything you can out of this live training. But there is a 1% of you watching right now. Maybe you watched a few of my videos or maybe you even attended my live trainings before and you already know this is what you want. You don’t want to sit through an hour, you know, of me telling you how to do it. You just you just want to work directly one-on-one with somebody. um you you know you you just don’t have time to to sit through an hour of this. Um if you want to talk to a person about your specific situation and get moving today, we have a room set up specifically for you. So again, type CG ready in the chat right now and my team will send you a private link and my head of finance can assist you smoothly with onboarding you into the program. So yeah, um yeah. So yeah, check the chat. By the way, uh we sent you a link if you type CGE ready. So, we direct message you a link. We’ll we’ll direct message you another link here. But if you type CG ready, but uh by the way, just do it if you’re ready to join the program right now, right? So, so like make sure you’re just like ready to join the program right now. Um and if that is you, then uh yeah, type CG ready in the chat and we’ll uh we’ll assist you. Okay, but with that being said, let’s move on here. Um you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s that easy, then why do most people fail?” Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video and or four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. So, these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Humus, the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month starting the channel. I’ll be showing you that here in a moment, okay? Um, and a lot of that money was made before we even got to 1,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stop them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soontobe trillion dollar opportunity. and I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-harmarmacist. I have a 1.5 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. I’ve helped countless amounts of people make full-time incomes on YouTube. Hundreds at this point. And I’ve also helped a bunch of businesses that were crushing it, right? Big businesses and they were crushing it. Sometimes already had YouTube presences. I helped them scale their business, right? And uh I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Here’s a company that I worked with just as an example. Course careers. They like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because I gave that much value to the company. Right? So I got equity in them. I’m also on their board and we were able to over 30x the amount of money that they made or helped them over 30x. Right? With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15 hour shifts. Uh, but before that, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing, lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. And I did what society told me to do. I went to college, became a pharmacist, I got a doctorate, and I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt. So, I actually went $300,000 over $300,000 in student loan debt. Okay? And the thing is when I was poor, I had a lot of time but I, you know, didn’t have a lot of money, right? So couldn’t really do anything besides, you know, play video games or watch movies or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money because I was spending all my time working and all my money paying down my student loan debt. So it was kind of an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because, you know, I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And uh you know just to emphasize how bad this was. We got robbed three times in a six-month period, right? So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how burnt out, how anxious I was in the situation. And then on top of everything else, I was literally in fear of my physical safety. Right? This is a video of us one of the times we got robbed. Um and like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Uh, Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. I basically tried all of them. You you name it. Almost certainly I tried it, right? Um, here’s one of them that I tried. It’s the booty kit. I think I tried selling this on Shopify and and Amazon FBA. Um, it’s basically an at home workout thing so that you can work out your booty. It’s like um you know make made a lot of sense especially during the pandemic or around that time and uh I pretty much failed at almost all of them, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable and a lot of it had to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things. Uh but as you can see my bank account was constantly getting very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all of these other side hustles, right? See all the side hustles I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. if you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, you know, at that time, by the way, I was in a house full of seven guys. It was an entrepreneur house. I was, you know, doing it to kind of save money, but also for networking. And one of the guys who I met uh he was from Lebanon and he was from Lebanon and he was an immigrant and his name was Sam and he basically moved to the US. He started a wedding photography business. He barely even knew English at the time and he basically started he he couldn’t get a job. Um so he literally was forced to start a business and he started this YouTube channel where he was making about 10 to 20,000 a month from his 10,000 subscriber YouTube channel right in his wedding photography business. So, he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast because before, you know, um I’d spent some time in LA. I’d met influencers who didn’t have uh that much money, right? So, they had a huge following, lots of subscribers, lots of followers, but they didn’t have that much money. And I was like, Sam, how in the world are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel? And he showed me what a proper monetization method looked like. And he showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. and he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel like 10 or 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred videos and make $10,000 uh from a a single video. And this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. Uh and so basically I started posting videos, right? And just to put this in perspective, I have gotten lots of views, right? I I’m good at getting views. I know how to get views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views, right? So, I know how to play the views game, especially in the educational space with the best of them. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video, and it got over 4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it made about $30,000 uh from AdSense, right? So, about 31,000 or so, because it wasn’t really making money outside of AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last month that got less than 10,000 views, but made $40,000 to $50,000 from all income streams. Here, here was one recently. Um, and this happens like I I probably get like 5 to 10 of these easily per month. Uh, but here’s one recently. You know, 8.8,000 views. This was posted 6 months ago. 4.3 million views. This was posted 6 years ago. So, in 6 months, this channel got 8.8,000 views and made $48,000. Whereas this video right here, uh, in 6 months it only made or six years, sorry, it only made $31,000, right? And the thing is, so this one made way more in just 6 months than 6 years for this one. And by the time it gets to the six-year mark, it’ll probably make double that easily. And the thing is, um, it’s a heck of a lot easier for me to recreate a video like this than it is for me to recreate a video like this, right? Way easier. Okay, so um, that is the move. That’s a smart move, right? And so, just to show you guys proof, by the way, here is how much I made about two plus years ago. This was when I was basically only doing my original business on YouTube, which was helping people get their dream job. Usually, it was like a remote job. Um, and I was making about $283,000 a month doing that, right? So, I was already making multiple seven figures a year just helping people um uh get get their get their dream remote job. This is uh about uh a one and a half years ago or so, like uh two September ago, 325,000. And then this one right here is last September. It’s about 1 million, right, in cash collected. And that’s with multiple different businesses from YouTube. Now, I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there are a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves and they’re basically just cosplaying a successful YouTubers. They’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel before I started teaching other people how to do it. I started a successful business making multiple seven figures. Um, and the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So, here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous crossing square with the famous Tokyo cabs right there. Um, here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here’s me in the uh San Juan Islands just off of Vancouver, British Columbia orca watching. Now, I do choose to work uh more than that, right? Because I genuinely enjoy YouTube. I enjoy helping people with YouTube as well. So, I choose to work more than four hours a week, but the whole point is I only have to work four hours a week. In fact, there’s been several times where I’ve gone an entire month without working at all on my business. There I was actually one time where I went 2 months without working at all on my business, spending literally zero hours on it. Right? So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, “Hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels.” And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I would do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey Shane, can you coach me? Hey Shane, can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” and I turned them all down because I was just too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought maybe it works for my niche but it won’t work for other people’s niches, right? So, I turned them uh so I turned them all down but I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day a good friend of mine told me that they really needed help with their YouTube channel like they were running out of money, right? And they needed they needed to make money with their YouTube channel. And I said, you know what? if I’m going to help this friend, I’m going to go ahead and help other people as well because if you’re going to help one person, it’s pretty much just as easy to help like a cohort of people, right? And so I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them and I worked with a very diverse set of people as well. So a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who is crushing it but wanted to crush it harder. um a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc., just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas, and of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. Uh, there are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is, every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy, right? because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so, basically, I was spreading my impact to so many other people. And this was the first time in my life where, you know, I’ I’ve done some things that I I really enjoyed, don’t get me wrong, but this was the first time in my life where I felt like, wow, this this is my purpose, right? And I could do this for the rest of my career. I could do this for the rest of my life, and I’d be totally fine with it. Um because these people were able to impact hundreds of others, hundreds of uh millions of other people with their YouTube channel, right? And they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And the reasons for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, I got about 24,000 views in the first month right off the bat. And I made about $42,000, which is $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, just to put this in perspective, right, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. So, if I would have gotten that same amount of views, about $24,200, I would have made about 24 uh to $73 with an entertainment channel with a Mr. style entertainment channel, right? Plus, these channels are extremely competitive and very hard to break into, right? Um whereas educational content is not nearly as hard. But that’s next educational content, right? Typical educational channels, uh they make about $20 per 1,000 views, somewhere around there. So, if I would have gotten that same amount of views, I would have made about $484. So, a lot more, right? Probably about, you know, 20 times more, which is great or 10 times more, which is great. Um, but still not a full-time income, right? However, with the type of channel that I’m going to tell you about making, which is the niche authority channel or the niche educational content channel, um, with that 24,200 views, I made $42,000. And by the way, guys, this is not just from AdSense alone. Sometimes people get confused about that. AdSense is just the tip of the iceberg. Uh, and of course, AdSense are the ads that pop up on your channel or when you’re watching YouTube, you see ads pop up. That is AdSense. the person that created that video gets 55% of the AdSense revenue generated, right? But that is just one way of making money. Um, I’ve made over 1.5 million just from AdSense alone, but that is just the tip of the iceberg. There’s way better ways of monetizing outside of just AdSense. Now, uh, you can do a more of a mass market educational channel and properly monetize your channel. Um, and you can still make a heck of a lot more money than this, right? So, for instance, on my main channel, Shane Hummus, uh, of course, that’s that’s more of a mass market channel. I’m kind of all over the place on that channel. I talk about whatever I want, so it’s not necessarily niched down anymore. Um, but that channel makes more or less about $400 per 1,000 views on average. So, it still makes a ton of money, um, if you know how to do it correctly, right? If you know how to, uh, attract the right people and then, uh, monetize it correctly. But, you can make way more money, especially when you’re first starting out with just doing niche educational content. And that’s what I recommend that everybody does. That’s how I started that channel out as well. Um, just basically talking about a very niche subject, right? Very niche subject and then doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with a niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method. You can actually pivot later on in the future, which is which is exactly what I did and it’s exactly what a lot of big YouTubers do. Um, and we’ll talk about how to do that here in a moment and I’ll give you examples, but let’s talk about some niche educational content channels. So, this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about $ 36 to $100,000 a month on this channel according to view stats. That’s just from AdSense alone. If he’s properly monetizing, let’s say that he’s Let’s be very conservative here. We we said $20 per 10,000 views earlier. Let’s say $10 to $20 per 1,000 views. If he’s properly monetizing, $10 to $20 per 10,000 views, he’s making 136 to $273,000 a month. And that is extremely conservative. Now the interesting thing is you can see here he hasn’t uploaded in 62 days and 16 hours right um that it was it was very very uh long time um hey guys can you come out here please

    um he hasn’t uploaded in in 62 hours uh 62 days right so all of this is almost all passive all of this is almost all passive right so um chair All of this is almost all passive, right? So, he was still making that much money from the channel, right? Totally passively. And um uh he he wasn’t even having to upload. So, this guy uploads like once a month, once every two months, etc. And he’s still making a ton of money from the channel. And that is because he has been uploading these videos for a very very long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. Here’s another one, Scotty Kilmer. He is in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you ever watched him, right? But he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them different car related products, right? That is his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s one thing I want to point out for the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him. He’s just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on. And he just did the same thing, but he recorded it and he posted it online. He recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. All right. Now, this next one is one of the craziest uh stories I’ve ever heard. This is Physics Walla. He came from a small village in India and his first videos were recorded in his parents’ basement. And you can see how bad they are. Uh he’s got blurred face, uh you know, barely even see the whiteboard, the lighting’s terrible, uh etc., etc., right? But it didn’t matter. Okay. Um he started making videos about these standardized tests in India. And the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT for the US, but even more important. And he just made videos about these certifications and standardized tests. And at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. Physics India standardized tests only. Very specific how he was tutoring people. And he started making these videos. He kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Walla. It’s an educational app and it’s now worth 5.2 2 billion and it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos and he is probably richer than Mr. beast and that is the power of education content. uh because you are solving other people’s problems and when you solve other people’s problems it is going to come back to you in one way or another like the value in the form of money is eventually going to come back to you in one way or another whether it’s goodwill at first then then later on turns into money or it’s directly uh turns into money right away right so now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this and there is a secret formula so these are the most important things so if I don’t talk about it it’s because it’s not important so first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now, generally speaking, there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches, and that is health, wealth, and relationships. With that being said, there’s a lot of other great niches outside of that, and you can make a ton of money in all those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what which niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. Now, I just want to make this very clear. You do not have to go into health, wealth, or relationships. I I I see this all the time. I’m just saying if you don’t know what niche to do, if you’re confused about it, start by looking into health, wealth, or relationships, okay? And the reason for that is because again, almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of these three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So, what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is uh in the comment section on the side in the chat. Uh, just comment what you think your niche is in the chat and I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well, right? So, comment what you think your niche is. spirituality, music, education, um let’s see, Carla, networking and connecting. Um travel, photography, wellness, um

    sports, soccer, education, awesome. Taxes, uh help for caregivers, taking care of the elderly. Oh, that’s a great niche. Nice. Margaret, senior AI learning. Awesome. Sex. Okay, awesome. Dela, buying businesses. Richard insurance. Ken options uh for income trading. Richard bipolar m wealth. Okay, cool. So I I as I thought I I knew that a lot of you were probably going to end up saying one or two word answers or maybe three-word answers when you commented your niche and I don’t blame you for that, but that is incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market of people, okay? Uh and then you pick one specific problem that that market was would have. Okay? one specific problem. You don’t pick all their problems. They might have 5,000 problems in that market, right? But you pick one problem that the market has. Okay? Um and then you find a solution for that one problem. So it goes like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. And the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. Okay? So the Z part is the solution. It’s a very specific solution, but don’t even worry about that right now. That’s something you can do later on. A lot of people even just leave it off. Okay, but I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Okay, now one thing you want to make sure is you want to make this tangible if possible. Don’t don’t make it like wishy-washy, but I’m going to show you a few examples of this. Now, it’s important uh that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you help them solve that problem. This is the foundation of how markets work and markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to use the accounting market specifically, right? Because for some reason, I’ve worked with so many accountants, so I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients or I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that is more of a mass market channel but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor but for accounting. This person is making really good money probably pretty close to seven figures a year. They’ve been doing it for a long time and they’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? Now, second level, which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So, they got an accounting degree and they’re trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. And that would be like physics walla but for accounting, right? Because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So, physics walla but for accounting and in the US of course typically. Um, so that’s the second one. And I know for a fact that this nich uh niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay. Third level, helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. Now, that’s another business owner that I know. They’re making multiple seven figures a year. So, who is the market there? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-level accounting job. That is the market. So, that’s different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all of these other niches. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not want to get into an accounting job necessarily, right? So, it’s totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Fourth level, the people who are already accountants, they’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller. So, this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making 50,000 to 100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make 200,000 or even $300,000 a year. So totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case, it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accounts and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. And the type of content you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones, right? So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche, right? It’s all accounting. Because if I would have asked you if you’re in one of those niches, hey, what’s your niche? You probably would have said, oh, my niche is accounting, right? uh just uh and and by the way, I I went over five. I could have gone over 50. I probably could have gone over 500 just in the accounting niche alone, okay? Just for the sake of time, I just went over five. And all these are people that I actually know in the accounting niche. But there’s probably 500, maybe even more just in the accounting niche alone. Okay? And that is why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. Okay? You know, all these people, they commented their niche. They probably said something relatively short like plants education, marriage, relationship, teaching, etc. But if you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you’ve lost from the uh from the beginning. It’s so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. You need to know who you’re helping and what you’re helping them do, right? I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Who are you helping? What are you helping them do? Right now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable and you want the niche validator GPT uh that we’re going to be giving out here in a short while. That’s going to be available both in cloud version as well as chatbt version. So go ahead and comment that. Awesome. Awesome. Good stuff. All right. We’re going to help you. That’s going to help you dial in your niche hypothesis statement. Um at least get a really good initial niche hypothesis statement out of it. Okay. Now, people are in this market would be interested in the video by the way like how to hire the best accountants. I forgot to say that. Yeah. Okay. So now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people out there. But you need more than that. You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche in our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have a niche hypothesis statement, but I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator, but when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So, yes, you are going to start extremely niche with IHELXY. I always recommend that people do that. But once you get traction, when you build your channel the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else or expand. So let me give you an obvious example of that one. Alex Heroszi, when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gyms do marketing and sales. That’s it. I help gyms do marketing and sales. Okay? And now he can talk about anything, right? Um, now obviously he’s really well known for his um business stuff with all the different businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, uh, now he can talk about anything he wants. But the point is is that he started niche. And if he tried to do that from the very beginning, if he tried to talk about anything he wanted from the very beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle, then the king of a pond, then the king of a lake, then the king of a river, then the king of a sea, and then the king of the ocean. Okay? You got to start small. You have to start niche. But don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it, right? That is how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because once you create a hybrid personal brand, there are so many different ways that you can monetize your channel, right? There’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content and the topic as well as how you make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Ramoszi opened up basically like an investment fund, right? He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets his deal flow from YouTube, right? So this is one of the rarest businesses on earth. It’s called a family office and he used YouTube to send deal flow to his family office, right? So it’s like literally any business works on YouTube, right? Even even like the rarest like most niche types of businesses. So he’s making money from like eight and nine figure business owners. He’s investing in their businesses and making them more money and he therefore makes more money, right? All the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You can do memberships. You can do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution. uh people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method and you help them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me just give you an example of that. Doug Demiro launched his website called carsandbids.com and then he sold it for $80 million, right? And the reason that he was able to do that is because of the fact that they built their channel with the hybrid personal brand method. And this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future. Because none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that can evolve as things change over time. As we evolve, as the market evolves, as things happen in the world, we can build a channel that can do that so that it has the ultimate advantage, which is that it can adapt to a changing environment. Right now, one thing another thing I want to mention here really quickly is you are a growing, evolving, changing human being. you know, you you know, you have certain things you like right now that you may not like in the future. Uh you’re going to change in the future, right? And you want your YouTube channel and your business to be able to grow and evolve as you grow and evolve. Okay? Grow and evolve with you, right? Um and that’s one of the most common reasons that businesses fail really is it’s not that the person isn’t capable. It’s just that they the person just doesn’t like the business model and they’re not able to pivot it. You know, if you take out a loan for a restaurant and you decide, hey, I don’t want to do restaurant anymore. you can’t just like pivot to something else, right? That’s one of the most common reasons that businesses fail and this solves that issue. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, you’re just wrong, right? So, here’s some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So, we was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major, right? So, uh, he wasn’t really making any money, right? He was just making content. He was spinning his wheels. He wasn’t making any money. And we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made around $80,000. And he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed. He had to stop making YouTube videos and waitless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people that wanted to try to work with him immediately, right? Uh that’s actually where we’re at right now as well. But that’s a pretty good place to be at as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was. Uh which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with, right? He was a product manager at a Fortune50 company. He was basically working like 60 80 hours a week. He had a brand new baby. He had lots of investments like real estate investment, properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. He’s just a super super busy guy. One of the busiest uh clients I’ve ever worked with, right? And uh he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to help him get results because he could only uh work a couple hours a month. And another example guy, this one’s a really cool story. So he’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make1 to2,000 extra dollars a month. Now, uh he’s uh because he’s really close to retirement and that 1 to2,000 extra dollars a month would make his lifestyle so much better in retirement, right? It would be it would make the difference between him having being able to enjoy his lifestyle and him having to kind of like struggle, right? Um so he’s disabled and he has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. And this is something that a lot of veterans have. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran and it’s very debilitating, you know, and like I said, his goal was just one to 2,000 extra dollars a month in retirement because that was his version of rich. And his goal was also to help other people who have tenitus either manage it so that it doesn’t get worse or prevent it from happening in the first place, right? Um, and he was able to make $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers, right? 446 to be exact. And this was a brand deal for $1,500 a month, right? So, he was getting really close uh uh you you know to like he he he got to his goal uh in almost no time whatsoever, right? Before he even got to 500 subscribers, okay? And now he’s up there a lot higher, like 10,000 subscribers, he’s making a lot more than that, right? But before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind 1,000 subscribers, he was making money, right? So, if you think that you you can’t make money with a small channel, you absolutely can. And here’s a perfect example of that. So, one simple rule, guys, to make this happen. Start simple and scale fast. You do not need a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-dollar studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then, you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Then, you need an effective intro for video retention. And then, you need to just deliver value to your audience. That is a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things and that is the viral video ideas, right? So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry and basically he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance and I applied it to YouTube. So, I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. Um, and it’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and that big audience is going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, had a lot of views despite not have despite having a a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. So, the thumbnail, the title, the intro, they were all either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. The door is actually in better focus in the background than his face. Uh, his audio is pretty bad. And uh this is the thumbnail for the video. So obviously it’s not a great thumbnail. Um and then he was drunkenly ranting for about 25 minutes about you know college degrees while literally drinking beers. Now this is a Coke Zero, but he was like drunkenly ranting while drinking beers, right? And uh yeah, yet the video from a tiny channel still got 760,000 views. Okay, even though it was an objectively bad video. Um, so what you do is you find videos like this and then you steal one thing and one thing only, which is the idea of the video and then you make a better version of that video. Okay? Because if it’s a bad channel and it has a little a tiny amount of subscri if it’s a bad YouTube video and it has a little amount of subscribers and yet the video did really well, there’s only one thing that it could be that’s making the video do well and that is the idea, right? So you steal the idea and you make a bed uh a much better video. So check out this. We took that uh that same title um the most worthless uh college majors made the most useless degrees. Uh so yeah, most worthless college majors. Changed the title up just a little bit. The most useless degrees. And boom, it blew up. Got millions of views. And this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but this is the gist, right? So, this is the the simple version of how it works. There’s other versions of the icon method. For instance, you can do this with revenue. If you’re good at predicting how much revenue a channel is making or a video is making, you can do this with revenue instead of views. Um, if you uh you can also do it with other social media platforms outside of YouTube as well, right? But this is the gist of the icon method. But once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again, right? And once you get this down, giving the value will also never be an issue for you ever again because we have an amazing AI suite that helps you uh basically produce your videos and just a system that is AI assisted that will help you uh produce your videos, right? So your videos will then do all of the work for you. And we’re actually going to give you a taste of those AI tools here in a bit. Now, let’s talk about what it takes uh for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, no being on camera if you don’t want to, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face. Proven video uh uh proven Oh, sorry. There we go. Proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, a one day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, top tier coaching behind seven and also top tier coaching behind uh seven figureure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. And guys, today basically had almost no spots left when we checked our our um representatives calendars for you guys to book a call. Like as of now, it’s probably ran out or it’s very close. Uh we have almost no spots left. And anybody who attended last time, you know that we ran out in like a few minutes. So we literally uh prepared this one because we we just literally ran out of spots. But that aside, some of you may or may not know that the price of the program is $9.8,000 at least at the lowest tier. Now, we work with companies that want done for you stuff. So, they want us to like build out their entire department. Uh we work with companies that want us to like hire people for them and kind of do done for you kind of like a build and release offer, that kind of thing. And of course, those tiers cost a higher amount of money because we’re literally just doing it for them, right? So, that takes a lot of uh resources and effort from us. Uh, with that being said, if you just want us to teach you how to fish, like teach you how to do it yourself, which is probably the most valuable thing we can give you, um, and do a little bit of it, we there’s still some things we do for you at first, um, the $9.8,000 is the lowest priced tier. And usually we have you talk to a rep before accepting you into the program because we need to see if you’re a good fit to work with us. But what we’re doing this time, right, because our calendars uh, are full, right, we’re booking an insane amount of calls, we’re also getting pickier and pickier with the people we accept. So our calendar is just bombarded with people who just want to get to CGE right away. So we’re doing something very special, right? So for anyone today who is ready to just go and buy the CGE program, right? You just want to succeed, right? If that is you, you get a chance to be in the war room with me personally where I will be discussing anything that would help you uh with your channel, your business, or anything related to YouTube that could help your business. If that is you, comment CGE ready and we will send you a special link and my head of finance will talk to you and help you get into the program without any hassle. Right? And by the way, if you’ve already booked a call and you want to just buy the program immediately, please make sure that you cancel the first call that you booked after the purchase. Um, so I’ll have my head of finance uh take the stage uh to explain this process. So uh how do I do that? Okay, I have got my Caleb. Awesome. Yeah, I can hear you. Absolutely. Let me switch my camera over so you guys can see me. Yeah, I should stop sharing. Okay. Okay. No, we’re good. We’re good. Go ahead. Excellent. There we go. What’s going up, chat? What’s going on, chat? Great to meet you. My name is Caleb. As Shane said, I’m the head of finance for CGE. I’ve had the pleasure of getting to know Shane for a good while now. I’ve been watching the webinar as an attendee in the chat with you guys. And so I I just want to say one, I’m so blessed to have all of you guys on with us. And uh I think it’s amazing the energy that you guys have been given. And Shane, as always, thank you. Uh there was an amazing presentation, phenomenal explanation. If you guys want to give a brief little round of applause for Shane or thank you, Shane, that would be awesome. My job is to talk about how we could get you enrolled into the CG program. How do we actually kick off the journey? But yeah, look at that. All this praise for Shane. Shane, it was amazing. They loved it. You’re a superstar. So, no, I love it. Shane, I have to say personally from the bottom of my heart, Shane is one of the my favorite business owners I’ve had the pleasure of working with over the last year. So, that’s awesome. Okay, sweet. So, let’s talk about joining CGE. So, briefly, as I already said, I give an introduction of myself. Let me go ahead and take the screenshot. I have a brief presentation put together with you guys today. As Shane said, the investment for the program itself was 9,800. Briefly on me, me and Shane, you know, we know each other. I’m not just some person that’s coming into this. Um, we’ve done a little bit of travel. I’ve got some faces board out I don’t know how personally I want to get, but I’ve been able to meet Shane in person. So, today we’re going to talk about some of the funding partners for CGE. If you guys are good to go, you got the 9800 in cash, you know, ready to go. The link has already been dropped in the chat. Feel free to have a click and take care of that. We’re watching uh things in real time so we can make sure that if you make your investment or you get questions, ask them. We’ll support you through. But I want to talk about our funding partners. We’re so blessed here at uh the content growth engine to be able to have a couple partners who have decided to make uh joining and starting your career as a content creator or starting your content creation journey that much easier. And the reason why we do this is because there’s pretty much two levers to super success that we have seen here at the content growth engine. It’s leveraging other people’s time and leveraging other people’s money. And today we’re going to talk about how you can leverage other people’s money to make starting this that much easier. Now, a little disclaimer. Oh, and to say this, we have three partners who are willing and ready to provide OPM or let you leverage OPM to make it that much easier. So, we have three businesses that have decided to partner with us. One company called Split, one company called Clarity Pay, and one company called Elective. I’m going to take a moment to explain how these all work. And in the process of doing these um once more, you can you can split the investment up over a series of months, either 3 months, 6 months, 9 months, 12 months to make it that much easier to be able to join the program. A little disclaimer, I will say this is a professional recommendation from us here at the CGE team. All three of these businesses are their own separate companies. They’re not owned by us at CGE. They’re partnered to us. A lot of people ask us about them. Um, and they’re they’re not owned by us, but they do provide the funding on on very favorable terms. And so, three big benefits if you choose to use any of our funding partners. One is instant approvals. So, you guys can get enrolled, you know, right away and you don’t have to worry about navigating going back and forth to banks. Second is lower or no interest on your actual payment itself if you choose to join the program. And three is zero prepayment penalties should you want to take care of the investment in full. A lot of people leverage this to lower the barrier to entry to get into the program. Um and then from there they take care of, you know, they they let the channel pay for itself. And I would say that’s kind of one of our biggest goals is we want to let your YouTube channel try to be an asset that pays for itself. And so I want to give some actual concrete examples of people that have joined the program, have been able to see and achieve this result. So, one of our members here, Nathan Rose, he’s someone who’s joined the CG program roughly five months ago. They came to us. I had the pleasure of actually speaking to some of you in private. We had a breakout room earlier for the CG Ready, guys. Nathan Rose is a member who joined the CG program. He was someone who had a skill set or expertise. I think as Shane had said, some of you guys have got those. I’d be curious for those of you who already have your niche defined. I’d love if you could drop a thumbs up or put a reaction because Nathan was one of those people that came to us already knowing who he wanted to be, what his interest, what his niche was. If you’ve already defined a niche, drop a thumbs up. Okay, I’m seeing some there. I love it. I know we got some people chopping it up in the chat. They don’t love that there’s an investment involved. That’s its own thing. But okay, we’ve got some people that are attract love. So, Nathan Rose is someone who came to us. He already knew what he wanted to do, but just wasn’t getting breakouts with the views. Um, he wasn’t able to get the level of traction, the level of attention, um, and really make himself a name. After joining the CG program, he got not only his highest viewed videos, but through what Shane talks about with mastering monetization, we’re able to help him repackage his offerings in his coaching to be able to help people as a professional or get better at chess. And he’s able to completely recoup his investment like five tenfold at this rate. You can see here these were his first three videos 5 months ago, four months ago, and two months ago. 5 months ago was right after around the time that he joined the program. His first video popped off 18,000 views. prior to that wasn’t pulling this amount of views. Second video, 33,000 views. And just 2 months ago, 25,000 views. And he’s still racking in these kind of views today. And as a result of this, he was able to get his first client, his first high paying client ever. He’d only ever done kind of like onesie twoosie hour off coaching for $1,000 a month. And since then, since 5 months ago, he’s been able to stack three of them, four of them, and get himself to three to 5,000 a month and completely recouping the investment. And that’s why we do the funding partners is because if you do the YouTube game properly, it can be an asset that truly pays for itself. He’s actually ahead of that now. Yeah, he’s pretty close to six figures, actually now. Yeah, just in the last week or so. So, yeah, he’s president of it. Yep. Amazing. I want to give another example, too. I know some of you guys talk about it and it’s like, oh, this stuff is crazy. But the reason why we provide these once more is we want to try to take the risk out of it and make it easier. For those of you guys that gave the thumbs up, I love it. You’ve got your head in the right place. Another one of our members, she might have talked about this. Nurse Jen had come to us, never had done YouTube before, and she had one of the my favorite journeys or I think one of our she was one of our highest like most explosive stories I think I’ve seen of someone who just did the process purely to the tea and got an incredible outcome. But nurse Jen came to us, never had done YouTube before, through joining the content growth engine, following the process that we laid out that is proven and we’ve already had thou hundreds of people go through and follow with the coaches advised. Her first couple videos took off and I took a screenshot here literally right before this uh presentation today. You can see 8 hours ago she uploaded a video 17,000 views. 2 days ago 7,900 views 4 days ago 16,000 views. With the process we teach, you really only need 17,000 views to change your life. Truly. And not only that, but if you look at the behind the scenes on her channel since having joined the program, you can see there’s a little inflection point right here. Oh, let me grab the note. This is when she joined. And this is when her videos started to pick up. And with that come the earnings. And you can see here from her own dashboard, and this was taken, I think within a week or two weeks ago, making 6,500. For those of you guys that are working a 40-hour week job, I remember before being so blessed to be a part of the content growth industry. I remember having a regular job and to make 6,500 in a month was like an amazing month. Uh that usually required some side hustles, working 40 hours a week, responding to a boss. Jen made that just by putting some videos. And that’s before that’s just AdSense. That’s before affiliates. That’s before having her own education like Nathan has her own private coaching. So once more, there’s an incredible upside. And the beauty is YouTube is only getting bigger. If you guys are here, I guesstimate you probably watch a fair amount of YouTube. So yeah, once more the intention of this when we talk about the funding options. I know some of you guys are going to rally, but we want to try to make your investment in YouTube pay for itself. Split it up, get the channel going, and let it get to a place where cash flows itself. So, who likes the sound of that? Who wants to build a personal brand in a channel that will pay for itself and will take care of you investment for years to come? Thomas, love it. Richard, love it. Sandy, Bruce, Bobby, Tally, love it. Wish I could pay the first tank for YouTube with your help. Well, so David, I will say with some of the options we have today, we might be able to we try to make it super easy for you guys, too. These are people that are partners to us. They work with us. They’ve been so favorable and they’ve been able to help dozens dozens of you guys get involved with the program. So, um, let me tell you how they work. So, what we’re going to do now after we gave some proof, I want to talk about how they work and if you’re ready to move forward, we will move you into a breakout room. We’ll be able to walk you through the steps one by one. You’ll be able to you’ll be on with me if you have questions. We can go deeper into those. Once more, Shane said our advisor’s calendars are full, but if you need to have, if you got further questions, we’re here to take care of you. But for those of you guys that are good to go and get some of you going today, we actually already had somebody join the program today. Uh, while you guys were in this presentation, a member named Vic, uh, he joined us out in Australia. His niche uh, was alternative health and supplements. And so, he’s got a really hot niche, just was completely not hidden on the icon, the holy trifecta, but I know that he’ll crush it. And he was super excited, and he’s already in the program now. And so, hopefully some of you guys will join us today. So, I’m really, really excited about that. that sits you guys. Drop some emojis, uh, reactions, put some hearts, put them thumbs up, okay? And after that, if you’re approved, we will onboard you tonight. You will be in the community with all the success stories Shane has talked about. You’ll be officially in the content growth engine tonight by the time this call is done, um, should you choose to move forward. And for those of you guys that have questions, remember, we’re not going anywhere anytime soon. We’re more than happy to make the time to meet with you and talk through if you have further reservations. But this is for those of you that know, hey, this is for me. Hey, this is a this is a this is a no-brainer. Shane knows what he’s talking about and you want to be one of our breakouts like Nurse Jen or Nason Rose. So whether you’re brand new to YouTube or already have an idea once more, this is for you. So um yeah, and they also have to follow the proven path that hunts before you to become YouTube superstars. So you guys ready? Let’s talk through them. I’ll explain what they are and then um uh you guys can go ahead and and and take action. And once more, we already put links in the chat. If you guys uh have the cash, we’re good to go. Um you can just use the link there and and enroll yourselves and uh we’ll we’ll take care of you one by one. Keep posting the links, guys. Stephen. Yeah, keep putting put the links in there. Okay, so option number one is a company called SplitIt. You guys may have heard of these guys before. They’re they’re kind of an up andcoming. We’ve been fortunate to be able to partner with them. The benefits of using Split is there’s zero interest. So, they’re going to allow you to break the program up either 6 months, 9 months, or 12 months, a whole year or 6 months, the entire duration of the program at zero interest. It does require you have a card or credit card with a 10K limit. And what they’re going to do is allow you to break the payment up over your credit card by just billing your card at the interval that you select. And once more, they have a couple options. $1,000 monthly, $1,300 monthly, $2,000. This is for, this was a demo that I did. So the program once more is 800 is not actually 12,000. So the benefit of Split is that it’s zero interest. It’s only available to those of you guys that are in the United States. If you happen to have a credit card in other countries, you can use it, too. Um, but that’s the benefit of Split. It’s zero interest and also no prepayment. So, I personally um I had invested in some coaching uh for some stuff and just like business development and development myself. I used split it because I just wanted to put a little bit of money down, let a couple payments clear, then I just prepaid the rest and there’s no penalties. And I also got to do it on my credit card even got to farm the points. For those of you guys that are credit card uh credit card guys, you know, you can use Split, you get the points each month, so it’s a huge benefit. So, you only need to make the minimum installment if you choose to use Split and you can pay it off ahead of schedule at any time. Um, and once more the yeah, they’ve been so great, fortunate to partner with us. So, yeah, makes sense. Makes sense. Drop a yes in the chat if that makes sense. If not, ask any questions about Split It. And then I’m going to go to one of our other options. I’m going to open my door here. I’ve got a four-legged friend that’s a cat that is envious of you guys that get to learn so much about YouTube and and he doesn’t. I’m sure I could turn him into a channel. Probably pulling some views probably. All right. Excellent. So, those of you guys that said yes, makes sense. So, they’ve gone ahead and put a link in the chat there. The way that you see splitter is if you open up the payment link, it’s going to look just like this. It’s going to default with your card. You can come down here to split it. And then all you got to do is start with your payment information. Um, payment info. Um, let me put myself for the United States. Uh, US of A, United Oh, I should be way up here at the top there. Yeah, United States. Canada supports a lot of different countries. You can go ahead and follow down that process. Um, and then go ahead and hop in if but you have to have a card with a 10K limit. So, you have to have a credit card with a 10k limit available to be able to utilize split it. If you get stuck or you have any questions, say, you know, I’m stuck in the chat. And once more, we’ll have a breakout room and we’ll be able to kind of walk you guys through that. Okay. Option number two is Clarity Pay. This is another one of our partners, a phenomenal company, also an up andcoming company. What I love about Clarity Pay is they are low interest. So, about as low of an interest as you can get, lower than you might get if you go to your own bank or credit union. Lower than you’ll get if you put it on just a credit card itself. Very our lowest interest provider. It’s not interest free, but it’s low interest. It does require you have above a 650 credit score. So that way you are uh low risk with the bank. And they’re going to provide you 6 9 and 12-month payment options, very similar to Split. So they’ll be able to allow you to uh break the investment up. Now, the difference between Clarity Pay and Split is that Split is using money you already have. It’s leveraging a credit card that you have and you’re breaking the payments up on the card. Clarity Pay is physically giving you the money. So they’re going to give you the money. They’re going to take a bet on you. They say, “Hey, hey, you want to become a creator? You’re partnering up with someone that we trust, we know and love who’s done this hundreds of times before. Here, we’ll give you the money. You do the program. As you make the money, pay us back. And if you happen to make it all sooner, you pay it off in full.” Someone like Nathan Rose or someone like Nurse Jen, it only really took one month in the program for them to be able to take care of the whole thing. So, yeah, that’s how it goes. And with Clarity Pay as well, you only need to make the minimum uh the monthly installment to be able to get going. All right, makes sense. Drop a two in the chat if Clarity Pay is clear. Those are our funding partners. We got a third one, Elective. Elective functions the same way as Clarity Pay, but we like Split it and we like Clarity Pay the most. Those are our favorites. Okay. And how do we get the niche validator pro? Bruce dropped the two. Joe dropped the two. Rody dropped the two. So, those of you guys are still with me, I just want to I just want to extend a big thank you. I appreciate you guys making the time. We’ve had a very fun night tonight. Shane has been so gracious to be able to tell us all there is to know about uh Content Growth Engine. Once more, I’ve had the pleasure of working with Shane for well over a year now. one of my favorite business owners that I’ve worked with, favorite creators that I’ve worked with, and he really knows his stuff. Um, so yeah. Um, with that, are you ready to join the content growth engine? If you are, give me some reactions, put some excitement in the chat, and then what I’d love is for you guys to drop a beam me up. We’re going to play uh some Spock humor. Write a beam me up. I’m going to bounce out and go to a private call for those of you guys that are CGE ready. drop that in and you’ll go into a private call with me and I’ll take care of navigating you guys through whatever you need to know, whatever you need to see to be able to take care of your enrollment, whether it’s clarity pay, split it, or taking care of with cash. Note that we already had somebody join the program, a member named Vic who joined it just literally uh I think like 10 minutes ago if I dropped off of that call. He once more he came into a back room with me. So yeah, how do we get the niche wilder pro? Uh those are things I talk about. We’ll be dropping that here in a minute. Yeah. So so guys, this is this is a a breakout room. You guys are going to go into another room. um and and basically get that sorted out. He’s going to help you uh sort everything out there. Um and uh yeah, so I think I think uh are you going to head to the the breakout room now? I think um awesome guys. So click the link in the chat to join the breakout room and uh we’ll just continue on guys. I’ll I’ll do the niche validator stuff and then I’ll I’ll send you guys to the niche breakout room a little bit uh later too. So I will be here to answer questions as well um for for quite some time. Um this is the first time we’re we’re doing this guys. So, cuz we literally just could not take calls, right? We just we just ran out of call slots there. So, um we decided to do this. There’s a ton of people who wanted to to join. Um and we just did not have the call slots for them. So, um yeah, the third option, uh it’s we really we only do the third option if the first two don’t work. The first two are really good. By the way, guys, these are incredibly good for you guys. It’s 0% or very close to 0%, right? So, we actually take a lot of the the risk on our side essentially. Yep. Um, so yeah, they actually had to look at us as a company to decide to provide these to know that, hey, we’re legit. Um, and because there’s a level of risk in it for them cuz once more like if you don’t complete your obligation with them, we’re liable. You know, they’re looking to us and saying, hey, you were taking a bet on these people. If if you didn’t hold up your end of the promise, you once more you guys are protected on that. So, um, yeah, they’re amazing companies. All right, Shane, I’ll pass it back to you. It’s been great to see all you guys and uh, enjoy the rest of Thank you guys. And and yeah, Caleb will take care of you. He’s uh you know basically one of one of the you know like like a business partner of mine almost like he’s head of finance and like runs like a lot of the uh the operations stuff here. So yeah, he’ll take care of you and he’s awesome and uh he’s the money guy so he’ll help you with that. I love you with that. Appreciate that. Awesome. Awesome. Cheers. All right, guys. So So yeah, if you want to go to the breakout room and uh and join, that’ll be with Caleb. With that being said, um let’s go ahead and uh kind of continue with this. I think you guys should be able to to see the screen here. So, I’m going to kind of continue with this. So, um Oh, shoot. Okay. Do I still have Oh, there we go. There we go. Okay. So, I’m going to go ahead and continue with this, guys. Um so, uh we’ll we’ll be dropping links to go to the breakout room as well here. But basically, here’s what you get access to inside of CGE. Uh first, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche, right? You have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Um, this is the mindset section. This is is the second. Now, you might be having a hard time starting even though you uh just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube, right? you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Uh even business owners face mindset issues and this module helps with that. So this helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome and helps you take action fast and this is actually when I ask people uh these first two are usually their favorite modules, right? The niche selection. People are just obsessed with this and then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think uh that they need the core foundations or they need uh mindset help uh this ends up being like their favorite module, right? Um but and one of the biggest reasons for that is because when you go through this module, it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable, right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. Right? So for some people like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted, right? Uh it took off, got lots of views, uh absolutely crushed it. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you’ll understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. Right? So this shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion on a more on a strategical tactical level, I think this is the most uh powerful module, right? Uh because if you get the video idea right, almost everything else takes care of itself. Now, of course, this is assuming that you already have your niche dialed in, which which is something we help you with right away. But if you get the video idea right, everything else just takes care of it uh of itself. Like you can have mediocre videos and they’re going to they’re going to crush, right? So this is where the secret is right here, finding the right video ideas. So the next is the holy trifecta. Once you found that correct video idea, what you need to do is you need to package it the correct way, right? So it’s like it’s like you found a great product, but if your packaging or your marketing isn’t good, nobody’s going to know that your product exists. So this is where we uh take your thumbnail, your title, and your intro and package them into viral video ideas to have the highest chances of success for your video to get views. So all three need to be good, and you want to also make sure that they are congruent. Next is the script writing alchemy system. And this is where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we’re going to show you the exact same system. Okay. So next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. And in some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month, right? So, this is done with uh systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. And the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of the sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients, right? So, we have systems for every problem you could imagine on YouTube. Um, literally like even like your your upload settings. You can screenshot your upload settings and put them in and and we’ll help you with that, right? And lastly is the cache code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting even if you’re not getting a lot of views, right? So, it’s very very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. By the way, guys, check the uh link in the Zoom chat if you want to get CGE. Okay? So, again, check the link in the Zoom chat if you want to get CGE, right? So, that’s going to take you to that breakout room and we’re going to help you get in there. Okay? So, that is just a taste of what’s inside of the community. Uh you don’t get one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And the tools we don’t build ourselves. We tell you which ones are worth your time, right? Gemini, descript pixels. I probably spend about half my time like testing out different AI tools, right? And so I’m constantly making sure that like the tools that we recommend to you guys are the best and and showing you exactly how to use them to get the most out of them, right? So whether you run chatter or cloud, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. Uh, this is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and dedicated client success manager. Uh, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peek inside of our private community. Uh, real wins coming in every single day. Uh, one member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views. uh grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads uh straight from YouTube. One just closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. Another crossed 5,000 subscribers. Uh 39,600 views on a channel with just 800 subs. And this isn’t a course that you buy and forget about it. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few, right? And this is what our group looks like on any given day, right? Like this isn’t not this is not us just cherrypicking stuff. Like this is what our group looks like on any given day. Those examples that we gave you earlier, those are people who just joined recently as well. Uh and this is the exact system uh that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example, bro. I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the uh this is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. So this is what a normal view graph looks like, right? This is what uh for this client they’ve been. You can see that there’s no shaded region, right? So, usually there’s a shaded region showing you how your normal videos or your normal videos do, right? For this client, there’s no shaded region. And the reason for that is there actually is. It’s just so close to the bottom that you can’t even see it, right? And that’s because this client had been posting for 8 years on YouTube and never had a single video take off. Their very first video with us took off, got over 180,000 views. And so, this is what it looked like. like there was no shaded region because it was so much higher than what their videos were doing before. This client right here started with us almost immediately got to $1,000 a month in AdSense. And that’s just the AdSense money they were making. They’re making more than that from other methods as well. Uh this client right here is literally number one in their niche. So, we’re the king makers and queen makers in many different uh niches out there. And this client is literally number one in their niche. Uh this client right here uh was uh brand new to sales, never took sales calls in their life, and they closed 80% of the calls that came from YouTube. And that’s because people that come from YouTube are just ready to buy, right? And by the way, comment CGE ready if you’re ready to go in. We will we’ll we’ll uh reach out to you and we’ll we’ll figure out uh how to how to help you. Comment CGE ready. Uh, Bill here transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177 subs and made over he actually made 70,000 in a single month, but I think he was making pretty consistently around 30,000 a month. So, Shane helped me out with keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business. And he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn got to 500K per month purely from YouTube. So, Shane knows what he’s doing. He said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue. And Shawn grew from 30K per month to 500K per month in revenue. Here’s another one, another recent case study. Cheryl, um she’s awesome as well. Uh we she’d been posting for years and she was stuck under 50 subscribers uh with no message uh with a great message but no strategy, right? And we gave her the system, uh, the content strategy, the title, and the thumbnail frameworks for the hands-on coaching, and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers, uh, and got monetized in months, right? One video hit 128,000 views, and now she’s landing, uh, brand deals, and she’s making money, right? So, this is what happens when you stop guessing and start following our system. Nurse Jen, another example, uh, crushing it. Um, she’s, uh, you know, monthly earnings, like we showed you that picture, but that picture’s a little bit older. uh she’s probably making about pretty close to six figures uh in uh uh you know monthly earnings of like around 8 to 10,000 or so at this point. Uh Vid IQ estimates she’s making about 12,000. I think it’s a little bit less than that. About 8 8 to 10,000 or so, but she’s crushing it right either way. So uh four of her videos uh crossed about 100,000 views. One video hit 572,000, made uh 2.9K revenue according to Vid IQ. Uh these are numbers that most creators chase for years. She got there almost immediately. just like immediately after joining she was already crushing it. Right? So if you’re in a healthcare profession or just a normal job or that kind of thing um like a IT profession, finance, these types of things, like a lot of people work in stuff like that, you can just talk about stuff that you already talk about on a day-to-day basis and and you know make a ton of money helping people with that stuff. Now uh one thing I’ll say guys really quick, I know all kinds of people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And uh I’ll tell you kind of how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best, they work with big corporations, right? So they’re going to be making like seven figure contracts or at least six figure contracts working with these big companies. And we do that a little bit, right? With the right company in the right situation. There’s always like maybe 5% of the people who attend um are kind of wanting something like that. In the right situation, we’ll work with these big companies. The second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. I have some friends that do this. They’re basically some of the few people besides myself that are really good at YouTube and they really know what they’re doing and they charge $300,000 to do a build and release, right? And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies and they build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and then they release it to them once everything is working, right? Once they’ve hired the team out to them once once they they release it to them, right? And they charge usually about 300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. The last year I was in two, this year and another two. These are extremely valuable, too. I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000. And it would easily cost you $35,000 mistakes if you were try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to get even even get one of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. And by the way, we have a special offer uh only for this workshop. um when when you uh buy CGE uh within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before and we truly have never like this is the first time we’re even doing this. But yeah, comment CGE ready in the chat if you’re ready to buy now, right? We’re going to talk about some of the bonuses that we’re giving. And by the way, uh yeah, comment CGE ready in the chat if you’re ready to buy now. Okay. Um and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so that our head of finance can assist you. Okay, so bonus one. This is a big one. You get a one-on-one clarity session call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out, showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that’s exactly what this call is, right? everything that I have learned building a channel from 1.5 million subs uh and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. Now, this is worth $12,000 easily, but this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So, comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab uh CGE today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. Now, this particular one, I’m basically going to act like a management consultant for for your personal brand, right? So, I’m going to do pre-work. We’re going to get on a one-on-one call. We’re going to talk, we’re going to go through everything on the oneonone call, picking your niche, your strategy, your monetization method, like everything, just dialing it all in, uh making a plan for the for the next uh year as well. And then I’ll send you a follow-up as well, and I’ll and I’ll work with you a bit after that, too. Okay? But this is a one-on-one. It’s only for five of the first people who actually end up uh signing up tonight. Okay? So, uh basically, if you end up signing up a little bit later, but but you but you actually commit tonight, then then that can be okay. But it’s for five of the first people only. This is what the actual coaching looks like. I can already see people signing up by the way as I’m talking. Um, so don’t wait on this one. I have a little screen over here telling me. So yeah, comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab CGE today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so that our head of finance can assist you. Bonus two is the video idea generator pro. This is worth easily $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what is working, checking view counts, studying channels, you’re going to be looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, and you are paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spitting out random titles. It’s built on the icon method, which is what’s already working, and it hands you a it basically is what finding what’s already working. And then it hands you a better version of it. Right? So the titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways. Uh chat GPT and a cloud AI version. So whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. And this is included as a bonus. So comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab CG today. And we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. So here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chat or cloud, we built it for both. You give it a video and uh that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So, comment CGE ready in the chat uh if you want to grab uh CG today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. Bonus three is the NoClick Script Writer Pro. This is worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. It tells you the goal of the video, to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. So, it captures your tone, your style, your voice, so that it actually sounds like you. And just like that last one, you get it both ways. Catchy video or claude, whatever you already use. If you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re going to be paying 3,000 to 5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So, comment CG ready in the chat if you want to grab CG today, and we’ll uh send you a special link uh in the Zoom chat. So our head of finance can assist you. Uh this is what it looks like. Uh same tool running in both claude and chat GPT. Uh it walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Uh then it uh then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script. Right? So a real YouTube script with hook structure and a tone that matches your channel uh your personality as well. So comment CG ready in the chat if you want to grab CG uh today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so finance can assist you. Bonus four is the Holy Trifecta Toolkit Pro. This is worth $10,000 is the title maker AI, the thumbnail vault, and the thumbnail AI, and the hook generator AI. Right? So, this is going to give you everything you need to do the holy trifecta, which is the title, the thumbnail, and the intro, which is the most important things that uh you need to nail. So, these three things decide if anyone watches your video, the title, the thumbnail, and the hook. Uh get those three right and the algorithm does the rest. Get them wrong and nobody clicks. So, yeah, very, very important. Um, if you were to hire this out, a thumbnail designer uh would cost easily $1,500 a month, even part-time. It’s going to be $18,000 a year. And they might nail like a gaming thumbnail, but they blow it on educational content, right? So, there’s a psychology behind every single one. So, you don’t want to just get views, you want to get the right views, like I’ve talked about before. And um a solid title and hookw writer, another few thousand a month easily, right? So, you’re looking at 20 30k a year just to get uh clicked on, right? This toolkit replaces all of that. Okay. Now, by the way, uh by the way, we’re getting people uh joining CGE. So, join the breakout room, guys. Definitely join the breakout room. Uh we’ll put the link, I guess. Yeah, the link to the breakout room. Yep. We’re already getting people to join CG. So, definitely join the breakout room, guys. Uh this the spots are are getting limited here. So, we’re only we’re only accepting uh a limited amount of people at a time. So, uh uh let’s see. Yeah. So, you’re looking at like 20 30k a year just to get clicked on, right? So this toolkit replaces all that. Titlemaker GPT writes the title that gets searched and clicked. Thumbnail vault gives you the proven templates and swipe files. Uh thumbnail GPT builds the concept. Hook generator GPT writes the opening uh that keeps them watching. Right? So the guide, the templates, the frameworks, you get it all as a bonus. So comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab uh this today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. So you get everything running in both chat and claude. Um so comment CG ready in the chat. Like I said, bonus five is the weekly content planner uh calendar GPT. Uh a lot of the reason that one of the number one reasons that people fail is because they just simply have no plan, right? Monday comes, they know that they need to post consistently, but they have no plan, no video idea, and they’ve made no progress. Then they miss it. The week goes by, they don’t post, and they miss the next Monday. Then a month goes by, and then you just give up and stop. Right? This tool plans out your entire week first, week by week, and then you plan one week at a time until you can get to a month. And then if you want to, you could even get months ahead, right? So, um, yeah, it’s going to it’s going to plan things out for you. It’s like a content strategist. And there is a strategy to how to post, right? It’s not just like post random videos, right? There’s a strategy for what types of videos you want to try first before you try other types of videos, right? So, if you hired a content strategist to do this, you’re going to be paying $1 to $2,000 a month minimum. again, just part-time. That’s $12 to $24,000 a year. So, you get this as a bonus. So, comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab CG today. We’ll send you a special link uh in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. Bonus six is the done for you YouTube funnel essentials via go high level. So, we basically partnered with go high level. Um, and if you want any type of funnel, any type of funnel you could possibly want, whether it’s a webinar funnel, a VSSL funnel, a uh low ticket funnel, a um just a lead magnet type funnel just to to capture people’s email addresses, right? Any type of funnel um out there that that we use, we have made available to you via go high level. So, we basically hired copywriters to write really really good funnels. We we actually spent tens of thousands of dollars on this and then we we basically had them write it in such a way where we can just put it into go highle as a template and then all you have to do is just fill in your own information and go high level right so if you hired someone to build a funnel from scratch like the copy the design the automations you’re looking at5 to $10,000 easily and that’s before they even turn it on we are giving you ours for like that we already spent 10 tens of thousands of dollars on for free so all you got All you got to do is just replace it with your information, right? So, comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab CG today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. These are professionally written and designed funnels. The exact funnels that we use, the landing pages, the sales pages, the application pages, all of it ready to go. So, you’re not building from scratch. You’re copying what’s already making us money. And you get all of the automations as well. Email sequences, follow-ups, booking flows, everything runs on autopilot. So someone opts in, the system follows up, books the call, closes the deal, all while you sleep, right? So plus you get 30 days for free on go high level, so you can launch it without paying a dime up front. Um, so yeah, I mean the value of this is just absolutely insane, right? So comment CG ready in the chat if you want uh to grab CG today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the uh YouTube niche OS and this one is different from all of the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money uh from it. Not just from AdSense. We’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture, right? Um so here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche, then they help the money figures itself out later on, right? That is backwards. This tool is going to show you the money map before you even record your first video, right? So you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool we give you, you get it in both in chat GPT and cloud version, whatever you are to use. Now, here’s the catch. This one is worth at least $12,000. and you get it just uh for either booking tonight or we are going to make a few call slots available. We we barely have any available, but we are going to make a few call slots available for people who aren’t quite ready to get started. Um and uh we’re going to we’re going to drop those here in a bit, but uh that’s it, right? So, you book the call, you show up, and you get it. Or if you buy CG in the breakout room, you can also get this one as well. So, comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab CG today, and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. We’ll also make a few uh calls available. Uh we don’t have that many open, but we’ll make a few calls available as well. So, the second you show up to the call, you book, you just ask. You get instant access on the spot. So, whether you like ChattyP or Claude, you can use it either way. This isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of CGE, and it is yours for life. So, comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab it for CG today, and we’ll send a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. Bonus eight is one of the most important ones. We are so confident that you’re going to be happy with CGE, right? That we gave a YouTube fast mover money back guarantee. This is priceless. You’ve got 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it does not work, you get your money back, right? We have a very low refund rate, but if you did the work and you got no results, uh, we get you your money back, no questions asked. Now, I am not asking you to trust me blindly. I am asking you to test it and see for yourself. So comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab CG today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. Right. So basically we sent out a survey and asked our uh previous clients um you know if they felt like they got an ROI from the program and the respondents said that 91% said that they felt like they got an ROI from the program. Right? So that is I I can’t emphasize how absurdly high that is in the kind of like info product space and and the service industry. 91% of people um in a program like this being happy with it and saying that they felt like they got an ROI is absurdly high, right? And that is why we’re so confident to give you a 90-day YouTube Fast Mover money back guarantee, right? So you you try the program out, you you do the work. If you don’t get results or you’re not happy with it, you just ask us, we give you your money back. That’s it, right? So yeah, again, comment CG ready in the chat if you want to grab CG today. Uh we want to make it as low risk for you as possible. Okay, so let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $64,497. Now, remember bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once those spots are gone, they are gone. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. And after that, these bonuses go away. Uh this exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses. You will not see it again. And let me clear something up real quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call or for uh just initiating it, right? Initiating like actually joining the program, right? So, if you book if you initiate you join the breakout room right now and and you and you start the process, even if you end up, you know, buying like a few days from now or or you end up just deciding to book a call, you’re not quite ready and you and you want to book it a few days from now or something like that, that’s totally fine. As long as you get the process started right now, you’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. you just have to schedule the call or get the process started uh within the next 24 hours, right? Um and for the breakout room people like right now on this on this uh uh live that we’re doing. So, if you’ve been going back and forth on this, go to go.shanhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code right now, book your free strategy call. Um there is no QR code, okay? Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with the plan. No pressure, no hard cell, but if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So comment CGE ready in the chat if you want to grab CG today and we’ll send you a special link in the Zoom chat so our head of finance can assist you. And with that being said, I am going to go ahead and take some questions now. So um let’s go ahead. Uh Alexis, how’s everything going?

    Still in the middle. Still in the middle. Still in the middle. All right. Awesome. Okay. Um make it come in time. Yeah. So guys, uh, join join that breakout room. I guess we’ll we’ll drop the links and you can join the breakout room and, uh, and do that stuff. So, um, but with that being said, I’m going to go ahead and answer some questions. I know this one was a little bit longer cuz we had the the breakout room thing. That was by request, by the way. We literally had so many people that wanted to join that couldn’t even book a call last time cuz we just did not have enough call slots. So, that was by uh request. Um, with that being said, guys, I think we are going to drop the link uh to uh should should we do that, Alexis? What’s the plan there?

    Yeah, we already did to book a call. Yeah. Okay. Yeah, we’re going to we’re going to drop the link uh to to book a call. Uh guys, um now again, do don’t don’t book a call if if you don’t think that you’re you’re like if you’re not committed to potentially joining the program, right? Cuz there’s a lot of people who want to book calls with us and they they you know there’s we have a limited amount of spots in the program. So, don’t take up a spot from somebody else, right? only book a call if um you you really are committed to potentially wanting like to join the program, right? And you genuinely have questions and you want to see how it works. Like I said, I’m being very transparent, very upfront. It’s $9.8,000. We can get the payment plans down to like a,000 a month, sometimes even less with some of the funding partners um or in-house financing. But so if we think you’re a good fit to work with us, um we’ll we’ll figure something out, right? But with that being said, we will drop a link to book a call just for those of you who kind of stayed until the very end. Uh we won’t have very many spots like on the once those spots are filled, they’re filled. And you know, after we get done with these lives, the moment we send them out, all all the all the call bookings are filled like almost immediately. So even if they aren’t all filled uh on on this call, cuz I know it’s at the end, uh they’ll they’ll just immediately get filled, right? And that’s why we had to do the the breakout rooms this time cuz we just we just had too much demand. Too many people want to work with us. And uh but yeah. Um I guess that’s that’s a quality place to be and that’s that’s kind of what happens um when you run your YouTube channel the right way. So yep. Um okay. Scarcity. Oh no. Good job. You’re you’re funny, dude. You think we’re making this up? You’re you’re That’s hilarious. That’s actually hilarious. You think we’re making this up? Yeah. I mean, we I we we last week’s training, we literally like showed people like, “Hey, sorry guys. There’s literally no spots. We we showed the Calendarly link.” We we uh we showed there’s literally no spots to join. Okay. So, uh I guess I will answer some questions now. I paid for VIP. VIP training. You must have not read the email, Steve. The VIP training is on Tuesday night, not on Thursday night. So, the VIP training is Tuesday night. So, it will be next week for you. Tuesday night at I believe 6:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. Um, so, yep, Terrence, yes, the VIP training will be Tuesday night, 600 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. Jacqueline, is the Niche Validator Pro available for joining this webinar? Would love to join in the near future. Um, yeah, it is absolutely, absolutely. So, we’ve we’ve dropped the Niche Validator Pro. I think we’ve probably dropped it many many times. Guys, when the when the if anybody is an admin and they drop a a like a comment, read it, okay? There’s a reason that uh that they are dropping that stuff. Read it if if they drop that cuz the niche validator pro has already been dropped several times now. Uh Nathaniel, how do I get access to uh Tuesday night? Do people not read their emails? Tuesday night. It’s Tuesday night. Yeah, Tuesday night at 600 p p.m. Eastern Standard Time. Please read your email. Read your email. All of the information is inside of your email. Uh search uh uh you know, CGE if you’re not getting the emails for whatever reason. Um and yeah, it’ll be Tuesday night. We also give people two weeks uh just in case they missed the first one. Do you guys help with the business side of YouTube? Absolutely. That’s exactly what we specialize in. Jay Carson, for sure. Kate, uh VIP training. If if if you don’t know what it is, don’t worry about it. It’s a it’s basically a session that you can purchase uh for about $47, um on Tuesday night. Okay, Scott, what about the other bonuses besides the niche?

    How much additional is the VIP? $47. But we we only give it. It’s just a one-time offer. If you don’t buy it right there on that page, you don’t get access to it again. That’s it. So, if you didn’t if you didn’t see it, then don’t don’t don’t worry about it. All right. Uh Daryl, good presentation. Thank you, Shane. Appreciate the niche validator. I’ll try it and see what I come up with. Awesome. Darl, my pleasure. Glad you enjoyed it. Hey, Suzanne. We’ll resend you the invite. Awesome. Yeah, guys, uh comment again. Comment CGE ready. Um and uh also uh we’re we’re commenting uh here. I’ll actually drop it myself if you want to go to the breakout room. Um you can join the breakout room. I’m going to drop the link myself right here. So I just I just put the link in the chat for the breakout room. Um and uh you can join that. Okay. Unable to download the links above. Make sure that you are logged in to the uh AI. Make sure that you’re logged into chatgpt and or cloud if you’re downloading the links and it’ll work. So just save the links. I I don’t know why you would need the links emailed to you. You can literally just copy them.

    Haven’t started my YouTube channel yet. Pauline, um, is it better to start than perhaps join CG later? It really doesn’t matter. We work with lots of people either way. If you start, you’re probably going to learn bad habits anyways and we’re we’re just going to have to fix your bad habits. So it really doesn’t matter. A lot of the people who started are just brand new. Anyways, Daryl, good presentation. Thank you, Shane. Appreciate. Awesome. Um, Helina, thanks. I have a lot to learn. Yep. No, it’s it’s just learn the right stuff and it’s uh, you know, it is a lot, but it but it’s very manageable. It’s very doable. Bruce, I’m uh I’m booked for a follow-up call on the 19th this month. After Alfie, will I be able to receive that offer tonight as it will be ready at that time process? Yeah, just talk to Alfie. Just talk to Alfie, Bruce. Bruce should be good to go. Yeah, just talk to him. All right. Yeah, should should be fine. Um on the 19th. Yeah. Okay, got it. Yeah, just make sure you make sure you do that call with Al Alfie on the 19th cuz we are kind of Yeah, we’re we’re really really running out of spots. Suzanne, thank you. You got it, Suzanne. My pleasure. Brad, thank you. You got it. Uh Jack Jack, I I I feel like Jacques, I think. Jacques, is that how you say that? Jacques, uh thank you for the knowledge and your time. You got it, Jacques. I’m probably saying that name wrong. I apologize. Heather, what if you are not techsavvy? I showed an example of my own brother who is not techsavvy. He was totally fine. It’s it’s it’s really easy to do this the right way. Sue, my apologies. I joined late. When will this replay be available? As I’m ready uh as a VIP member. Thanks. Um all good. Uh Sue, we will probably send out the replay within 24 hours. The only problem with the replay is whenever we send it out, uh, people will immediately just book a lot of calls. So, but we’ll probably send it out within about 24 hours. Um, but yeah. Um, and then by the way, guys, we’re going to drop some links for you to book a call uh as well. Um, we do have a few spots open, so we’ll drop those links as well. Some people aren’t quite ready to buy right now, and so you can you can book a call instead if you want to talk to somebody and and kind of go through your situation. Inbeck Beck. Uh, hey Shane, thank you for this content. I have done previous boot camps and specialized group trainings and educational trainings and I’ve seen my income 2.5x. So, I do see the value that you are selling. I booked my intro call next week, Monday. Thank you, sir. Awesome. Appreciate you and Becky. Yep. Yeah. I mean, I have spent probably $300 to $500,000 at this point on, you know, well, first of all, I spent $300,000 to get a college degree, but I’ve spent another $300,000 plus dollars on online education, and I have gotten a way better ROI from my online education uh than I did from my college degree. like the college degree was I would I would ar maybe even a negative ROI, but uh way better ROI from online education than I got from my college degree. So, I’m I’m glad you understand. And honestly, like anybody who’s done this knows that this is the future like why would you pay a school like just as an example, right? Why like you could you could get like a YouTube degree and there’s so many people that do this too. They’ll get like, you know, degrees on stuff and they don’t learn anything. They learn absolutely nothing getting the degree. Now, don’t get me wrong. Some degrees are really good. Don’t get me wrong, right? But some of these degrees are just totally useless. Or you could just literally go to somebody who’s already really good at that thing and learn directly from them, right? Like which one would you do? Of course, you’re just going to go and do an apprenticeship essentially, right? With the person who’s already good. Of course, you’re going to learn more from that, right? So, you learn from some college professor who hasn’t done the thing for like 30 years. Do you think you’re going to learn a lot from that? Of course not. Right? So, yeah. Um, anyways, Dne, may I ask, uh, are the Tuesday sessions a recurring thing? Been reading the emails but not miss the detail. Also, I am glad. Yeah, we usually do the Tuesday sessions. Of course, you know, I might, of course, I’m I can’t promise they’re going to be a recurring thing. Also, I might miss some of them once in a while. Um, and then we just send out the recording or something like that. But, uh, yeah, we’ve been we’ve been doing them pretty consistently, but I can’t promise that I can I’m going to keep doing them consistently. So if you’re in a session like it might be the last session that that I do for a while. Um yeah. So Sasha the link worked well for me. Awesome. Demetrios uh would like to join CGE but not yet. Thank you though. Awesome Demetrios. Good stuff. Yeah. I mean just I think you would be a great person to book a call, Demetrios. So I’d recommend that you book a call. So click that link in the chat to book a call with us. Allan, they are not opening once downloaded. Um, yeah. I mean, it it it it’s definitely works, Alan. You just got to figure it out. Jay Carson, hypothetically speaking, does a mix of politics and religion based on YouTube channel do well? Yeah, there’s plenty of those types of channels for sure. Plenty of those. Yep. Um, Kyle, I started using the niche validator a couple days ago, and once I narrowed my niche down, I got a score of 9.8 or 9 out of 10. Looking forward to my call Saturday. Awesome, Kyle. Looking forward to it as well. So Shauna, how many times do we have to post? We recommend at least once a week. So Shauna, three weeks maximum. Three times a week maximum. Three times a week is uh ideal if if you can do that, but that’s the max, but once a week is is what you want to aim for when you first start. Kate, does the thumbnail module generate thumbnails or thumbnail ideas? Yes, it does. We hope you do that. Yep. Rhonda, thank you, Shane. I learned a lot and have much to consider. I appreciate your time and this valuable information. You got it, Rhonda. My pleasure. Sashana, how many times do we need to post once a week? William, appreciate your time. Very new and just starting out. We’ll spend some time with your free content and we’ll likely talk to you later. Awesome. Good stuff, William. Glad to hear. Natalie, I’ve been I’ve needed to watch this presentation more than once and I’ve learned something new each and every time. Thank you. Yeah, appreciate you, Natalie. Yep, we uh of course we we change the presentations up and we add new stuff in here. And plus, I’m you know, I do have like I I go off the slides, but I also kind of, you know, go off the top of my head a lot, too. So, all right. Sasha, how can we get subscribers? I just went through a whole presentation on exactly how to do that. Sasha, um, so I don’t know if you came in late, but that was what the presentation was all about is how to get views, subscribers, and make money. Jack, thanks for the niche validator tool. Awesome. You got it, Jack. My pleasure. Um,

    uh, all good. Robert Leo, can you send the checkout link in case I find the money this week? Yeah. Uh, can we send the direct link? Guys, can we send the direct link to Leo? We do that. Uh Sashana, how do we get subscribers? Hey, hey guys, don’t uh ask the same question multiple times. Just ask it one time. I will get to your question. Uh Frank, thank you. You got it. Victor Shane, thank you so much. Appreciate you. Uh enjoy swimming in Lake Samish. Yes. Yes, that’s right. Um Yep. Yep. It was uh I I know exactly what you’re talking about. Um, walking a beautiful during the summer. Beautiful place during the summer. Wkeim, how much does uh also Deep Cove up in Vancouver just north of there is really nice, too. Check that out if you haven’t already. Wee, how much does Chat GPT or Claude cost? Um, $20 a month version is fine. Yeah. Uh, Tom, uh, what link? Oh, oh, by the way, uh Oh, I think you’re Yeah, you could use it for free, right? You can use it with the free version, but I’m guessing if you’re like if you want to use its full capabilities, the $20 a month version is fine. Tom, what links? Can’t see any. Uh, literally just above you. Your comment, Tom. Uh, Keel, hi Shane, appreciate you doing this. Joined a bit late. Will the Zoom recording be shared as well? Thank you. Um,

    uh, it will we will send it out. We’ll probably have to wait a little bit um before we send it out. See see what our calendars look like. But yeah, we will send it out within probably 24 hours of now. So Shauna, what can we do to get subscribers? Um yeah, I answered that question already. Bruce, thanks Shane. Love the whole thing. Can’t wait. Awesome, Bruce. Good stuff. I think you should just join the breakout room, Bruce. So just go ahead and join the breakout room and uh yeah, let’s uh let’s get let’s get you started now. And guys, by the way, this is um this is kind of like a one-time thing. Um

    you’re going to get basically like a war room session with me. This is the first time we’re doing this breakout room thing. We kind of had to do it just by necessity cuz we just literally did not have enough slots. Um but this is a one-time thing we’re doing this breakout room. And I I forgot to mention this like really emphasized this, but you get to do a war room session with me, okay? Directly with me. And this is this is never going to be offered again. Okay? So, I’d highly recommend joining tonight. There are business owners that pay me literally $6,000 an hour to do one-on-one sessions with me. Okay? So, this is a one-on-one session you get with me. I’m going to help you with your strategy, uh, content strategy, dialing in your niche. Um, you know, I’m just constantly monitoring the markets so I can kind of just like see the matrix. I can see where the where the hockey puck is going before it even gets there, right? So, I know what the what the new strategies are. I know everything, right? So, highly highly recommend that you um uh that that you join tonight. Okay. So, putting that link in there. Join the breakout room. Uh admins will be dropping that link. Uh um let’s see. Admins will be dropping the link. I I I do see that we’re we’re dropping a lot of different links. Uh break. Make sure you do the Yeah. Here, I’m going to I’m going to copy this and put it in myself. So, so yeah, guys, I’m putting the link in right here. Okay. Putting the link in right there myself. Okay.

    Okay. Um, shoot. The the chat the chat got all messed up. There we go. Uh, Cheryl says, “Thanks. This was great info. I have a lot to consider.” Awesome, Cheryl. Julia, I fed. Okay. Sorry. I can’t I can’t read that entire uh novel of chat of text. Julia, um I’ll kind of skim it a little bit.

    Yeah, I’m not going to read that uh that whole block of text. Uh Julia, if you want to summarize it, then maybe I’ll respond. Brandy, this is such a great opportunity and thank you for the niche validator. I can’t join tonight, but hopefully soon. YouTube thought I was canceling my pro subscription. They sent a note that I was in the top 6% of watchers, so I felt seen earlier uh when your finance guy said, “Uh uh, I bet you all watch a lot of YouTube.” Yeah, of course. Of course. YouTube is awesome. YouTube was basically like a second parent who raised me as a child. Like a second set of parents. I’m basically like a YouTube uh uh you know child that was raised. That’s how I learned everything is on YouTube. Such a it’s such an amazing uh platform. Suzanne, thank you Shane. I subscribe to your channel. We’ll do my best. Hopefully I will be able to come up with the money. Awesome, Suzanne. Love to hear it. Love to hear it. Um yeah, I mean join the breakout room. We we can help you guys with that. We help you get started with basically no risk uh to you. Sue, how much is CG? I joined late. Thanks. $9,800. to that’s through the the beginner level program where we basically teach you how to fish. There’s upper level programs where we either fish for you or we just build out the system that fishes for you. So we literally like hire the people and we build out the systems and the AI infrastructure etc that fish for you. Those are upper level programs. Those are more expensive. Um but the the one for beginners that’s probably best for beginners is where we just literally teach you how to fish. We give you a lot of really good stuff with that as well, but we don’t actually do the work for you. We do a little bit of it. We’ll help you find video ideas and we’ll do one-on-one coaching. But the uh with that one, we just teach you how to fish, right? So, it’s like one-on-one coaching. We teach you how to fish. Um so, that’s uh $9,800.

    Okay. So, Shauna, can we get pointers to get subscribers? Uh yeah. Um did you did you watch the um did you watch the training, Sasha? that the whole training is like exactly how to get views, get subscribers, etc., etc. I don’t know if you that came in late or something, but that that’s what the whole training is for. Kate, does the thumbnail module generate thumbnail or thumbnail ideas? Yes, it does. Yep. Brandy, uh, yes, I paid way more for less. Yep. Yeah, this is a hightouch coaching program, guys. Like, we have 15 people working in this program, right? So, this is hightouch coaching. 15 people. um you know our our limits are the reason we can only accept a certain amount of people is we literally cannot like it takes us a long amount of time to work with each client right it takes a lot of effort and resources and that’s why we’re very limited in the the people that we can accept um and so yeah 15 people you can imagine how much that would cost I’m I’m spending you know six figures a month uh just paying uh people on the team uh it’s it’s very very costly right so obviously we have to charge uh for that, right? But it’s only like a,000 bucks a month or something like that, right? It’s like it’s very affordable for the amount of value you’re getting. So, Shauna, how to market for subscribers? Uh boy,

    Jay Carson, do you have to have a YouTube channel up and running in order to join CG? No, you do not. You don’t have to have a YouTube channel. We help you uh make your YouTube channel the right way. A lot of people actually do it the wrong way and then it just causes more headaches for us having to fix it. Um, Dne, perfect. These will notify via email like the other ones when they do, if they do happen. Also, link for Cloud Works GPT Open GPT. Not sure if that’s a tech issue, but I plan on using Cloud anyways. Um, interesting. Yeah. Uh, as long as you’re logged into both of them, they should both work. You just have to make sure you’re logged in. So, if you aren’t all logged in, just make an account and they should both work. Um, sorry I joined late. All good. So Shauna Natalie utilized the niche validator and went down to amazing rabbit hole. 10 out of 10 validation. So ready to go. Awesome. Natalie, love to hear it. Good stuff. Yeah. So Shauna, all good on joining late. Uh just uh yeah, just watch the replay if you want. Like you’re kind of you’re kind of asking questions that were answered like an hour ago. So it’s all good. Not your fault, but but yeah, just watch the replay. Dane want to ask uh also ask if it’s possibility to have a business partner who delivers the content and I work on the back end such as working with claude publishing management. Me and someone I have in mind are potentially cooking something but don’t want to waste time or his time if this is not a good approach. Yeah, that’s what a lot of people do. So they usually have like a front-end person who kind of gets all the leads um makes the content that kind of thing and then a backend person who actually delivers, does the operations etc etc. Very very common um approach. There’s actually a great book, it’s called Rocket Fuel by Gino Wickman, and it talks about this uh dynamic that is very common in a lot of successful businesses, which is the integrator and the visionary. The visionary would be the content person. The integrator would be the person who does all the back-end work um and actually delivers. So yeah, very very common that is uh something you can definitely do. Kate, when buying CGE, do you guys explain how the modules tools are created so that we can tweak it to help exactly with our channel and niche?

    Yeah, absolutely, Kate. We make it to where you can personalize it and tweak it 100%. Yeah, absolutely. U definitely definitely that’s something we we we help you with and and that’s really what you want to get to eventually, right? So, we have we interview you or we have the the AI interview you um and then we get personalized information about you so that you know it it’s tweaked to like okay what type of content are you making? Are you making content where you’re sharing your screen? Are you making content where you’re just talking to the camera? Are you making content where is it a listical? Is it a how-to video? You know, etc., etc. All those different types of things. So, we tweak it to what exactly what you’re doing. Um and your personality and your niche. Kora thoughts on AI cinematic channels? It’s uh providing entertainment not solving a problem. still a good idea. Um, I think the best one would be making content about how to do AI cinematic channels cuz that would be entertainment. With that being said, um, entertainment channels in general are so much more competitive than educational channels. It’s 10 times harder to get views. It’s 10 times harder to make money. You have to be 10 times more skilled. But if you want to go into that, hey, go ahead. Um, with that being said, I think that there’s just way more opportunity in educating people and making educational content. Way more opportunity there. Natalie, if you’re already uh leaning into Chat GBT, is this a is it a hard pivot to clot? No, definitely not. Cloud is super easy to use. Yeah, cloud’s super easy. Yeah. Um, Victor, can you talk about plugins you have installed in your browser and talk about how you use these tools? No, I can’t. Shamir, do you need to change anything? Uh, Sasha, I’m in the Caribbean. It will affect my earnings. Uh, will this affect my earnings? Um, no, it shouldn’t. No. Uhuh. No, that should be fine. Um, yeah. In terms of the plugins, like the the main plugin I I use, Victor, is Vid IQ. That’s really the the only one that I use consistently. So, it’s Vid IQ. Um, Keywords Everywhere is kind of nice, too, I have to say. Yeah, keywords everywhere in Vid IQ. Those are the those are the two that that I kind of use. Uh Julia, you must not read your emails. You said that what are you talk What are you talking about? Like I I’m sorry if like we we send from multiple different emails from multiple What do you mean the mask slipped? What a goofball. Just don’t don’t even join the program, Julia. Just go just leave. Leave. We we’re we’re definitely you’re we’re not going to accept you into the program, so don’t even bother. What are you talking about? The mass slipped. What a goofball. Like I I like that’s one thing is with coaching like it there’s accountability, right? So if you guys are messing up, we are going to hold you accountable. That’s that’s one thing when we’re um when we’re vetting for the right people to join the program. Like we are going to hold you accountable. Like if you are messing up, if you’re not doing things right, we will hold you accountable and we will tell you if you’re if you’re not meeting our standards, right? And so that like a lot that’s how we get people results. And some people aren’t okay with that. Some people can’t take very basic direction. They can’t do very obvious common sense things. And for those people, we either one don’t accept them into the program or usually that’s what it is. Or if we do accept them into the program, we are going to hold them accountable, right? We’re not going to baby you. We’re not going to hold your hand. Uh we are going to hold you accountable if you’re messing up, right? And that’s one of the reasons why we get such good results. So if that’s not for you, like that’s fine. That’s that’s why we only have a t we have a very low acceptance rate, right? We’re very picky about who we work with. If we think that people can’t get results, then we’re not going to accept them in, right? But we do give a guarantee for people that we do think that we can get results, right? So clearly Julia is not someone that we think we would get results for and we are not going to accept her into the program, right? So Helen, I don’t even know how to put a video in YouTube. All very new to me, but want to try this. also like very negative people, we definitely don’t accept them into the program because you’re guaranteed to fail at anything that you try in life, including definitely YouTube, and you’re just going to be miser you’re going to make yourself miserable and other people around you as well. So, we’re definitely not accepting negative people like that into the program. All right, so Helen, don’t even know how to put a video in YouTube. All very new to me, but want to try this? Um, yeah. I mean, there’s a certain way of uploading videos into YouTube that that we use that gives you a much much higher chance of success. Um, there’s actually a cheat code right now when it comes to uploading videos that we’re only sharing with our clients. And it is it is kind of ridiculous. Like, it’s working super super well. I think it’s only going to work for a few months, but uh we’re only sharing it with our clients right now. And we’ve had some clients upload like this and it they’re just immediately getting 100,000 views, 500,000 views. I don’t know how long it’s going to work, but it it’s working very very well right now. Uh so Shauna, what’s your advice for us doing faceless YouTube channels? Um so so Shauna, I did give one example earlier of a faceless channel that we worked with. There’s a particular way of doing faceless channels that that we uh want to do. Basically, it’s like you have to use the hybrid personal brand method. Again, that question will be answered if you just review the live training, right? So, we typically do not recommend doing faceless channels unless you do it in this very one specific way. We show an example of the person who did that. We show an example of a client who was able to be very successful with that. He got to seven figures uh faceless. Um but then he actually did a face reveal later on and he was able to scale far beyond seven figures. Um but we typically do not recommend to do it because there’s just so many disadvantages to not showing your face. There’s just massive massive disadvantages. It makes it way way way harder to get results. It makes it way harder to to for people to watch your video, to subscribe to your video, to form a relationship with you, uh to get sales, etc., etc. Just makes it way harder to do all of those things, right? So, um yeah. Okay, Tony, I have a call on Monday and wanted to chat uh wanted to chat more before being able to join CG tonight. So, does that mean I won’t be able to do the war room with you? No, it’s okay, Tony, if you’re already uh uh signed up for the call. The reason we the whole reason we did the the war room thing, guys, or the um the breakout rooms is because we were literally not able to to like like we did not have enough slots uh slots to to talk to people. Like we send out one email and all of our slots are filled like immediately, right? Like in these webinars, they’re usually filled if we if we push the slots at the beginning. We didn’t push them at the beginning this time, but we’ll send out one email and all the slots are immediately filled, right? So this this is the power of like having a YouTube channel. It’s like we’re we just we literally don’t even have enough people to take care of all the clients who want to work with us and so we’re having to be very very picky with with who we work with. Um and uh yeah. Yeah. But we we don’t even have enough people to like onboard them. So we’re that’s why we’re doing the breakout rooms so we can just get you onboarded right away. Suzanne, I wish I could join tonight, but I’m retired. I have limited income. It’s all good, Suzanne. Just enjoy the free content. enjoy the the me answering questions and um you know use our tools and we’ll we’ll get you started in the right direction and uh yeah maybe at some point in the future we can work together Valerie any suggestions uh for the niche validator to be implemented well thank you for it. Um one of my biggest suggestions Valerie is just tell it to interview you. Some people are a bit impatient and they just want to get the results really quickly. Uh, but one of the biggest suggestions is have it interview you and tell it like, “Hey, I’ll give you any information that you want me to get. Just interview me and tell me what you need.” Dane, last thing. Thank you for the time and info and tool. I look forward to experimenting using all the information. Should things develop, uh, I’d like to join the workshops. Will this possib will this be a possibility down the line? Uh, for European, please excluding the bonus stuff that is limited. Yes, we do have Europeans that have joined and had a lot of success. In fact, we’ve had people from, I believe, seven different languages join. We do almost always recommend uh that like see this this type of channel is recommended to be done in a uh first world country, right? Um it just works way easier and way better because people in first world countries have disposable income, right? And they have first world country problems. Okay, so it is recommended to be used in a first world country. With that being said, of course it does work in non-first world uh countries. Um, and uh, you can definitely make it work there, but it’s it’s just, you know, it’s not going to be quite as effective, right? Suzanne, I don’t have a card with a 10k limit. All good, Suzanne. No worries. Um, I think you commented above. I think that’s a uh, yeah, I think Stephen will go back and forth the Sashana going to start my channel this weekend. Awesome. Sashana, crush it. Happy for you. Yeah, join the breakout room, guys, as well. Uh again, we’re we’re commenting the uh in the chat to join the breakout room. So, go ahead and join. Tony, unfortunately, I can’t tonight. Was hoping to learn more about the third financing option on the call. Uh third financing option, we only do that if the first two don’t work. Um but yeah, there is a third financing option. Nico, what’s the best way to use the latest Cloud Fable 5? Exactly how we have been using it. The only thing is with CloudFable 5, it’s a bit slower. Um it’s it’s better. You can oneshot things, but it’s a bit slower and there’s slower feedback loops. So, you need to make sure that your first initial prompt is going to be uh better, right? Your first initial prompt needs to be really good. Um, but yeah, we are we are actively teaching people how to use that inside the program. Basically, the stuff that we’ve already made works even better with uh Cloud Fable 5. Of course, we’re we’re adjusting it a little bit, but it works even better with Cloud Fable 5. Sashana, I recently joined. All good, Sashana. No worries. And Jenkins, she said she came in late. Yeah. Uh Sashana, thanks. Awesome. Alfredo wife is asking how much longer the Zoom is going to be. Um I’m going to keep asking answering questions until I finish all of them. You can leave whenever you want though. We thank you for but really you should probably join the breakout room, right? So links in the chat for the breakout room. We thank you for you prefer Chad GP or clad. Claude, I prefer Claude for content creation. Uh Bruce, I would love to join the breakout room. Shane, life is we leaving for work right now? Half an hour. I need to watch and take a baby to bed. A bit of a problem tonight, but we’ll get a hold of Alfie for sure tomorrow meeting. Okay, all good. All good, Bruce. No worries. Appreciate it. Totally understand. Totally understand. Wim. Okay. Thanks. Awesome. Macy, Claude is a great tool. Yes, Claude. Claude is phenomenal. I will say that it does go back and forth, guys. Like sometimes chat GBT is a little better at certain things, then Claude is better, then the Chat GBT is a little better. That’s why we make them for for both of them. Um, right now, for instance, Chad GBT is much better at helping to make thumbnails. Okay, so Claude is better at almost all other parts of uh content creation. Chad GPT is a little bit better at making thumbnails, right? So this is something that we keep people updated on. We tell them which one’s the best and but that’s why we make it for both of them just in case cuz some people have their whole ecosystem on Claude. Some people have their whole ecosystem on Chad PC. It’s kind of like having stuff for PC and Mac, you know. Uh wait, I am another Julia, not the cranky one. All good, Julia. No worries. I’m the cranky Julia. Okay. Yeah. Okay. Uh let’s see. Angela, I’ve coached people in the other online programs and the ones who always do the best with it are the ones who are willing to be corrected and welcome the course correct. Yeah, of course. It’s like if you pay somebody a bunch of money, it’s like if I pay a business coach, I don’t want I don’t want them to just like listen to what I have to say. It’s like I paid them because I wasn’t good enough or I wanted to learn something faster and I want them to tell me what to do, right? So, we definitely do not accept people who have that attitude like Karen Karen type attitude about stuff. Like we’re we’re definitely not accepting people like that. You know, of course, we’re professional and we’re respectful with our clients, but um like if our clients are messing up, we’re going to tell them, right? Like, hey, like you’re you’re messing up on this. Like you’re not doing this correctly. Um, and so we’re gonna we’re going to tell them and if you have a problem with that, then probably join some other program, right? Um, Sasha, the niche validator is excellent. Appreciate that, Sasha. Good stuff. Robert Roberts, time to film. Good weekend, everybody. Awesome. Robert, good stuff. Let’s get to it. Uh, Bruce, thanks for everything, Shane. All you do. Uh, absolutely. You got it, Bruce. My pleasure. Uh, appreciate you, Dane. No worries. Uh, we are first world. Uh, cheers, Shane. Take care. Appreciate everything and keep up the cool stuff on YouTube. Great to have a podcast. Uh, while driving instead of music, not going to lie. Good stuff. Awesome. Yeah, glad you enjoyed it, Dane. Good stuff. Leman, these niche validators that were given out, are they for life? Yeah, I mean, they should be. Yeah, I mean, uh, they should they should work. I mean, you know, unless the company changes it, right? They they should work. Yeah. Uh, Chad, where where do I access the niche validity? Just scroll up, scroll down chat. It’s been posted many times. Um, and yeah, go ahead, guys, with the breakout room. I’m going to go ahead and post the the breakout room. If you guys are ready to join right now, just go ahead and join the breakout room. Um, let me see here. I tried both and one is better than the other in some respect. Um, yeah, agreed, Leman. Yeah, there I’m guessing you’re talking about Claude versus Chachi PT. Totally agree. Uh, in Jenkins, thanks for your time, Shane. I’ll probably join later this week. Um, awesome. And Jenkins, you got it. So, Shauna, I’m an educator. I started a kids channel, uh, but was only able to reach 500 subscribers. I will try something else. Yeah, kids channels can be good. It’s a little tricky when it comes to, uh, you have to be very, very careful about, uh, compliance with a kids channel. With that being said, kids, there’s a lot of kids channels that are making a lot of money, too. So, uh, it can be tricky. Even with the kids channel though, I actually recommend educational content. You’ll notice that the most popular channels in the world, even the kids channels are usually educational, right? Like Blippy, I know it kind of sound it kind of looks ridiculous, but you know, Blippie is teaching people about like firet trucks and rabbits and stuff like that. And then same thing with um you know, Coco Melon and all of them. So, you know, it is actually educational even though it’s kind of you know, it’s funny uh to us, but it but it is educational to kids. So, yeah. Um, so yeah, even with that, uh, you know, educational channels can be really good. But yeah, I mean, kids channels that that’s an option. Um, I typically do recommend that people, you know, it’s just easier to monetize if you just, uh, make content for people who who have money already. You know, kids, uh, obviously don’t have money. They have to like bug their parents to get them to buy the toys. Um, and that’s how that’s how those channels make money, basically. So, it’s but it’s a little bit more indirect, right? Emo, uh, thanks for everything, Shane. Really enjoying the recent focus on Claude and your free content. Love to hear it, Emo. Yeah, we’ll be we’ll be doing more of the Cloud stuff. Yeah, Claude is crushing it right now. Like, we’re we’re super impressed with it and is crushing it and uh yeah, we’ll be making more content on that. Sasha, using the niche validator, I love your channel by the way. Congrats on that. Oh, appreciate you, Sasha. Yep. Keep watching. Keep watching. We got more good stuff headed uh your way. Natalie, great Dane needs to eat. Thank you, Shane. Oh, boy. Great. That’s a lot of food. Okay. Uh, looking forward to the call. Have a good evening. Awesome. Natalie, yep. Looking forward to it as well. Tom, found the link. CHBT is hard at work. Awesome. Julia, can I have Okay, this is the nice Julia. Can I have the niche validator tomorrow? Uh, you just save the link, Julia. Yeah, just go ahead and save the link. You can copy and paste the link and save it. The niche validator link in Jenkins. Uh, lol. Next week, not this week. I need sleep. Uh, all good. All good. No worries. Yes, it was educational. I will say guys, if you’re if you have more questions before you want to get started, um, we will be dropping a link for you to actually schedule your call. So, you can actually schedule a call. We don’t have very many slots there. There’s a few there’s a few that we we we just opened up. Um, you can schedule your call there after we send out the email. U pretty pretty much all the slots are going to be booked out. Um, so you might want to get yours in right now if you have any questions, but I’d highly recommend just go into the breakout room. So, just go to the breakout room and uh you know, we we can answer some of your questions there, but only go if if you’re really like pretty ready to get started. Um, and uh you’re very interested in getting started, right? Of course, we’ll still answer your questions, but only go if you’re very interested in getting started. Um, Alexis and Aaron, can you please give me updates?

    Okay. Um Okay, cool. So, yeah, uh just keep going to the the breakout room, guys. Um we’ll we’ll drop that link. Um Leman, um do we need to set up a brand new YouTube channel before we venture using your program or we revamp an old channel? I have one about 10 years old. Yeah, it doesn’t matter. Really doesn’t matter. Either one works. Either one works. Um, I think it for certain um types of niches, one of them might have a slight advantage, but it really doesn’t matter if you do things the correct way, which is what we teach you guys how to do. Okay.

    Hey, In Jenkins, you can book your call here. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Awesome. Okay.

    and learned something new tonight. Julia, uh, learned something new tonight. Thank you for being here, Sharon. You got it. Okay, we had a lot of Julia’s tonight. Most of them were very nice, but then there was one that was quite cranky. She was saying that my my mask slipped like, “Oh, it’s like, you know me from like two seconds of interacting with me on Zoom, like a little little couch psychologist.” People like that are so funny. Demetrios Shane actually here in Greece. 4:28 a.m. And I’m still here, man. You are awesome, Demetrius. Thank you so much for staying up. Um, I do want you to, you know, get a good night’s sleep. I actually wear the Whoop uh cuz I track my sleep. This this thing right here. Uh, it it is pretty good for tracking sleep. Sleep is important. So, I don’t want you to have terrible uh sleep, Demetrios. So, you don’t have to stay, but um I’m just, you know, going to answer every question and uh uh go ahead and keep doing that. Jamila, thank you for the niche validator. Schedule a call. Awesome. Good stuff. Awesome. All right, so I think I answered all of the questions. Um, so Shauna, hoping to leave my 9 to5. Yep. YouTube is one of the ultimate um side hustles that you can start because it truly is a side hustle. Most of the businesses that people talk about are not side hustles. They’re really full-time businesses. Uh they take like 40 hours a week. YouTube is something that you can truly do on the side. Like that’s exactly what I did when I started. I was working as a full-time pharmacist. I did not have time to do a bunch of different stuff, but I started a YouTube channel and I did have time to do that part-time on the side, right? So, YouTube truly is a side hustle that you can do on the side, right? And it is it is pretty amazing uh in that respect. So, uh yeah, guys, um I’m going to go ahead and say uh hold on. Oh, shoot. Oh, I was sending that to I think I accidentally sent that to Julia. My bad. Okay, I was sending stuff to Julia by accident. I I don’t know why that was, but anyways guys, I sent to everyone here. Um, if you’re ready to join the CG program, you get a chance to be in the war room with me. Click the link below to get into the breakout room. See you there. Okay, this is the one time chance to do a war room session with me, guys. Uh, these are again getting to ask me questions really close like that. Like very usually people pay like big companies pay a lot of money for that. We’re doing it just because of we’re doing this breakout session for the first time. We don’t really know what we’re doing with this breakout session. This is the first time we’re doing it. So we are um thank you for your patience on that. Um but we just had to do it because this was scheduled but we had almost no calls uh no people available to take the calls. So um you know obviously uh we we do these we we answer your questions. We give a lot of value but we do want to actually book some calls uh to see if people are a good fit to join our program or not. Uh but in this case we just did not have any slots open for calls. So we we just we had to do this by necessity. Um, but with that being said, um, WE, thank you for the free link, Shane. I’ll do my best with the free stuff for now since I’m unemployed, but appreciate all the information. Yeah, we all good, man. Uh, you can get started with just with the free information alone, and then once you make a little bit of money, um, join the program and we’ll we’ll help you make even more money. Yeah. Uh, totally fine. You know, you can keep attending these lives, keep keep asking me questions and stuff and more than happy to help you. And like I said, we give 99% of uh of the value we give is totally for free. um you know like uh on on the YouTube channel we give away for 99% of people. They’ll they’ll never buy from us, but that’s totally fine. Uh this is for the 1% that actually do want a handholding experience, one-on-one experience, uh or they just want us to do the work for them, right? Uh Angela, do most YouTubers in this space earn mo most of the income on the channel itself or the offline businesses it generates? Well, um, YouTubers who know what they’re doing always earn more money from the off like the offline stuff, right? So, I if you’re doing entertainment content, you’re kind of reliant on AdSense and then, you know, maybe like sponsorships and affiliate, you’re pretty reliant on that unless you launch some super mass market, you know, feastables type thing with Mr. Beast. And most of his businesses that he launched have not, you know, have have kind of failed a little bit. Not to not throw any shade at Mr. Beast. I love I love Mr. Beast. I think he’s great. I also think he is incredibly skilled at YouTube, like 100 out of 100 skilled, right? I don’t want you to have to be 100 out of 100 skilled to have success on YouTube. Uh, you know, and that’s why I recommend that that people do educational content because it’s just way easier to get views. It’s way easier to solve people’s problems and give them value uh with educational content. It’s way easier to make money. So for uh people who know what they’re doing, they make way more from other methods of monetization outside of AdSense. For entertainment channels or people who don’t know what they’re doing, they have to rely on AdSense. But the way I see AdSense is that is YouTube paying me to do what I would already be doing anyways, which is making content, right? Usually you have to with other platforms like Facebook ads for instance, you have to pay them for people to see your content to that’s what Facebook ads is, right? uh with YouTube you get paid for them for your to market your products and services right with other platforms you have to pay to market your products and services with YouTube you get paid right so that’s the way I see it um and uh yeah so it’s it’s a great question but yeah that’s that’s the way I see it um am I going to have the chance to book a CG call ever again uh chances are yes Demetrios but um like these bonuses you may not get the exact ones again uh thank you Shane good work awesome you got it AJ my pleasure Like some of these bonuses, for instance, like we’re we’re working on a software product. It should we’re actually going to get the beta version done this Monday. And some of these bonuses we’re probably going to stop giving away just because the software product like it’s that’s going to be integrated into the software product, right? So, uh this could be the the last chance you have to get these bonuses for free before you actually have to pay for a software product or pay to to get in the program uh to get it. So, I can’t promise that they’re going to be available forever. Um, okay. AJ, thank you Shane. Good work. You got it. AJ, my pleasure. Alani, what are the chances uh for Africans? Yeah, like I said, this is designed for first world countries. It does work with uh first world um non-English-speaking countries. Um and of course, I think it’s still valuable for even non-irst world countries, but um that is not what it’s designed to work with. We are we are targeting people who already have money. And so we are targeting uh you know obviously if you target the United States for instance like essentially everybody in the United States is rich by other countries standards you know what I mean so um it might you know also everything in the United States costs a lot of money but they’re making a lot of money and it costs a lot of money if that makes sense. So this is designed to target people who actually have money right like that’s your target demographic. Um with that being said of course it it could work in other countries but it’s just not designed for that. Uh, it’s designed to work with people who have disposable income. Angela, so a YouTube channel can be a modern-day super soupedup business. Uh, card. One way to look at it. I like that. That That’s good, Angela. I might have to take that. I love it. Yeah, that’s uh that is a really good way to look at it. Yeah, your YouTube channel is is the is the modern day version of a business card. Yeah, because what’s the first thing like if someone’s considered doing business with you, what’s the first thing they’re going to do? They’re going to Google your name. What’s going to show up at the top? your YouTube channel. Is your YouTube channel uh or is is a YouTube channel at all going to show up at the top? Right? If a YouTube channel does show up at the top, is the content going to be actually valuable to them? Right? You want to ask yourself these questions. And um you know, my YouTube channel, like when people meet me, often times like they feel like they know me already. And it’s a little weird for me cuz you know, I’ve never met them, right? But they’ll feel like they know me when they meet me because they’ve watched so much of my content already. So, you know, it’s just such a powerful um thing for networking and obviously like making money directly but also indirectly. It’s incredibly powerful. It’s it is kind of like a business card. Yeah. Okay. I’m wondering about that too, Angela. Oh, Angela. So, yeah. Yeah, that’s that’s super smart. Yeah. Oh, by the way, guys, join the breakout room. Yeah. Uh link link down there. Join the breakout room. Um no, I don’t I don’t need to. I mean, if if I end it, does the breakout room end? No. No. No. It doesn’t. Are you sure? Yes. 100% sure? Yes. 100 100 100%. Okay. All right. Boom. I kind of want to join the breakout room. I think I might join the breakout room here in a minute, guys. I I I want to see it because this is new for me, too. This is the first time we’ve ever done this. So,

    yeah. Uh, thank you for the information so that I’m getting started. Being retired, I don’t have a lot of dollars at this time to purchase this program. All good, Julia. No worries. Uh, and Jenkins, thank you so much. I’ll do that. Awesome. Angela, I’m going uh I’m open to licensing that business card idea for your Let’s Talk. You’re funny. You’re funny. I love it. Okay, guys. Uh, I am going Oh, shoot. Okay, I accidentally clicked on it. That’s That was That was kind of weird, but um yeah, I’m going to go ahead and uh end in end the call here, guys. But again, here is Yeah. Yeah. So, I’m going to invite everybody to the breakout room. This is where I’m going to go. I’m going to go to the breakout room. So, this is the this is the link. Um Yeah. Of course, if you want to buy, right? Yeah. Yeah. If you if you want to actually buy the program, I’m I’m going to go to the breakout room myself. I can answer any questions that you uh have there. Um again, only if you want to buy the program tonight, right? Only if you want to buy it tonight. If of course, if you have questions, that’s totally fine. we’ll we’ll answer those questions, but we have enough people that want to join the program. Uh we don’t really need to do that much convincing to be honest with you. So, uh only join the breakout room if you want to buy tonight. With that being said, I’m going to jump over there. Uh this is the link. I just posted it in the chat and uh I’m going to go ahead and go over there right now. With that being said, great talking to you guys. Uh have a good one. I hope you guys enjoyed the uh the training tonight and uh I’ll see you guys next time. Have a good one. Thanks, Bobby. Appreciate it. Thanks, Charles. Awesome. Cheers. Uh, by the way, we have funding options over in the breakout room, right? You can get started for as as little as like a like a thousand dollars over in the breakout room. So, and it’s a 0% APR. We take the risk on our side. So, yeah, it’s like it’s kind of a no-brainer. So, yeah, we’re gonna I’m gonna go over there myself. See you guys. Have a good one. Cheers. Take care.

  • 06/11/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Savvy Tax Planning – How Tax Planning Changes Through Four Stages of Retirement

    Good afternoon everybody. Thanks so much for joining us today. Uh we’re going to be uh presenting our webinar on tax planning uh changes through the four stages of retirement. My name is Christian Chaplua. Uh I’m a financial consultant here at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. So we work with members throughout the United States. Uh I work primarily with folks on the west coast uh but other parts of the country as well as well. So, uh, welcome for from wherever you’re joining us, uh, today. Uh, a little bit about myself, uh, before we get into our agenda and, uh, some some other topics. Uh, I’ve been in the industry on the financial planning, uh, personal finance side for 15 years. Uh so we really look forward to these webinars to help you with your financial planning and uh have a you’ll have a chance to ask questions uh set up a meeting with me if you like and um just want to give you the chance to to work on your financial plan uh make it the best uh best plan possible and benefit from all the ideas, strategies, technologies that we have available to you and u that includes tax planning and uh through the different stages of retirement. So again, thank you for joining us today. Uh before we get through the material, uh quick housekeeping item. Uh you know, just in in terms of uh the presentation to kind of protect content and privacy, just kindly ask that you do not record, reproduce, distribute any part of this presentation. So that includes video, audio, screen capture, any kind of AI based tools. Um again uh really appreciate your understanding on that front. We have a couple webinars coming up. Usually we uh have these once a week unless uh I’m on vacation or away for travel. So uh the next one is estate planning. That’s going to be six steps to legacy planning for the generations. Uh so very important part of financial planning. uh just to think about the estate coordination, all the different documents to put your estate in good order, uh think through some tax implications. Um so if you’re interested uh decide to get that done this year, please do join us uh next week uh at 2 p.m. Pacific. Then we’re also going to have um Medicare presentation coming up on the 25th. Uh so just thinking about health care costs in retirement uh Medicare plus long-term care how it all works. So if you’re approaching uh Medicare age, please do join us. Uh lots of great information. In addition to our webinars, we’ve got our uh invest podcast which has various episodes on lots of kind of uh financial planning topics. We’ve also got our website, our blog, tools, templates, articles, uh lots of great information to help you with your financial planning journey. And then um wanted to mention also how we can help you. So if you’re t tuning in uh thinking about financial planning, thinking about investments, uh asset allocation, um taxes, um you know, these are all the ways that we work with clients. So uh number one uh we offer a complimentary financial planning service uh so uh that includes you know organizing your income, expenses, savings, insurance, taxes into a financial plan so you understand your cash flows over the coming years and decades. Um so that is available to everybody uh no charge so tremendous value. Uh if you’re interested in advanced planning, so that includes Roth conversions, tax planning, uh cash management strategies, things like that, then um that is available to clients. So um it’s very easy to become a client. We we uh obviously love working with people and try to encourage that as much as possible. And with that comes advanced planning uh no charge uh as a client. Uh estate planning also available to clients. We have a digital estate planning service. I’ll show you a slide in a little while. um great idea to take advantage of that. Uh tremendous savings versus attorneys. Um for 90% of people it works great. Doesn’t take um you know it takes a few hours if you’re very diligent or you could spread it out over time. But estate planning um and that goes in line with our webinar uh next week. So if you’re interested in that, please do give me a call, let me know. I’ll launch a poll a little later on. You’ll have a chance to set up a meeting with me. Um so investment management is another topic that includes asset allocation um investment strategies various uh types of products uh portfolios uh all available to you. We have active, we have passive portfolios, um we have no fee options, uh we have feebased options. I am a fiduciary. Uh so we just want to help you with your plan, get to your goals and execute in the best way possible. Uh so hopefully you take me up on the invitation to uh set up a meeting. And with that, wanted to uh uh get started on our topic for today. So quick brain teaser in terms of taxes. Uh, Bill is retired, has taxable income of 58,000. Uh, is in the 22% tax bracket. He’s got some IRA income, 45,000. He’s got social security income, 37,500. Decides to go for a concert. Great idea. Um, looking at an extra $1,000 for a road trip. But the question here in terms of our brain teaser is how much will he owe in taxes on that extra $1,000? So you can see the tax brackets on the kind of right hand side. Um you know going from 10% to 37%. Um you know the um whole ideas here is that you know taxes are tricky. Uh so you want to kind of just be aware of all the different brackets all the different kind of uh uh risks or or chances that you’re going to jump to a different bracket. And that’s exactly what’s going to to happen with our friend here. um you know, he’s paying 22 cents on the dollar in federal income taxes for um you know, his tax liability. So, you know, the simple math is that on $1,000, he should owe $220. But um actually, he’s going to owe $47 on that uh concert road trip. So, um that’s going to be a 40% tax rate, which is kind of a a surprise. Uh we’ll show you how we get to that calculation. But um it’s just a little kind of uh you know insight into um you know watching your tax brackets uh understanding tax code so that you don’t get surprised with things like this.

    When it comes to taxes uh you keep in mind that today’s presentation is about kind of uh investment management, retirement planning, financial planning. um you’re um you know whether you do your taxes on your own uh you’ve got a CPA, rolled agent, anything like that. Um you always want to kind of consult professionals, people who are licensed uh to get the the right answer about your taxes. We are not a tax service. Uh but we know a lot about taxes and how it impacts your overall financial plan and that’s kind of the the focus of today’s discussion. But just want to mention, seek professional tax guidance when you need it, when things are tricky, um when new things happen and uh usually it’s money well spent. Uh I know that many of us, many of you are are doing your taxes on your own and that’s okay. Uh that’s terrific. Um if you’re confident about that. Um but you know, again, today’s discussion is is just about general financial planning. Um so we’re going to talk about traditional IAS, which are tax deferred vehicles. tax deferred retirement accounts, you know, Roth IAS. Uh we’re going to be talking about uh uh tax-free retirement accounts and and some ideas there. Um and then there’s state taxes that you want to be aware of. So, uh again, um you know, seek out professional uh tax advice uh when appropriate, but uh today will put you in a good place in terms of being aware of all the issues.

    There’s kind of two phases of retirement that you want to be aware of for taxes. And one is the uh accumulation phase. So that’s when we’re all working, saving for retirement, hopefully um getting u you know vested and contributing to our 401k accounts, our IRA, individual retirement accounts or uh 403bs or whatever we have access to. Um when we head into retirement, we’re going to be entering the distribution phase. And so that’s our spending phase. And you know depending on sources of income we’re going to be drawing down on our retirement accounts at different rates uh sequence of returns uh that gets around or kind of speaks to rates of return inside of the the retirement account. Um and so things are going to change as all those different variables change and our nest egg and and uh you know the again the distribution phase of uh retirement just a distinct phase of um of the overall financial plan. And then as you get into that you want to just consider the changes in terms of tax code. So that’s going to include child tax credits which are kind of going no longer possibly going to be available to you. uh you know, interest deductions. Uh if you’ve reduced your your mortgage or paid off your your mortgage, um that’s a great problem to have. Obviously, um less debt and less financial obligations, but it’s going to impact your your uh your tax returns given the um interest deduction that’s no longer available. um you know tax-free employer paid medical insurance um you know might no longer be available as a deduction and uh contributions uh to your 401k no longer a deduction either. So that’s the difference kind of uh as a quick summary you know in the in the accumulation versus the distribution phase uh you know throughout uh our financial plans and just want to keep in mind all of these different um changes and and deduction opportunities and contribution opportunities uh as we go through one phase into the another into the other. Then of course, you know, social security, required minimum distributions, Medicare, long-term care. These are all things that we’re going to be facing uh in uh in retirement u you know, as we age and get uh into our 60s and 70s. So the whole idea for today is uh just you know paying less tax hopefully. Um it is a bit confusing. Uh we saw a little example there at the beginning and um we want to make sure that you’re aware of some of these uh kind of um ideas and and penalties um going forward. Your tax exposure will change over time changes for all of us. So again, you want a strategy and you want to be aware of the the major issues. Here are the four stages of retirement. So we’ve got pre-retirement which is 50 to 60. That’s when people are starting to feel like retirement is on the horizon. Uh because it’s getting closer. Uh early retirements age 60 to 70. So that’s when the bulk of folks are are entering their retirement years. Might be voluntary, might be nonvoluntary. Um and then we get to middle and late stage retirement. So that’s 70 to 80. Um that’s kind of the early years of retirement. We’ve got, you know, more energy, our health is better, more activity. We tend to spend more on travel, things like that. then late retirement. We’re planning we’re planning for those um you know later years and uh everything that we need there in terms of uh increased you know health care budget or long-term care or support around the house and really depends on you know um how well we’re feeling our longevity prospects and you know whether or not we head into our uh 80s 90s you know 100 years uh with improvements in medical services and technology um you know living to 90 is not a big deal anymore. or living to 100 um you know very possible especially uh in the future and we’re all going to be hopefully uh impacted by some of those advancements. So that’s why you want to get your financial plan in order. Um and it sounds simple but uh you know it it takes diligent work to um to kind of work save plan for retirement and it takes years and decades.

    You want to be aware in your financial plan of these factors. So inflation, longevity expenses, healthcare taxes, they’re going to impact your financial plan a great deal. Um healthcare taxes, uh certainly how long you live, longevity, um your budget, your assets available, inflation rates will certainly change the scenario, um as the cost of living goes up and depending on your different uh you know what your balance sheet looks like in your net worth. So when you think about again retirement taxes uh you know quick suggestion here key point number one you know start with the end in mind. So know what your after tax retirement savings picture looks like before retirement. Um especially you know this is so important when we think about our 401ks and our IAS because you know if you’re married filing jointly uh you know half a million dollar portfolio is actually worth you know quite a bit less. You know 22 24% tax rate you’re looking at somewhere around you know 380 $390,000. So that $500,000 is not actually kind of in your pocket. it’s your um you know after tax cost um after tax take-home amount that you should be focused on and that’s going to be impacted by your tax rate. Um and then also you want to keep in mind those RMDs require minimum distributions uh age 73 and 75. Um that’s when you’re going to be withdrawing automatically at those ages um because you got a tax break going in. So um there is a required distribution or withdrawal that’s um that’s mandatory u at age at those ages um and that uh is going to offset some of the the benefits that you had kind of saving for retirement.

    Here’s a quick snapshot of a um you know after tax account uh and um you know one with a 12% tax rate and one with a 33% tax rate. So, um you could see that, you know, taxes um make a big difference in terms of, you know, your again your um your take-home pay, your your after tax returns. Uh so the $500,000 account, you know, with zero tax and taxfree account is going to be the, you know, the uh the highest dollar value, especially over the long term, 10, 15, 20 years. at a 33% tax rate, um you’re going to have the lowest kind of dollar value in this scenario, uh accounting for, you know, rates of return. And and that’s why financial planning is so so important because your tax rate, you know, your um rates of return over time, your sequence of returns, uh all these things are going to impact what your take-home is. Um and then your quality of um you know retirement uh in terms of reaching your goals and um having enough for living expenses and everything else. Then there’s social security um Medicare healthcare cost costs which are going to be different for all of us. Um but it’s again part of the overall financial plan and it’s kind of in the tax domain so to speak because um you know you are taxed on social security depending on uh how much you make and how much total income you have. Um it will supplement your other source of income um and then Medicare will be deducted from there uh plus any co-pays everything else. So you know all these things are part of the the overall uh financial plan and and uh and tax management. Here we have key idea number two. So social security Medicare um they have their own kind of tax watch outs as well. Let’s talk about social security really quickly. So this gets back to the example that we have at the beginning. So, uh, before, uh, you know, the concert bill had, um, you know, $45,000 in income, um, social security coming in again, his social, uh, AGI was $74,788. Uh, but when he decided to take out that extra,000 uh, for the concert, um, he actually, uh, increased his income to 46,000. And in this case, his AGI climbed to $76,638,

    which increased his overall taxable income. And so, this is kind of the um you know, the the idea of the brain teaser in that, you know, his income tax uh went up um by about $400 from $7,600 to uh you know, $8,000. Uh and and that was because of that IRA distribution. and he was just kind of uh right around the edge there in terms of tax brackets where he was exposed to more uh taxable income because of that $1,000 that he took out of his IRA. And this can happen to any of us. It’s really tough to kind of watch every dollar and all the brackets throughout the year because we’re living our life and trying to um you know get to our goals, take care of our family and ourselves. Um so you know very easy um to have this happen to any of us. You know again this increase in AGI um in from one scenario to another uh resulted in taxable income going up um you know from scenario one to 70 scenario two. Um so again his income tax increased by $400 and uh for every additional dollar of income Bill received an additional $185 was added to his AGI um and his taxable income. And then again, the net increase was $47. Uh that’s an effective marginal tax rate of 40.7% versus the stated marginal tax rate of 22%. You know, based on that, uh $1,000 increase uh with IRA income. And again, um you know, just something to watch out for and um you know, just be aware of that you can slide into another tax bracket all of a sudden. um you know it’s very simple when we think about social security and Medicare taxes

    when we think about retirement uh of course we have options we have choices so you know some of us are retiring completely uh some of us are um semi-retired or um or creating kind of opportunities for um volunteer work passion projects X all of the above. Um so you know every one of us is going to have a different retirement plan. Uh personal finance like I always like to say it’s very very much uh you know a personal uh project. It’s more personal than it is financial. Um so as we have these different approaches to retirement. um it’s going to impact our financial plan uh differently and um you know kind of where we spend our time and and uh the financial resources that we need to uh to get to our goals,

    you know, working in social security. Um let’s talk about social security for for a few moments here. So remember that social security is um you know, it’s a great u retirement benefit if you paid into the system. um then you’re going to be you know receiving a a check from the Social Security Administration and um it’s based on the highest 35 years of earnings and those earnings uh can start at age 62 and increase uh to uh the longer you wait the the larger the check. So um typically people are waiting until full retirement age which is going to be uh around age 66 age 67 for most of us. If you keep working um even past full retirement age, remember that your earnings can increase um your your social security benefits and the reason is because uh again they use the highest 35 years of earnings to calculate your benefits. So, if you are working in uh retirement, you and you maybe started your social security uh benefits, um you could still get a higher check in the future because um you might be replacing some low income years or some zero income years and uh and getting a bigger check based on that averaging process.

    Remember

    that if you take social security early um your benefits could be reduced. So that’s why typically most people are waiting until age 66 or 67 their full retirement age to start benefits. These are kind of some of the you know taxes or fees that go into your overall financial plan. When you think about, okay, where I’m going to be drawing income from potentially, um, if you decide to take social security early and you continue to work, there’s going to be what’s called a earnings test applied, which, um, we could think of as an additional tax. The way it works is that a dollar of benefits will be withheld for every $2 earned over $24,480 um, in 2026. So it’s very easy to kind of uh reach that threshold depending on where you live in the country, depending on your financial resources and then it kind of you know takes away the incentive to apply for social security because then a big part of your social security check is going to um you know is being applied to the earnings test and you reduce your overall benefits. Um remember that when you reach full retirement age the earnings test goes away. So, if you’re working and you’re um at full retirement uh age, then uh there’s no haircut, no um nothing held back uh on your social security check. But again, if you are working prior to full retirement age and if you’ve filed for social security, the earnings test will be applied. So, you can think of this as a kind of hidden tax because um your overall take-home pay is going to be reduced based on um you know, this special situation. So keep that in mind for any of those uh folks considering taking social security early. Uh but if you’re not working then uh the earnings test is not applied. You will receive a little bit less than your full pension. Uh if you decide to um file for social security benefits prior to full retirement age. Uh but if you’re not working then um uh the earnings test will not be applied and that can be okay. you know, some of us um you know, it’s part of um you know, we have very good reasons why we might be applying for a social security uh early. Um if you have any questions or would like to talk about that, then give me a call. Um you know, most of the clients that I speak with, they do not take it early. Um but there are some special situations and that might be related to health or longevity expectations or, you know, a spouse’s salary. Uh so if you want to take talk that through uh happy to do that with you. um you know we do it often and you know again talk about what what is the optimal age uh to file for social security whether it’s before or full retirement age or wait till age 70 increase your um your benefits by 8% per year um you know all all of those scenarios

    then also keep in mind um when you’re thinking about social security um you might be paying tax on social security earnings um you know even in when you’re in retirement kind of depends on what tax bracket market you’re in. Um, and so you want to just remember that social security will be exposed to tax potentially. Um, you know, for instance, while you’re working, you’re subject to, you know, 7.65% social security Medicare taxes in addition to, you know, your income tax. And, uh, you know, this uh, self-employed folks, they pay twice that amount. They pay 15.3% that to cover that employer contribution. Um so you know whether you’re uh you’re still paying into the you know social security system or you know afterwards when you go on um when you start to take benefits you just want to be aware of you know the added taxes uh that you’re exposed to and uh in the different tax brackets depending on your income.

    Medicare is another topic. Uh so you want to watch out for the Irma cliff. Um, best way to look at that is, um, you know, an example, George and Martha. So, Irma stands for income related monthly adjustment amount. Uh, it’s basically a tiered search charge that’s tacked on to people’s Medicare parts B and D. Um, it only happens if you have income over $109,000. Then you start to get into the, um, you know, income tiers. Uh, that $109,000 is for single filers. for married couples, uh, joint filers, it’s 218,000. And you can, uh, the chart on the next slide, you’re going to be able to see the, uh, the matrix. Uh, but basically, you pay more for Medicare, healthcare, uh, depending on how much you earn. So, here we’ve got George and Martha, high earners, married couple. They have Medicare Part B and D. Um, in their case, you know, this couple’s on track to uh make $342,000 in modified adjusted gross income um in 2024. Uh keep in mind there is a 2-year look back for Medicare. Um so, you know, looking back, Medicare is going to decide how much you’re going to be spending uh on on Medicare depend depending on your income two years ago for Georgia Martha. So, that’s 2024. um if they decide to for instance sell some stock they got a $1,000 gain um you know they’ll you know be exposed to tax and just you know an idea around uh you know what tax rate are they really exposed to so again this is about kind of being more savvy about the tax planning understanding the Irma bracket so you can see from the you know the chart here they’re high income earners so their Medicare uh part B and part D premiums are going to increase uh that extra $1,000 um unfortunately pushed their AGI into the next premium tier that you know starts with 342,000. So again, they were on the edge. Uh maybe didn’t realize that uh that withdrawal was going to kind of push them into the next bracket. So instead of owing $45 for Medicare Part B, George and Martha are going to uh owe about, you know, $527 per month together. That’s an extra $121 per month. um you know, times 2, that’s going to be um you know, $243 in terms of uh total monthly premium. Uh so, you know, they started out at 202 uh $22 each and now they’re um they’re looking at $527 a month. Um and so that’s going to, you know, increase the amount that they need to pay for uh for healthcare. And then part uh part D is also going to go is also going to increase. It’s going to be impacted. They’re going to pay another $22.90 per month for the drug plans. Um and that’s an extra $549 for the couple over the course of a year. Uh so when you add up all this together, you know, um George and Martha will owe an additional $14460 uh cents a month, more than $3,470 of combined additional charges for the year. Uh so yeah, you know, that certainly adds to the um the tax hit or the tax bracket when we think of that. uh you know all kind of triggered by that capital gains um uh transaction. So they sold the stock at $1,000 gain. Um you know they thought they were getting an 8 point 18.8% rate but uh it did the stock sale did trigger the uh Irma income tier and so their total Irma charges now 300 3,470. Um so that’s you know quite a big jump. That’s a 365% real tax rate. uh you know based on that decision and because they’re so close to the edge. So again something to watch out for uh remember kind of the the key takes takeaways. So two-year look back um you know remember where you are in terms of brackets um as it impacts impacts your uh your tax bracket and also your Irma brackets because uh it can impact you and uh something to be aware of. Another thing that you want to be aware of is uh enrollment kind of gaps and penalties for late enrollment. So here we have an example Jim and an uh both 68. Uh Jim is retired at 65 and Anne uh retires one year later at 66. They get coverage through Ann’s employer who offers retirey healthcare insurance. Um they have a question when should they enroll in Medicare Part B. Um so you know for them they want to enroll on time. Make sure that um you know they there are no uh gaps in coverage. Um that’s kind of a worst case scenario. Um you know when there’s a gap in coverage when they’ve uh enrolled in late uh into the system late then there’s going to be penalties as well. Um so in terms of uh you know the two of them they want to enroll in part B as soon as they retire. uh they want to get that Medicare coverage instantly uh to make sure that they’re, you know, they’re enrolled, they’re qualified, and that they’re getting coverage um and there’s no gaps. Uh so again, you know, want to make sure that um you know, you’re avoiding kind of worst case scenario. in their case, you know, they’re looking at lifetime, you know, $10,000 mistake because they decided to um to enroll late um because the the search charges and penalties can add up and uh you know, for them it actually, you know, turns on into like a a $500 um you know, mistake for the couple. Uh so you know it’s not catastrophic but again a uh you want to enroll in your part B part D on time. Make sure your coverage uh avoid those increased taxes penalties that can lead to higher costs in in in your retirement years.

    So we’ve covered social security, covered Medicare, you know, talked about the different tax brackets. And so once you get the idea of how this all works, then you can be kind of more aware and uh uh just more active and um and uh thoughtful about u you know planning for you know where your income is coming from and your expenses and and mitigating those penalties and increase taxes. Our key point number three here uh just uh the idea of planning um how to use your taxable tax deferred and taxfree assets. Uh so we get this question a lot. Uh the question is you know what is my withdrawal strategy from my different types of accounts and um you know generally kind of rule of thumb uh the whole idea is to spend your taxable accounts first, your tax deferred accounts second and your taxfree accounts third. Um, so sometimes there’s an opportunity for um asset uh location and optimizing uh where you keep your assets and that’s going to depend on um you know tax rates for different types of accounts. And so um again it’s not always easy or possible to to move things around. Um but you know you want to kind of be aware of all the different factors that are going to impact your tax rate you know in a different type of account. Uh so here we have an example. Sam and Mary uh each have an IRA of $450,000, a Roth IRA of60,000, uh some joint bank accounts. Um so Sam and Mary, they want to spend $8,500 u per month in retirement. And the question that they have, and we get this question a lot, um you know, when do they uh when should they uh spend their tax bill versus tax deferred versus tax exempt money and in what order? Um there’s a lot of research on these ideas. Um so you know the PhDs of the world um that are thinking about you know Roth conversion strategies thinking about social security benefits and RMDs and tax efficient withdrawals sequence of returns um you know over time there’s just you know more and more literature that kind of talks about this but I could save you um you know the need to read all of those publications um unless you’re super interested um or you need some sleeping material um but basically the the whole idea idea again uh is to spend the taxable money first. Um you know think about uh tax deferred accounts and uh and tax exempt money uh in that order. Um but another strategy is for you to think about Roth conversions um in some low tax years. So the lower that your um your tax um your your tax rate is the the bigger the opportunity for a Roth conversion. Um, a Roth conversion is basically, you know, turning a IRA, traditional IRA into a Roth IRA. And so, um, that’s when you kind of, you know, you pay tax now, uh, versus paying tax later, hopefully at a lower rate and having more money in your pocket. It’s as simple as that. And so, when you’re thinking about the sequence of returns, um, and sequence of uh, spending, uh, then you want to think about your Roth conversions in terms of the the overall sequence. Also uh so again um you know a Roth conversion is an idea uh to to include in terms of the overall strategy of u you know asset location and and uh income withdrawals. Um so think about a Roth IRA. Uh for example, you know Jill in our in our example is going to um you know convert $100,000 from her IRA to her Roth IRA. Um, when she does that, she’ll have a $100,000 added to her income and that in conversion will be taxed at Jill’s rate. So, naturally, the lower her income tax rate, the better it is for Jill. Um, you know, she should be looking for opportunities to convert at lower tax rates or, you know, convert enough so that she’s not jumping tax brackets. Uh, so couple names for this strategy, you know, filling up the bracket, filling up the bucket strategy. Uh, most people, they’re trying to stay in the 12 22 24% tax bracket. uh not jumping into the 30% tax bracket unless they want to really accelerate their um you know their conversions for you know sometimes is a good reason but again um when we do financial plans uh we are um we’re thinking about Roth conversions almost half the time um so it’s a very popular topic and uh again we can help you with this uh so that you understand you know what’s the impact of uh making a conversion over time maybe doing it over 3 years or 5 years, you know, should you do a fixed amount? Should you do a um you know, think about filling up your bracket and all the different factors that lead into um you know, just a good business case for this Roth conversion. So, I can help you with that. We’ve got great software and planning tools to help you with this Roth conversion strategy. So, when I launch the poll a little bit later on, please do uh sign up for a meeting so we can help you with this Roth uh conversion analysis um or just talk it through so that you you know more about it. So again you know the Roth conversion strategy um you know it’s part of the uh you know asset location u discussion is part of that u you know distribution strategy um and then again like I said you know people are looking looking for um opportunities where there’s u you know lower lower um income coming in lower tax bracket exposure so that you can possibly do a Roth conversion so that might like, you know, lower sales for business owners, uh people who are taking time off work, uh early retirement prior to receiving income from um you know, a pension or from social security, uh gap years, taking time off, all the above are opportunities for Roth conversions. Um so again, you just want to plan that accordingly.

    So again, when you think about Roth conversions ideas, the whole the whole concept, all the uh examples that I’ve been going through, it’s about, you know, making sure that you’re aware of the the variables that are going to impact your income tax return that are going to impact your uh various retirement accounts and kind of optimizing that so that you’re not paying uh too much in tax, not jumping to the next tax bracket uh whether that’s Irma Whether that’s social security taxes, um whether that’s um you know, just tax brackets in general, all of the above.

    When you’re thinking about selling, you know, appreciated stock, maybe you’ve worked for a company for a long time and you’ve got a big gain there. You want to uh again manage those tax brackets. Um when you’re thinking about distributions from your retirement accounts, um you want to think about tax brackets. Um, and this is just an ongoing thing that we need to do throughout retirement. Um, be uh tax aware and be smart about, you know, um, how much we’re withdrawing. You know, worst case with scenario, we’re withdrawing too much upfront, maybe spending too much. Um, and we generally want the, you know, those, um, those retirement accounts to to be able to acrue and and give us benefits. So over you know 10 20 30 years uh depending on financial plan and uh you know our family situation and so you know optimizing those accounts is very important. HSA accounts we’ll talk about this real quick. So if you have access to that um you know generally a good idea um you know you have an option sometimes to invest those funds. It really depends on you know whether you’re going to be using those um uh those account balances sooner rather than later. people who are going to be thinking about using those HSA balances uh which never expire. If they’re using them later, then they can invest those funds uh if they have a long kind of horizon. If they plan to use those funds um shorter term, maybe this year or next year, generally they’re in a more fixed account strategy so that they’re really not exposed to the ups and downs of the market. But um you have an opportunity to benefit from an HSA account. You know, do uh contribute to that. uh do get you know funds from your employer if you have a chance. It’s a great strategy uh if you have access to it. Um and then there’s some you know uh qualified business income deductions um that’s available to um some folks. Um won’t really talk about that but just you know couple other pre-retirement strategies. Charitable giving is another topic that uh you know people bring up and we often discuss with clients. So, um, you know, you just want, if you’re charitably minded, you want to be kind of mindful of, you know, the different ways to give. And, um, you know, here we have an example, Albert and Shirley. So, they’re in 24% tax bracket. They give $5,000 to charity. Uh, they’ve got an itemized deduction. Um, so versus the standard deduction. Um and then you know they want to think about how much they’re um they’re donating and what’s the best way to kind of optimize this whole strategy. Um there’s this thing called a qualified charitable distribution which is giving uh after you’re 70 and a half. So in retirement years and um this is a great tax uh strategy take advantage of. Uh so you know you can give up to $111,000 from your IRA per person in 2026. um you know if that money goes directly to a charity um and it will count as an RMD but it’s not reported as income so there’s no deduction on on the income tax um so you know these QCDs qualified charitable distributions um again you can kind of um you know your RMD is probably going to start uh at 73 or 75 uh but you can start you know this QCD strategy um sooner uh anytime after 70 and a half and you can give more um and it goes straight to the charity. Uh there’s no deduction for income tax. Um cost of a uh you know a QCD, you know, in terms of uh you know what the charity gets, they get $5,000. Um either way, um that $5,000 in our example satisfies the RMD. um if you decide to do it outside of your um your QCD, outside of your IRA, um it’s going to report it as income uh on your on your income tax return, um exposed to tax, um in this case, 24% tax bracket, which is going to equal $720. So, the total cost of this uh charitable contribution is going to be $5,720 if you do it outside of the QCD. But if you decide to do it inside the QCD, you’re going to save that $720 uh because the charity is still going to get the 5,000. You’re going to satisfy your RMD um excluded from taxable income. So your tax on the distribution is zero. So you basically save that 24% tax rate, which is just a a really nice benefit. Uh optimizes your charitable giving. You have more to give down the road, more for your family, more for your um you know, for yourself and your goals. So, um, if you’re charitably minded, you know, this is one way, um, to, uh, to save money. There’s some other ways, uh, in terms of bundling, um, you know, your your charitable intention. Um, we’re not going to go through that too much, but, if you you have any questions on uh, you know, charitable giving, I can give you kind of a few different strategies to consider. Um, and planning goes a long way in terms of optimizing, you know, how much you’re giving and and uh your ultimate take-home uh you know, how much money you have in your pocket.

    Another uh kind of key point here, organize your assets for your family’s benefit. So, uh estate planning. Um and when we think about estate planning, you’re thinking about a number of things. Number one, getting your documents in order. Uh so like I mentioned, we have that digital planning service that uh is a tremendous value. Want to take advantage of that if you want to get your estate planning done. Uh but there’s also kind of the the investment management um the tax management that goes with estate planning. Um we’ve got a great example here um in terms of u you know the step up in basis uh that a family might be exposed to. So you know Phil and Mary for instance they hold taxable investments in a joint brokerage account. So, this is going to be uh you know, joint tenants with rights of survivorship. They’ve got a um $120,000 gain uh from, you know, a long-term uh holding. Um you know, in this case, they’ve got kind of a bad news diagnosis for Phil. Unfortunately, he’s got 18 months to live, but you know, the whole idea is, you know, making sure that our estate planning is in order. Uh eventually, we’re all going to pass away. Um, and you know, we want to be mindful of all the planning uh kind of tax opportunities that that go along along with that. Uh, so in this case, you know, Phil’s got 18 months uh in terms of, you know, advanced notice and uh how to optimize his estate. Um, so got a couple choices. Uh, scenario number one, you know, do nothing after the diagnosis. But, uh, there’s a couple things that are going to happen after that. You know, you know, Phil’s going to pass away eventually. um you know, marriage going to inherit Phil’s half of the joint account. So, this is a non-retirement account. That step up in basis is um you know, going to eliminate the long-term capital gain on Phil’s $60,000. Uh however, if she sold all the investments, she’d only uh she’d end up owing income tax on her gains. Um so, Mary’s going to, you know, still own half of the holdings and she’s going to uh owe tax on half the holdings. she got a step up in basis for uh Phil’s portion but not her own her gains her long-term capital gains um you know are going to be calculated and uh you know bottom line she’s going to own an extra $60,000 tax on on on her gain plus any of the gain uh after Phil’s death. Uh but you know there was another option um you know if um you know after the diagnosis um this uh family had moved all the investments into an account in Phil’s name then after Phil passes away um and this is terrific kind of planning uh you know Mary inherits Phil’s entire account of $120,000 and u you know Mary can sell and pay zero in taxes uh so a huge savings uh you one scenario versus another and you know not paying any tax having moved all of the holdings into Phil’s name and then Mary benefiting from the step up in basis after he passes away. So, you know, most of us, you know, we’d rather um you know, not pay tax on that $60,000 gain. Um and so that this was a good planning opportunity. Again, some bad news, but you know, putting more money in Mary’s pocket. um and benefiting the um you know the family for from some um you know some thorough tax planning when kids uh inherit IAS um you also want to think about tax planning. So uh especially um you know in terms of the withdrawal schedule it used to be that uh um there was a stretch IRA available to to to children that’s only available to spouses nowadays. Um, you know, in our example here, um, Kyle is 40 40 years old and, uh,

    he’s going to be inheriting, uh, funds from his mom. And then, you know, the question is, you know, how will he kind of withdraw that? He has to withdraw the the account, empty the account after she passes away within 10 years. um if she was already RMD age, then um Kyle’s going to be uh starting those withdrawals right away. Um but if he was, you know, prior, if she was prior to RMD age, then um you know, he’s going to have a choice in terms of what his withdrawal strategy is going to be. Scenario number one, you know, Kyle takes distributions over 10 years to minimize the tax. Um, in our example here with a 6% rate of return, $400,000 IRA balance, you know, his annual distribution could be about $54,000 per year. Um, another scenario is where he waits until year 10 to take the distribution. You know, again, at that 6% rate of return, um, looking at $716,000. So, um, you know, really depends on his his goals. Maybe he’s trying to purchase a home. uh maybe this for living expenses, for you know um supplementary income, all the above. Um so he’s going to want to just you know plan through the the uh distribution schedule. Um make sure that he’s thoughtful about you know uh taxes throughout the entire pro process. And you know in this case there’s um there’s no wrong answer. It really depends on Kyle’s goals. Uh you know the money is earmarked for him and so he uh but he should have a financial plan and that’s the main point here. Have a financial plan. So you could take advantage of uh you know a lower tax rate uh when possible.

    You know planning uh you know for healthcare, planning for long-term care, estate planning, all that goes handinhand with your overall financial plan. Um talked a little bit about long-term care right now. So premiums um you know that’s one consideration. Uh reimbursements um your benefits um you know whether or not they come from being self-insured. uh from uh getting a long-term care policy, those are all choices that you have available to you. Um if you’re interested in long-term care, let me know. I can tell you that uh you know, for most families, if they’ve been exposed to long-term care because of a family member, they’re more likely to purchase long-term care insurance. Um if they haven’t gone through that experience before, they’re less likely. Um so that’s kind of the the normal rule of thumb, but if you’re interested in long-term care, let me know and we could talk about it. um you know what the you know potential costs are um in terms of health care costs, what the uh you know the benefits uh could look like based on different premiums and different types of policies uh and whether that’s both for like uh um you know one spouse or you know a family plan um and all those different scenarios. Here we got another example. So um you know Florence who is a widow, she um she’s going through the long-term care uh benefit process. Um, she’s receiving inhome inhome care benefits around $60,000 a year in our example. Um, and she’s wanted to be thoughtful about her overall strategy about, you know, um, how her assets are going to pay for long-term care. You know, she’s got some social security benefits coming in. She’s got IRA balance. She’s got life insurance with a long-term care writer. And, um, you know, so the question is, how does she pay for long-term care? you know given all these different assets and income sources um you know the life insurance can complicate things because life insurance um you know is paid tax-free uh to the beneficiary uh when the owner when the when the insured uh passes away um so that just adds uh you know it’s both an opportunity and extra complexity in terms of thinking through you know how does Florence pay for these long-term care costs because she can use you know all of these assets or one the assets to do so. Um there’s no right or wrong answer. Typically, it kind of depends. Um but scenario one, you know, she uses long-term care policy to pay for 5 years of care. Um you know, her long-term care insurance, uh you know, pays the $60,000 per year, so 300,000. Um you know, the kids inherit $200,000 at the end of that plus the $400,000 in the IRA. Um so uh you know a nice inheritance here uh you know for the kids. Um but another scenario that they they could have done or could have um thought about is um you know using the IRA money to pay for that those long-term care costs. Uh because they do have choices um you know paying out that $300,000 uh for that income uh in home care. uh you know, maybe they’re getting um some medical benefits uh on their income tax return, but typically you don’t get a lot of um income tax benefits um you know, for long-term care coverage. Uh but the question is, you know, how the the kids are going to inherit that money. In this case, you know, they’re looking at taxfree life insurance of $500,000 as well as $100,000 left over of the remaining taxable funds. And that’s in contrast to um you know the $400,000 which is taxable in our previous example. So again some couple different tax scenarios here. Um you know seems like they would probably get more money from the you know tax-free life insurance inheritance but really depends um they want to be thoughtful about this financial plan because there are choices available to them. Our whole idea throughout this presentation today is just to you know think through all these scenarios uh think through um you know how you’re impacted by t taxes with different choices because um you know we we want to take advantage of tax code when we can uh and again put more money in our pocket. Um so um the whole idea here is just uh you know start thinking about taxes, start thinking about the different stages of retirement. um start thinking about, you know, all the different things you’re exposed to in terms of social security, Medicare, Irma brackets, um you know, RMDs, earnings test, um you know, and then just maintaining being diligent about um you know, each year that you’re you have withdrawals and how they impact you and how they impact your tax return. So again, taxes and retirement. Um, you know, know your after tax savings before retirement. Uh, think about Roth IRA, Roth conversions. You know, understand social security, Medicare. Uh, think about your RMD strategy, uh, tax location, uh, asset location and uh, tax minimization and and think about estate planning. You know, this slide does a nice job of summarizing all the different things that we talked about. Uh, so again, you want to put more money in your pocket for yourself and your family.

    We talk about distribution uh we talk about uh the accumulation phase but um you know the distribution phase is where the the mistakes happen. Um you know again education is the first thing, planning is the second thing. You know getting the answers to your questions um very important. So uh again happy to help uh any way that I can. So I’ll launch a poll shortly. do take me up on that and uh hopefully provide you with some additional information to um you know to make better choices and plan accordingly. So that brings us to the end of our our discussion today. Um I’m going to launch poll in a second but um you know these are all the topics that we discuss with clients. So uh when we’re thinking about the financial plan thinking about different sources of income expenses and and everything we talked about today uh you know and like I mentioned at the at the beginning of the discussion uh you know asset um allocation um thinking about uh you know managing uh investment fees u you know different strategies whether that’s growth strategies different uh dividend portfolios all of these things are considered when u we think about uh working with people. Um but the you know the first step is to get your financial plan done um and you know get your um uh get all your goals kind of lined up so that you understand the direction that you’re going and then uh think about any uh improvements in your overall financial plan whether it’s tax planning or investment management or estate planning uh or all the above. Then lastly here is a quick snapshot of uh digital estate planning service that we offer. Uh so that’s offered through trust and will. Um so if you’re interested in you getting your um power of attorney, your living trust completed um your you know um HIPPA authorization, your will, uh we have a great service available to you. There’s no cost to clients. Um and then again, you can save $1,000 uh several thousand versus going to an attorney. So, if you’d like to take advantage of this, please do kind of give me a call and uh we can set up a meeting, get this organized for you. With that, I’m going to launch the poll. Um, so if you’d like to schedule a meeting, please do respond yes, and then in the meantime, um, you know, put a question, feel free to put a, uh, a question into the chat or the Q&A. Uh, I’ll do my best to answer it. I’ll give you a couple moments to to think about that. just post a question on any of the topics that we’ve discussed today. Um, you know, again, whether it’s tax management or Roth conversions, uh, optimizing social security, uh, thinking about break even strategies, uh, thinking about estate planning. Um, but again, you look forward to, um, you know, a meeting with you. Uh, several folks have already signed up for a meeting. Uh, so, uh, thank you for doing that. I’ll reach out and get that scheduled. Uh but in the meantime, if you do have any questions, just post them in the chat um uh in the Q&A and then uh I’ll do my best to answer them. So I’ll quickly kind of put my contact information here. Um this is my direct number. Uh 213320860.

    Um we’ve got uh you know my email also, so feel free to reach out to me anytime. Um I always do my best to return calls. So, if you leave a a voicemail for me, would be happy to uh to to get back to you. Uh so, available anytime now or in the future and look forward to hearing from you. Okay, we’ve got uh some questions coming in. So, I’ll start to kind of go through this. Um first question uh is uh enrolling for Medicare. Uh you know, whether that should be at a specific age when you retire. I’ve heard that should be 65 regardless of when you retire. Um, so good question. Um, the answer to that is going to be it really depends on um, you know, whether or not you work for a large company or a small company. If you work for a small company, it should be 65 or if you’re self-employed potentially. Um, if you work for a large company, which is more than 20 employees, then you want to um possibly keep your current retirement um uh retirey health care benefits um as long as you uh keep working. Um so, um you know, you might keep working for the um the your current employer to, you know, age 67 or 70. Um in that case, if you’re covered under the group plan, then um you don’t need Medicare. you’ll have a chance to enroll in Medicare afterwards after you kind of uh uh fully retire um and sever from the uh from the employer plan and then that’s when you sign up for Medicare. If um if you work for a small company, you want to sign up at 65. Um and then there’s some kind of things um you know uh you’ll want to just remember in terms of uh HSAs um you know part B part A talk to HR um if you have uh a large employer plan available to you um they’ll help you with some of this you know give me a call we can kind of go through your exact situation um that way um you have a better idea of you know when to officially apply for Medicare and then also um you know please do sign up for our Medicare webinar And uh we’ll go through all the kind of uh the different scenarios of when to apply u and you know think about part D think about part B part A uh advantage plans how all that works.

    Okay. Um no other questions coming in. Um so quiet group today that’s okay. Uh we went through a lot of material and um again you know uh open invitation to give me a call. Um my direct uh line again here is uh on the screen and you know look forward to seeing you at our next event. Um so again we put these webinars on a weekly basis. So uh join us please for our next webinar. Um usually that’s on Thursdays at 2 p.m. Pacific. Uh so the next topics will be estate planning and then Medicare. Uh thanks again for joining us today and uh learning about taxation and and all the different ideas and strategies. Uh really appreciate the the participation and the the uh the commitment to us. Um and look forward to working with you in the future. Uh have a great end of the week. Thank you and uh and um and talk soon.

  • 06/11/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Estate Matters Series – Principles Of Preserving Wealth

    Well, good afternoon everyone. Appreciate you all joining today. Uh if you’ve been on a webinar with me before, you know that like to get started about two minutes in. Give everybody who might be running late or running late from lunch etc. just a minute to jump on especially if they’re experiencing any technical difficulties which we are all very familiar with how Zoom and Teams and all these other video chat applications you know we’ve all experienced those plenty of times. Uh we’ll get started about two minutes after today’s presentation is not that long. It’s only about 25 slides total. Uh but and as usual, if you have any questions, I’ll say this all again, too. Uh but if you have any questions, chat, Q&A section, go ahead and notice those now. Um I have to go over a slide about not putting in a notetaker. So please don’t use any AI note takers. Uh however, can’t stop you from taking any photos in your phone. So feel free take notes, take a photo of the slide. I can’t stop you from doing that. But uh looking forward to presenting to you all today. Got a pretty good turnout, too. Had a about 600 RSVPs to today’s. We have a really large turnout so far. So excited for that. But yeah, sit back, relax. We’ll get through estate planning. Probably about 30 minutes today, maybe 45 tops. Thank you again for joining and joining early. Just one other thing too. Anybody out there don’t if they don’t mind um going in the webinar in the Q&A the webinar chat or the Q&A section just letting me know that you can hear me. Quick mic check. I do appreciate that

    or I would appreciate that.

    Thank you very much. All right. Mic check. Mic has been checked. Appreciate it. Thank you. Thank you. All right, folks. We have some great turnout today. Um, first time joining me and apologies to those who have already heard me paired it once. We’re going to get started about 2 minutes after the hour in 60 seconds or so. Just let everybody else who might be running late, give them a quick second to join, technical difficulties, run late from lunch, etc., etc. Thank you all for joining on time and early today. I do appreciate it. it does help us get the ball rolling. Um, but as usual, save all the questions for at the end. Go feel free to type them into the chat or the Q&A throughout, but I like I will address those towards the end. Again, thanks for joining. With that, let’s begin. So, good afternoon folks. My name is Baptist Bruner. I’m a Houston, Texas-based financial consultant with Alliant Retirement Investment Services. Uh again, just a part of a team of financial professionals with Alliant who give regular educational webinars to give our members the best experience possible. Again, I’d like to start by thanking all of you for taking the time out of your day. I I know these two 3:00 webinars might be cutting into work. This is a quicker one today, but I do appreciate you coming in to get a better understanding of how to best prepare and plan your legacy and some steps you can take to just be at ease, maybe help you sleep better at night. Uh this is a shorter one. It’s only about 25 slides. We’ll be in and out of here in about 30 to 40 minutes. Uh, of course, as always, we will reserve time at the end to answer any of your questions. Go ahead and identify the chat in the Q&A section. Now, feel free to type in your questions early on. I will get to them at the end as best as possible. Again, when that time comes, go ahead and ask those questions. Um, also stick around. Second to last slide is a new feature that we’re offering here for our clients. So, might be something that’ll help you be a little bit more at ease as well.

    We’re having a new issue. A lot of people are liking to add their AI notetakers into these meetings. Uh, please don’t do that. This is all proprietary. Uh, can’t stop you from taking a photo at home. Can’t see any of you right now anyway, but please don’t send any AI note takers, um, etc., etc. All right. Hey, as for some upcoming webinars, we’re probably going to talk about Roth IRA conversions for a smidgen today. You know how much I love talking about those if you’ve been with me before, but we’re doing the big one on Roth IRA conversions. That’s going to be Tuesday, June 23rd at 6 central, 7 Eastern. I highly implore everybody to join that one. And heck, tell your friends. It’s a way to find out how much money you can save in retirement. It is a legacy planning strategy, too. Do you don’t want your kids to have a massive tax load later on? Might be able to help mitigate that. You can also grow your funds using ones. It just to each their own. Might be a candidate. You don’t know. More people are than you’d think. But Roth IRA conversions, highly highly suggest that you join. Another one. Uh this is a new one on my webinar um list, I guess. Designing retirement income blueprint. I just read over this one recently. It is a great webinar, too. Really does lay out everything. That’s Thursday, July 9th. It’s going to be another one of these mid afternoon ones, but 2:00 Central, 3 Eastern.

    And of course, our team at Alliant Retirement Investment Services. We’re focused on helping you, our members, understand the ins and outs of investing and saving for retirement, much, much more. Go ahead and take a look at all of our resources on our website. That’s aerys a r i s.allioncreditun.com. If you do slashevents, you see our entire webinar schedule. Although I am the best at presenting. I’m not the only one in our team that presents. Probably doing about two. We’re doing like 10 of these a week now I think. Uh different sk different topics, different seminars uh from our team members across the country. We also have our podcast invests. So, same website/mpodcast, but of course, go to the blog or our resource center, take a photo of this slide. A lot of great resources on there for you to check out, especially if you’re getting close to retirement. If you’re already retired, doesn’t matter. There’s a topic on there that can benefit you.

    All right. So, what is the purpose of estate management? Estate management is about preserving the assets that you’ve spent a lifetime building. You know, it’s about protecting your spouse, children, or other heirs and and ensuring that your assets are distributed how and when you want them to be. And finally, estate management is about managing the amount of estate taxes that may be due after your passing. And there are some fundamental estate management principles that can enable you to manage your financial and personal affairs during your lifetime and distribute your wealth after passing, too.

    But there are two objectives in effective estate management. First is managing your financial and personal affairs during your lifetime. And second is distributing your wealth after your passing. And when it’s done well, estate management can just make a huge difference. And it can enable you to spell out your health care wishes in ways that may help ensure they’re carried out even if you are unable to communicate. And it can help ensure that your possessions go to the heirs you choose without this endless legal wrangling that can tie up your estate and cause deep divisions within your family. You may have experienced that personally. This might be a way to avoid that for your heirs. But through effective estate management, you can avoid needless expenses and legal costs. And you can provide for loved ones who may not be protected otherwise. And these issues are too important to trust a lot. You need to determine the outcome by planning in advance.

    And we found it helpful to illustrate the various estate management principles and strategies pyramid. And the foundation is formed by an understanding of how estate taxes work. And as we move up, we encounter critical estate management documents and at the top specific tactics for estate management. Let’s just begin by discussing the foundation of our state pyramid. Just how do estate taxes work? So in order to understand how they work, let’s look at the history of the estate tax. First estate tax was established in 1797 to fund an undeclared naval war with France at the time. And then shortly after that war ended, that tax just went away. And that happened again for the civil and the Spanishamean wars. Congress p passed an estate tax to pay for the war, then repealed it afterwards. Doesn’t happen often, right? Repealing taxes. But until 1916, then the 16th amendment to the constitution was passed in 1913. The one that gives Congress the right to lay and collect tax incomes from whatever sources arrived. But the Revenue Act of 1916 established a state tax, and it’s been modified over the years, but never repealed. Then in 2012, the American Tax Relief Act made the estate tax a permanent part of the tax code. In 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act doubled the estate tax exemption. In 2020, the estate tax exemption rose to 11.58 million. Laws currently already expired. That was increased again back with the Big Beautiful Act. Believe it’s around 13.58 now, too. So, 13.58 exemption.

    So, in this hypothetical, let’s just use the old number still. Or no, we’re using the new one. No, we’re using the old one. Let’s just use the old numbers for the sake of understanding the formula. But uh this is how you can try to estimate your estate taxes if they do apply to you. So if you don’t happen to have a complete set of IRS tax tables lying about, you can estimate the federal estate tax by using a quick formula. So beginning with the gross value of an estate, subtract the exemption amount of 11.58 from previous years and then multiply that result by 40% in the federal tax bracket for states above 11.58 in size. And if you complete your estimation and find you may have an estate tax bill, it’s possible you may benefit from estate management. Now, anybody, everybody here, maybe some of you, maybe none of you are in this situation or in this bracket. That’s fine. We’re going to go through a lot more. We’re just talking about that federal exemption here.

    But there are also a number of critical documents you may need to have as part of your estate plan. And the first of these is a will. And a will is the most basic estate planning document. And a will tells the world exactly where you want your assets distributed when you pass. And everybody should have a will. But according to one study, roughly 60% of Americans don’t have one. And that’s really shortsighted and not just for the wealthy because if an individual dies or without a will, it’s up to this the uh the state to then decide how his or her assets will be distributed. Even if you have a trust, you still need a will to take care of any holdings outside of that trust when you die.

    And a will is really just the cornerstone of your estate. Your will names an executive to oversee the process of distributing your estate. It can name a guardian for your minor children. It can direct how you property is to be distributed, etc., etc. But unfortunately, as important as they are, wills have a lot of shortcomings, too. You know, wills can be contested. In fact, the probate court will send out notice of the will to anyone who might have grounds to contest it. And if someone wants to contest it, there is the potential for a lengthy battle in probate court. Another thing to mention, which we’re not going to get into much here, but like your 401ks, your 403bs, possibly your bank accounts, but a lot of your investment accounts and your retirement accounts. Let’s say you’re married or you’re on your second spouse. If you never change your beneficiary on your 401k, it still has your first spouse listed, but your will says it’s going to your your current spouse. Guess who’s getting that that investment account? Your previous spouse. So, little homework for everyone right now. Write it down. Double check all of your IAS, 401ks, bank accounts. Make sure that it’s your current wishes that are listed as your beneficiary because your beneficiary form will trump your will.

    And probate, back to this, is a matter of public record. So, if the only estate management tool you use as a will, anyone who wants to can find out how much you left and to whom. And we’ll talk more about how you can potentially avoid probate, distribute your assets to your heirs privately. But first, there are some essential documents that most people should consider having in place.

    And to really take care of your state, a will isn’t that only isn’t the only document you need to have in place. There’s actually a whole set of documents that can help you pursue your estate management goals. And among these are advanced directives which include a living will, a power of attorney, and the durable power of attorney for health care. There are also financial documents and agreements like joint ownership, durable power of attorney, and living trusts.

    So, back in 2006, you may remember the case of Terry Shabo. Uh, but the case of Terry Shabo brought advanced directives to the forefront. As you may remember, Miss Shaveo was severely incapacitated and her family members battled for years about what should be done. And since Miss Shavo did not have a living will, her wishes could not be known. And in spite of the high-profile nature of that case, most Americans still do not have their health care documents prepared and have not had a conversation with loved ones about what level of care they want if they are incapacitated. And a living will provides specific instructions about your medical care if you become incapacitated and unable to communicate. And it goes into effect immediately upon your incapacity and doesn’t need to go through any additional legal proceedings. And a power of attorney document authorizes someone to handle legal and financial decisions should you become incapacitated. And it can also go into effect upon your incapacity or upon any other trigger event that you specify in these in these documents. But like a living will, a power of attorney does not need to go through any additional legal proceedings. Individual states can have various power of attorney laws. So consider becoming familiar with your state’s own laws, particular regulations in order to make a more informed decision. But a durable power of attorney for health care agreement authorizes someone to make decisions for health care on your behalf. And like the living will and the power of attorney, it does not need to go through any additional legal proceedings.

    So again considering that case of ter shaveo would your family know your wishes if you became incapacitated you contemporary research shows that about 70% of older Americans complete advanced directives before their death and that’s up from 30% only a decade ago but with extended life expectancy and a variety of treatment options available the chance that you or someone close to you will benefit from an advanced directive is just greater than ever more than it’s ever

    But of course, estate management isn’t all documents. There are some basic tactics to understand as well. You know, the first of these is simple. Give money away while you’re still alive. Uh tax code allows an individual to gift up to 15,000 per person. In 2019, that has gone up, too. But that’s without triggering any gift or estate taxes. If you and your spouse both make gifts, that’s double then because from each and it’s per gift or two per uh each recipient. So if a person gives $16,000 to someone, the person then has the person who gifted it has to pay a gift tax on that remaining thousand. But if it’s you and your spouse, you gift up to 30K in this examp

    um so that annual exclusion amount is indexed for inflation, which isn’t why it’s gone up since these numbers that I have in front of me here, but is measured by the consumer pricing index. So it rises in thousand increments. But in 2020, an individual can give away up to 11.58 million during his or her lifetime without owing any federal taxes. Couples can leave up to twice that without owing any federal tax or gift tax on it. Just keep in mind that some states again might have their own rules and regulations. I’m in Texas. There’s no estate tax from the state. And I don’t believe Florida does either. I know that the majority of folks on here are from Texas and Florida. I don’t believe either state. I know Texas doesn’t. Pretty sure Florida doesn’t have any state and state tax either.

    All right. So trust, a lot of people like to talk about those and see if they’re a candidate for them. Again, I’ll offer an opportunity for you to find that out at the end. But trust can be another powerful estate management tool. And a trust is a legal entity that can own property. Properly structured trusts completely avoid probate and avoid the delays and expense that often accompany probate. And trusts are also, unlike wills, not a matter of public record. They are a tool for maintaining privacy. And trusts can provide very effective management of your assets and their distribution to your heirs. And even after your death, trusts can provide some measure of control over how assets are distributed to children and other beneficiaries. But in addition, trusts are much more difficult to contest than a will. So using a trust involves a complex set of tax rules and regulations. And before moving forward with the trust, consider working with a professional who’s familiar with the rules and regulations.

    And when do you need to consider when you know what do you need to consider when putting together a management plan for your estate? Well, there are two crucial factors to consider. First, what’s the value of your estate? As you make this calculation, make sure you include all the property that you control or have an interest in. And this includes personal property, your home, real estate, cash and bank accounts, investments, retirement plans, business interests, and life insurance, including the death benefit benefits as well. In 2020, the gross value of your estate must exceed 11.58. I think it’s 13.58 now, but in order for you to be subject to that federal estate tax. But even if you’re not, you should still consider getting your estate and healthcare documents in order so that your wishes may be carried out. Make sure that you have everything together. Second though, what are your estate management objectives? So ask yourself the following questions. Whom do you want to inherit your assets? And whom do you want handling your financial affairs if you’re ever incapacitated? Whom do you want making medical decisions for you if you become unable to make them for yourself? And do you want to provide for your spouse if you should pass first? Do you have young children that you need to provide for or disabled children or family members to provide for? And if your children are grown, do you want to distribute your state equitably, if not perfectly equal? And will you need to provide cash to help your heir settle your estate as well? just some of the many questions to ask yourself.

    And life insurance can also play a critical role in your estate management, particularly when used in conjunction with a trust. You know, life insurance can provide money to pay for estate expenses. It can be set up outside your estate. You can even gift life insurance policies. You can utilize them towards your final expenses. And that just makes it a very powerful tool. So, let’s look at just one example. Under this strategy, a person establishes an irrevocable trust and funds it. And the trust then purchases a life insurance policy on the life of the person that established it. This effectively just removes the life insurance policy as its eventual benefit from the person’s estate. Then when that person dies, the estate passes to his or her heirs and the life insurance policy provides the funds to pay any estate taxes that may come due. And several factors will affect the cost and availability of life insurance including age uh health and uh you know the type of amount of insurance purchased. But life insurance policies have expenses including mortality and other charges. But if a policy is surrendered prematurely, policy holder also may pay surrender charges and have income tax implications. So you should consider determining whether you are insurable before implementing a strategy involving life insurance. But any guarantees associated with the policy are dependent on the ability of the issuing insurance company to continue making claim payments. And life insurance is not insured by any federal government agency or bank or savings account. By the way,

    so what do you need to consider when putting together a management plan for your estate? Two crucial factors to consider. First, what’s the value of your state? As you make this calculation, make sure you include all the property that you control or have an interest in. So, this includes personal property, your home, real estate, cash, bank accounts, investments, retirement plans, business interest, life insurance, including the death benefits. But again, you know, even go walk around the house, maybe find out that the Hummels that you might have are worth a couple some money. Maybe your old friend Tarkington, you know, football card has some money. You can consider these things. They all should be included in your documentation. So, just ask yourself those these questions and it helps you put together your plan better. Sometimes walking on top of just listing all of your assets between your bank accounts, your retirement accounts. Maybe consider just walking around the house, writing down other things that are of notable value. There might be fine china or antiques. These are all things to consider, especially for the ladies on the call. your jewelry. Those are also things that you might want to consider including there. Gold and diamonds, those are assets.

    But principles of estate management, they are important for many reasons. And just here are some scenarios that you might be familiar with. Again, Anthony and Selena here, believe it’s this one. Oh, no, this one. Anthony and Selena, couple with children asked, “What’s the best way to gift assets to our children and our grandchildren? and they have a blended family. So, what type of trust would be appropriate for them? Then Dave and Christina, that’s his middle one. They’re a retired couple. They want to know, is a living trust worth the trouble and expense to set up because they can be expensive and it’s another entity that you’re going to have to pay for when it comes to tax season when you have to file. But what’s the best way for us to take title of our assets? Rebecca on the left there, she’s a single parent and business owner. and she wonders, well, how can I protect my business interest in the event of her passing? Does she have all of the critical documents she needs in case of a catastrophic change in her health? Because it’s just her. And then Isaac likes to do research online. He asks, “Are the critical health care documents I downloaded legally binding? How can I make sure I avoid probate estate taxes?” And the answer to these and other concerns will vary with each individual situation, and they can all be addressed in a review. I’m going to offer you an opportunity a bit to do a review with me. Um, it’s at no cost, but I’ll go through that. But the new tool that we have offered on the retirement investment side with the Lion, this is a new offering that we have reserved for our clients. So, it’s trust and will. It’s a digital estate planning service with tremendous value and it can save you a lot of money. And again, it’s at no cost or charge for our clients. It’s reserved just for them. For more complicated estate planning, you might want to consider an attorney, but about 90% of people can get everything done right here with this digital platform. So, I’m going to send out a poll next right here before the questions. Click yes or no, but we can go ahead and see, you know, in a consultation. If you want to find out if this platform might be good for you, we can see that in a consultation. But like I said, folks, we’re at the end here. This is a quick one and again there’s a number of tools available to assist you in effective estate management. First you need a good estate management team in place and that’s where we can come into play. So we can at least help you start figuring out where you are and what steps you need to take. If you want to have sit down with me, have a consultation. We can discuss if maybe trust and will works for you or if an attorney might be best. Go ahead and um just send out the poll. Let me know yes, no, not at this time. It doesn’t hurt my feelings if you say no. Trust me, we’re just here to help our members. But here to assist every step of the way. Again, I do ask that everybody at least answer the poll. You’re not going to hurt my feelings if you say no. I just like to get a really good response rate. Hence, I’m the number one guy at our program right now with answering these polls. So, you’re just making me look good. If you appreciated the time today or the the content, um I would appreciate if you just answered it. makes me look good and I’m going to do another estate planning webinar soon from a different fund company. Um it it does a different side of things. So expect to see that in a couple of months. Keep an eye out. But please here to assist everybody. We’ll start taking some questions now. Go ahead and identify the chat Q&A section. Remember too the the consultation is at no cost, no obligation. We’re just here to help out our members. Again, banks not credit unions better than banks. members own the own the credit unions, shareholders, own banks, everything else. Oh, great. You’re working with one of our guys already. Glad to hear that. All right. So, again, any questions you might have, go ahead and put in the question and answer section of the chat. Let me start looking at what we have here.

    All right. So what’s the difference between a regular last will and testament legal document and a pourover will legal document as related to estate planning and as related to a revocable trust or not having a revocable trust. So a traditional ass will directs who gets your belongings and names guardians for minor children. Um in in contrast so a poor overwill is a specialized will used alongside a living trust. It just simply acts as that safety net to transfer any assets accidentally left outside the trust directly into the trust on your death. And some of these questions, folks, I’m sorry. I’m going to have to just say this ahead of time. I try to answer these questions as best as I can. Most of the time I I can only give you a macro answer because I’m not speaking I don’t know anything about you right now. But most time these consultations are best to get to know you before I can give you a specific answer that’s best for you. I will answer questions as best as I possibly can.

    In your opinion, what professional should take the lead on estate planning preparation? The estate attorney or the CFP? That’s a great question, too. And going back to the tool that we have available to us now, you know, trust and will might be all you need. And trust and will that platform that I just showed you, there are attorneys involved there where you can ask them questions, but really we can help you figure out, hey, is a trust right for you or is it really worth the hassle? And that’s going to come to your, you know, that’s going to be up to you at the end of the day, but they can be hassle to have trust or they will be probably, but just does the benefit outweigh the hassle and that’s what it comes down to. Sometimes you don’t need to work directly with an attorney. You can use these digital platforms. A lot of you are from I to Susie Orman. She has her own platform too. Um, and that works. Everyone should at least have access to legal advice. you can get that through trust and will. Uh it will save you a fortune, but you know, sometimes an attorney might make more sense. It just depends on the estate. Like I said, 90% of people can probably be just fine with the digital platform. But again, that’s a question I could answer for you if we were to meet.

    Would you highly recommend that the estate client seek out an estate attorney who is licensed to practice law in county and state where state client resides? So getting a local attorney is your estate planner. If you’re going to go the attorney route, absolutely. But it would be if you’re going to use the digital platform, it’s on those attorneys. And I believe it breaks it down to local ter uh local law. It it’s up to them to know the rules, too. So whether you go digital or an estate plane, it’s state attorney that’s local. It is up to them to know the rules in that case. It just depends on out on weighing which one do you want? You know, do you want to pay a lot for an attorney or pay a little or nothing at all for a digital platform?

    Do you have tax attorneys that we can consult with prior to making any decisions or changes to financial decisions? It depends on where you’re located. Um I I do have some attorneys here in the Houston area. Uh, it depends if if you’re in Florida, depending on where you are, I might have one that I could recommend your way. Again, trust meet with me. We can find out if you even need an attorney. Um, and I I’ll be happy to help you with that one. That’s not a problem.

    When is a trust taxed annually? It depends on what’s in the trust. If tax deferred products are in the trust, then then no. Uh it it depends on what vehicles are in the trust or their distributions etc. But you are going to have to have a tax filing for a trust each year because a trust is just a non-living entity has its own tax identification number. It has to file taxes every year.

    Automobiles can can automobiles be added as a property to a trust. Yes. It’s not always necessary though. If that’s all that’s going in the trust, you probably don’t need one to be completely honest. But now, if we’re talking about, you know, Mercedes AMG from the 60s, different story. Now, you have an asset, not a depreciating product, a, you know, depreciating asset. What are the fees for advice? We don’t charge anything for consultations. Just give us a shout. Yeah, you can schedule an appointment with me right now if you want to using this QR code. Or just take a photo of this email, my phone number. Don’t use that phone number. That’s my office line. I I prefer myself, but send me an email. We’ll schedule an appointment. Be happy to answer any questions you have. Again, no cost, no obligation. You’re a member of the credit union, i.e. a stakeholder, owner of the credit union. You are my boss. We’re here to help you out every step of the way.

    Try to understand this question before I read it.

    Opening a bank account is establishing the trust then all transactions are made within that entity. Correct? Okay. So, you need to open up a trust before you can open up a bank account in that trust’s name.

    I I try to ask that question again. I’m trying to understand it. I’m sorry.

    How do you preserve Well,

    case of Medicaid, Medicare reimbursement after death. How do you preserve wealth in the case of Medicaid and Medicare reimbursement after death? I’d have to understand your question a little bit better there. If you could be if you could elaborate more, be happy to look into it at the least. I I don’t know. I’d have to look into that one for you to understand the question better. Again, folks, we still have some more folks on here not answered the poll. If you didn’t receive it, let me know. Um, and if you want me to reach out to you and schedule an appointment, I can. But please answer the poll if you haven’t yet. I would appreciate that. Okay, feel free to call. Um, I’m going to go ahead and put my cell number in the chat. I do have a meeting after this, but feel free to call anytime afterwards today. But there’s my cell. It’s in the chat now. All right. Any other questions, folks?

    I think that’s it. So, yeah, like I said, today’s going to be a pretty quick webinar. We’re 31 minutes in. We’re already done. Okay. Yeah. Thank you. I appreciate it. I hope this was a good one. Again, this is a this is a good basic estate planning webinar. There’s another one that I’d prefer to do most of the time that gets into the weeds and maybe, you know, more into trust and then more into wills. But just know this again, everybody’s homework today. Double check all of your annuities, 401ks, 403bs, investment accounts, bank accounts, etc., check every one of them for who your beneficiary is listed as. You might, you know, might have been married before, got divorced. You don’t want to go into your ex- spouse. You might have been remarried. You changed your beneficiary to your family member. Now you want to change it back to your spouse. Double check all these things. Nobody wants to get hit by a city bus tomorrow and all their money to go to their ex. And that’s coming from a divorce guy. So, we I I can speak with that thoroughly. Let’s see. All right. I think that’s all of our questions today, too. So, I’m going to stay on for another few minutes. Um, join me for the Roth conversion webinar in a few weeks, please. If you haven’t seen it before, or if you did it once before and you want to see it again to understand them better, join. It’s one of the greatest tactics available for tax planning and for legacy planning. It’s how you’re able to give your heirs tax-free money. So, go ahead and join me for that one in two weeks. It’s going to be an evening one. Everybody should be available for it. Highly implore you to do so. Uh, but other than that, we’re done for the day. Thank you all very much. I’ll stick around for another minute in case there’s any additional questions. Thank you all very much. You have a wonderful day. I’m glad you enjoyed the webinar. Thank you very much. I’m over here shaking my leg out of being nervous, but thank you. I appreciate everybody’s um kind words.

    Oh, and for those that are still on, if you clicked yes, I will follow up with you tomorrow. Will not have these answers until tomorrow. So, um, you can expect an email and a phone call from me.

    Okay. Med medic Medicaid state recovery

    here.

    See,

    I’m not familiar with it. Medicaid is state recovery, but I can certainly look into it later today. Um, shoot me an email and see if we can touch base on that one.

    Good luck with your move. That’s fun. I’m about to go through one myself next month, so I I can empathize. But good luck with the move. Give me a shout. Yeah, call me whenever, shoot me a text whenever, or um you can text my cell that I put in chat there. Send me an email. We’re here to assist year round. But good luck with the move.

    Okay, great. Keep checking on the webinars. You have a great day, too. Thank you. All right, folks. I’m going to go ahead and sign off now. No more questions. To those did say yes. I’ll be in touch tomorrow. Have a great day. Enjoy your weekends.

  • 05/21/2026 – True Trading Group – NVDA Earnings Coverage

    Hey yo, what’s up everybody? What’s going on folks? Welcome to the true trading live stream. Welcome to Nvidia earnings. We are here with the gang for the most highly anticipated earnings release of the season. Obviously, the most important stock to the AI trade, the largest stock in the S&P, Nvidia is set to release their earnings in just a few short minutes. Glad to have have you guys all with me here today. I will be covering those earnings with you live. We’ll go through the numbers. We’ll talk about the stock’s reaction and most importantly how we are going to trade either Nvidia itself tomorrow, maybe a sympathy play and one of the other semiconductors, maybe an SO XL ETF, or maybe just the overall market as a whole. We’re going to break down the action and talk about how we are going to be able to make money tomorrow. At the end of the day, that’s why we are all here. So, welcome. My name is Michael Edward Perinati. I go by Michael Edward. I’m the co-founder and head trader at True Trading Group. Thrilled to have you guys all with us here. This platform, True Trading Group, it exists to literally help you learn faster, trade smarter, and profit sooner. I want to first thank our partners. We’re very proud to be powered by the NASDAQ, Benzinga, OpenAI, Trading View, Databento, and of course, also Unusual Wales. True Training Group is not just a chat room with trade alerts and courses. Yes, we have those things. Yes, they’re fantastic. But this is a fintech platform that gives retail traders tools, resources, data, analytics that give them a distinct and clear advantage over other retail traders that do not have the same tools. Simple. Period. We are the recipient of the Benzinga Fintech Award for best AI analysis tool. This is a platform built on education, backed by experience, strategies proven through success, and tools that actually think around you, and is customized around you, the individual user. Okay, so we’ve been on an absolute tear inside of True Trading Group. Um, these last couple of weeks we have seen unbelievable performance statistics from our AI tools and our entire suite, our holy grail trade plan generator, our active trading mode trading assistant, our AI charting software. All of it is putting out unbelievable statistics. For one example, our holy grail trade plan generator that will actually give you entries and exits. We actually maybe just pull it up right now. Actually, we didn’t maybe for fun, we could just run one on Nvidia and just kind of see what it says. But basically guys, all you do, you select the ticker, you select the asset type, right? If you want to trade a stock, an option, a futures contract or a crypto, you select the asset type, you put in the ticker symbol, and then you put in your account size, how much money you want to risk on the trade, and then you’ll select what trading style do you want. You can do a scalp, a day trade, a swing trade, or a long-term hold. You click on analysis, you wait like 90 seconds, let a multi- aent system, an algorithm run through. It’s 80% deterministic means it’s rule based on an algorithm and 20% AI interpretation of certain data and you get a very detailed clear trading plan that comes back with entries, stop-loss, profit targets, confidence score, price action triggers on when to enter, what have price action for invalidation of the trade idea and so much more. this. Our members have generated close to 450,000 trading plans since we have released this tool into the TTG community and the accuracy win rate on those those trading plans thus far sits right around 72%. And I can sit here and tell you with confidence that these last couple of weeks that number has been even higher as a lot of our members are hitting some milestones. Type the number one in chat right now. Members of True Trading Group, if you are making money and you are becoming better traders because of this platform, because of the tools that you guys have access to, if you guys are making money with these tools, I want you to go ahead and type the number one in chat right now while we wait for Invidia Earnings, which are just moments away. We are going to be sitting here covering this with you guys live. But if you are not a member of True Trading Group, you should be paying very close attention to how many people you see inside of the chat that are typing the number one, that are telling you that they’re making money. If they can do this, then so can you. Plain and simple. If they can do this, guys, then so can you. All right. All right. Here we go. Looks like we’re getting out here with Nvidia earnings. We’re starting to move around here. The stock’s starting to whip around a bit. So, there’s the trading plan result. And I’ll cover the earnings as soon as they come across the wire. Here they are, guys. Nvidia earnings. All right, let’s switch back on over to the charts, guys. Nvidia earnings. Um, what a surprise. It is a B 81.62 billion dollar. The expectation was 79.19 billion. They see the second quarter revenue of 89.2 to 92.8 billion is their expected revenue for the next quarter. Analysts were only expecting 87.4 billion. So that is a top uh and bottom line beat. That’s a strong guidance raise there as well uh for Nvidia. I mean, was anybody actually expecting bad earnings from Nvidia? But that’s not really it’s not really about what the earnings are really. It’s only going to be more important is going to be the stock’s reaction to those earnings. Its first quarter adjusted gross margin is actually 75%. The last couple of times that you have had um the last couple of times that Nvidia has reported earnings, it’s actually gone down and they’ve beat earnings every single time. And the stock has gone down like five out of the next seven um five out of like the next seven uh excuse me, five out of their last seven reports, stocks actually gone down even though they’ve had phenomenal uh even though they’ve had phenomenal earnings. Um let’s see. Yeah, earnings per share came in at $185. The expectation was $1.76. And like I said, second quarter revenue 89.2 to 92.8 billion when analysts were only expecting 87.36.

    I’m giving you guys the rest of these numbers as they’re coming through.

    They’re also uh here they’re also reporting they’re adding another $80 billion to their share buyback program

    and they’re moving to a new reporting framework with two different platforms. That’ll be interesting to see what that’s going to look like with this new reporting platform with two different uh let me see seeing if I get any other details here that could be yeah they added $80 billion. This is an amazing earnings report. It’s a fantastic earnings report. Stock’s still trading lower, but this is an amazing earnings report and stock is still trading to the downside. So, this is very similar to previous earnings that Nvidia has had. Every time that Nvidia reports earnings, the earnings are amazing. They’re fantastic and then you get a pullback on the stock anyway. And what I think is really the reason behind it is that almost every single time that you’ve had these earnings reports, you get these situations where the stock rallies into the earnings into the earnings report itself. You know, when you take a look, you take a look at what Nvidia did leading up to earnings. I mean, you got to remember this is a stock that came from 165 at that March bottom and just two just a couple of weeks ago was sitting at in the 190s and now it pushes all the way up to 235. Um, no, the stock’s really not expensive. Like someone just says, the stock’s still really expensive. It really wasn’t ever really expensive. The multiple on Nvidia is really not that crazy. I think it’s like I have to check. I haven’t looked at it in the last couple of days, but it’s probably somewhere in the high 20s. It’s really not that expensive considering the earnings power that this company is generating. Um, so there’s other stocks out there that are far more expensive than Nvidia. Nvidia is really not is really not expensive on a on a PE, you know, sense or on on an earnings multiple. It’s really not that expensive. Um, stock starting to bounce back just a little bit after this, but like I said, this is a fantastic earnings report. Um, there’s really not much to to dislike about this.

    This is also a record quarter for them. That 81.6 billion is a record for them and they’re expecting next quarter to be another record. So you’re going from, like I said, 80, let’s see, so you’re going from

    81.62 billion and they’re expecting their next quarter to be somewhere around 90 billion. So that’s a pretty significant jump from one quarter to the next and that’ll put them at another brand new record. So you’re really not getting much of a slowdown on that growth. That growth continues to be strong with Nvidia and them at they’re actually boosting their quarterly cash dividend. That’s the reason for the bounce right now. So that initial selloff, they’re actually boosting their quarterly cash dividend to 25 cents a share from 1 cent a share. That’s actually really significant. Whoa. So they’re boosting their quarterly cash dividend, guys, to 25 cents a share, which is up from 1 cent a share. And they’re adding 80 billion to that share buyback. This is as good of an earnings report as you could possibly ask for. It’s unbelievable. That is this is unbelievable. Honest, I don’t know. I’ve never seen a company before ever that is going to announce $90 billion in in expected revenue for the next quarter. They increase their they increase their uh dividend by thousands of percent and they add $80 billion to their share buyback program. I’ve never seen I’ve never seen that before. Okay. I’ve never seen that before. But that is that’s something that’s pretty impressive because usually you don’t see that. Usually it’s like especially with a company like Nvidia with all the investments that they’re doing. Yes, they have a ridiculous amount of their cash of cash flow, but usually when you see such a high share buyback program, usually the company will decide to put that money towards a share buyback program or a dividend. Usually you don’t necessarily see both. So for you to see that um Nvidia is just really continuing to give money back to their shareholders um through share buybacks which makes it easier for the share price to move higher and removes the amount of shares that are outstanding there or remove shares there from the float makes the stock easier to move higher and then also increasing that dividend. That’s a fantastic announcement there. I mean I have a large position in Nvidia. So I’m very happy about that. Right. Nvidia is the one of my largest positions along with the Mac 7, Apple, Alphabet, Amazon, right? Microsoft, these are some of my my largest positions and also Nvidia. Um, so this is really great news. It’s really great earnings report. Anyone that’s sitting on uh anyone that’s sitting on calls or puts is having a really hard time right now. they’re not happy about it because the implied move for this earnings release was actually higher than normal. Um, so implied volatility essentially is when you’re the the option market is pricing in a large move one way or the other. It’s not necessarily pricing in the move itself, like the direction of the move, but it is pricing in the size of the move. And the implied volatility was quite high, higher than than it has been in previous earnings releases for Nvidia. So, if you just bought a straight out call option or you bought a straight out put option, the IV crush, okay, the IV crush and the time decay because you know, you probably bought, you know, this week’s expiration. So, between the time decay and the IV crush that you’re going to experience tomorrow, you can have a call option, somebody else can have a put option. You’re both going to lose money if the stock does not make a significant move during the conference call. Now, it is entirely possible you can see a very large move during the conference call when Jensen Wong gets on and he starts speaking to analysts, starts answering questions and he goes through his statement. That is entirely possible. Okay? I have no idea what he is going to say. I have no idea what the stock’s reaction to that is going to be. I don’t try to predict things. I’m not a fortune teller. I’m not psychic. I can’t predict the future. My job as a trader is to identify high probability setups in the market, put ourselves on the right side of that probability, and make money consistently over time. That’s the deal. That’s what being a good trader is all about. It’s not about predicting the future. But there is not a single thing that you can dislike about this earnings report. Nothing. Top and bottom line beat aggressive guidance on the following corner. That quarter that’s above expectations increase their dividend and increase their share buyback program. There’s nothing else that they could announce, okay, that investors would want to would want to look for. So, um, makes some makes some sense here that that initial sell-off that we experienced is starting to get bought back up and the stock is starting to move back to the upside sitting up here at 225. Let’s go through some of these levels here. Let’s talk about some some areas of support and resistance. I find it quite interesting. Not really, but that’s just how these levels work. When you look at where we just bottomed on that initial pullback, right at that prior all-time high, that prior all-time high is 216 and a half. And you can just see where we just bottomed out in the after hours session, 216 and a half. So, you pulled right back down into prior high. It became support. Now, you’re back to the upside. I think that this is clear to give you a movement here to the upside going into tomorrow. Granted, if there’s nothing negative that is said on the conference call that investors don’t like or that they don’t want to hear, I find that hard to believe because Jensen Wong is has historically been incredibly optimistic and is incredibly um energetic and excited and he uses superlatives and really, you know, is not has not been one to be conservative in his estimates uh uh and his calls for where he thinks the total addressable market is going and where he sees the growth rate and the revenue and the opportunity. He’s been one that really likes to um I don’t want to say exaggerate because that would insinuate that the the numbers aren’t aren’t going to be going to be reached, but he’s very aggressive with the calls and the numbers that he puts out and the things that he says. So, I find it hard to believe he’s going to say something on the conference call that is going to just completely turn around investor sentiment. As it stands right now, I think this gives clean runway to look for continued longs in the semiconductor trade. We actually caught a really nice short position, not on Nvidia, but we had a really great short on so XL. Um, other members were on Micron and AMD that we actually closed out of yesterday morning. So, we actually had fin taken all our profits off the table on that trade. We came into the week on Monday. We got into the position short on Monday. We got nice follow-through there into Tuesday and we caught a really nice short trade there um on either SOXL or Micron or AMD. and we covered out of those positions yesterday in anticipation of Nvidia’s earnings and kind of wait and see what happens. Now earnings are out. They’re fantastic which you know most people were anticipating and we get a really nice move here to the upside back up to 226. We had some resistance here at 225. It’s not a major level. It’s a little bit it’s a minor level right around 224 and a half 225. So if you can get above that by tomorrow morning and then the way that I like to trade earnings is I don’t like to just look at what’s happening right now. What I like to do when I’m going to trade um earnings, I don’t get into a position before the earnings release. I will always get myself out of positions prior to earnings release. I will let the earnings come out and then I will get back into the trade the next day if a setup warrants it. So, I’m not going to look at what’s happening in Nvidia right now and say, “Okay, I’m going to get into this trade. I’m going to go long. I’m going to go long right now.” I’m not going to do any of that. Tomorrow morning, I want to see where is the stock trading after the earnings release and after the conference call. That is what is really going to give you direction on where this stock is headed rather than you reacting to the knee-jerk movements right after the earnings report. Right? But as we look at the charts, you have a support level 216 and a half. If 216 and a half breaks, I think you would have to get underneath 214 and a half, 215 in order for me to feel like that support level has broken. If that happens, then I would say you look for Nvidia to give you a deeper pullback. But as long as the stock is above that level, I think you continue to just wait, be patient, look for long setups um going into the end of the week, okay? But we’ll see where we where we can go. heavier resistance is up at 230 and then obviously the all-time high which is north of 235. Okay, so those are going to be your resistance levels. Like I said, we’ll see what happens with regards to the conference call. Let’s go back. This is a daily chart. So, let’s go. I want to go to the daily charts just to show you guys the prior all-time high level and how it just stuck there. But, let’s go to the let’s go back to the three minute and really kind of zoom in here on some of the price action following the release. Like I said, initial drop right into key support. he then snapped back off of it and now you got a little bit of a pullback right back into the close. So, the stock is actually flat right now. Uh it was up 1% on the day, but it is flat right now after hours following the earnings. And that’s why you will never see me really suggest anybody buys calls or buys puts going into an earnings release. I think you’re flipping a coin when you do that. I really do. I think you’re flipping a coin. And the odds are your odds are actually worse than 5050. Because a stock, if you, let’s say, bought a put option. If the stock goes up, you lose. If the stock goes sideways, you lose. If the stock goes down a little bit, you also lose. The stock goes down a lot, then you make money. So, it’s not even like you’re going after 50/50 odds when you just take a guess and you say, “Oh, I’m going to buy puts. I’m going to buy calls.” when a company’s about to report earnings. That’s not really what trade. That’s you guessing. That’s you gambling. And if you wanted to guess, if you wanted to gamble, then you can go to Vegas. You can put your money on red or black. That’s not what we do here. That’s not what I do. That’s not what we teach our 11,000 members from 114 different countries. That’s not what our entire suite of AI trading tools trains, uses, engages with, and provides with its guidance and its output to all of our members. What we do here is we focus on probability. We focus on identifying setups that give us 70 to 75% likelihood of a particular outcome and we will put ourselves in those positions time and time again. And with the help of the tools that we now have and the the accuracy and the statistics of those tools, it’s never been easier before for us. Members of True Trading Ubon are having some of their are reaching milestones are having some of the best trading days, weeks, months that they’ve ever had. And as much as I would love to tell you that I am the reason for that, I am not. I’m not the world’s greatest trader. I’m a damn good one. I’ve been doing this for 19 and a half years. I’ve received a trader of the year award at the hedge fund I worked at. My first job right out of college. Yes, I know what I’m doing. I’m a I’m a damn good trader, but I’m not the world’s greatest. I’m not the reason why all these people are having success. They’re having success because our members finally have access to tools and resources that give them a distinct advantage. Members of True Trading Group, just yes or no. Do you feel that the tools you have access to on our platform give you a distinct advantage over other retail traders that don’t have access to them? This is a real serious, very simple question. just yes or no. Do you feel that the tools you have access to give you a distinct advantage over other retail traders that don’t? Our holy grail trade plan uh generator, our active trader mode trading assistant, our AI charting software. Do you feel these things give you an edge? If you are not a member, pay attention to the people that are responding. These are members of true trading group. These are your peers. The reason why professional traders, okay, have have an edge over retail is because they have Bloomberg terminals that has tools and resources and data and analytics that you don’t have access to. But those terminals cost $30,000 a year, which is why most retail traders don’t have them. True Trading Group is not $30,000 a year, but True Trading Group has tools and resources that is helping its members to make money. It’s not just helping its members to get better. It’s helping its members to succeed. And by succeed, I literally mean make money. And in case you missed it before, I’ll ask one more time. Members, type the number one in chat. If you are making money, if you guys are becoming better traders because of True Trading Group, because of these tools, because of this platform, I want you to type the number one in chat right now. And it’ll be the last time I ask you a question. I promise. Type the number one. If you guys are making money, just for the people that are just tuning in now, we are covering Nvidia’s earnings here live. Look at all these people typing the number one.

    There is absolutely no reason why these people are making money and you can’t. They’re not smarter than you. They’re not luckier than you. And they sure as hell don’t have more time than you because 82% of our members have a full-time job. I do not expect you. Fibonacci biggest P&L month of my entire career thanks to True Training Group and the absolute monster that has created with Mari which is our AI persona and the holy grail. Yes. TTG gives you an edge. Don’t cut yourself, says my man James. Denise says 100% it gives her an edge. That is what this is all about. Every time you place a trade, there is somebody else on the other side of that trade. What it’s going to come down to is who’s better prepared, who’s better equipped. It’s like taking a knife to a gunfight. If all you’re doing is opening up your Robin Hood account and seeing what people are talking about on Reddit or Twitter, you stand no chance because the other traders that are on the other side of your trade have tools, have resources, have data, have analytics that are drastically improving their statistics, their consistency, and their profitability. You’re doing yourself a massive disservice if you are not arming yourself with the right weaponry to go to battle day in and day out. That is the difference that this platform provides. I’m curious how many people are on this live stream are not members. Can you do me a favor real quick? Type TTG if you are not part of this community. Like I said, we have 11,000 members, 114 different countries, but I know there’s many people that are on this live that are not part of that group. I’d love to see who’s here that’s not part of the community. Type the letters TTG if you guys are not part of True Trading Group. Don’t be shy. I don’t bite. I promise. Don’t be shy. Just go ahead and type TTG if you are not part of this group while I take a sip of my iced cappuccino that my wife made me.

    78 sound. What’s up? My boy Jimmy says this is a place to be. Been here for exactly 6 years. I would not stick around if it was not worth it. Thanks primarily to TTG. From May 2023 to May 2026, my portfolio has grown by 74%. My man Ron Mlette, great job. Great job. All right, we got 78 sound. We got Cindy uh Cindy Richard. We got Cotton. We got Alex Pro. Nice. 78 Sound says I just found this. That’s fantastic. I love that. Welcome to the group, man. Make sure you subscribe to the channel. Subscribe to the channel. Make sure you turn on your notifications because I go live here. This way you’re notified every time I do go live. Listen, here’s what I’m going to do and then we’re going to get back to the charts. We’re going to talk about what we’re seeing in the overall markets. We’re going to talk about maybe what we’re what we’re seeing in the in the semiconductors because they’re quiet as heck right now. Nvidia’s right. I mean, Nvidia is now slightly red after the close. We got to see what happens here with the conference call. Bouga is in the house as well. Welcome. Listen, guys, those of you that are not members, I really don’t want you to just take what I’m saying and just believe it, right? Right? I’m I’m just a guy on a YouTube channel, right? I don’t expect you to believe the things that I say up here just because I have a cool painting behind me. I think the the best way I stand behind the things that I say here, obviously, and I feel very passionately about what it is that we’ve created. I’ve been trading for 19 and a half years, and I was really set in my ways. I was very apprehensive to integrate any type of AI tool into my trading because I had a system, it’s worked to me for so long, and if it ain’t broke, don’t try to fix it type of thing. So, I was really skeptical about it, but what my business partner Adam and our development team have been able to create and have been able to build here at True Training Group is something that I never thought I would was was not in the realm of possibility of what I thought these tools would actually be able to do. Our our active trader mode trading assistant can actually monitor your position for you while you’re while you’re working. Okay? It can monitor order flow because of a data partnership agreement we have with the NASDAQ for level level three data that can identify institutional order flow versus retail and can actually help you stay in a winning trade longer because it can tell you like hey no you might be getting nervous you might want to get out of a trade because you were just up and now it’s starting to pull back and you might want to close the position out but then hope but the active trader mode will tell you no all the order flow is still going in your favor all the indicators are still pointing to the upside the trade plan is still very much intact stick to the plan everything’s fine wait for your next profit target and you’ll stay in that trade, you’ll maximize those gains. One of the biggest mistakes that inexperienced traders make is they sell their winners too soon. How many of you have left money on the table before on one of your trades that you bailed on too early because you got nervous and you turned out you left hundreds if not thousands of dollars on the table? The reason why so many inexperienced traders are unsuccessful is because they lose more money when they’re wrong than they make when they’re right. And that’s a combination of either poor risk management and you just get crushed every time you’re wrong and you really just have no concept of how to control and manage your risk. So that it’s it’s a it’s a controllable loss when you are wrong. That’s a huge part of trading. But then many of you that’s the case not because your losses are so big, but because your wins are just too damn small. And that’s because you’re too nervous when you’re in a winning position. That active trader mode trading assistant will help you stay in those trades. It’s one of the most common things that are being reported by the thousands of members that we have that are using these tools. Then you have the holy grail trade plan generator that literally tells you this is the entry, this is the stop-loss, these are the profit targets with the confidence score and the accuracy on it on 450,000 trading plans is 72%.

    These are these are statist and everything is fully tracked and verified. We have technical documentation on everything. This is not a trust me bro. We literally have software that tracks the performance on all of these things. Members that use our active trading assistant are seeing a 22% relative bump in performance and the and the holy grail trade plan generator has a 72% win rate. These are all verified and these are tracked literally every month. These are the reasons why everyone that you saw typing number one in chat are having success. That’s why I invite any person that’s on this live stream to try these tools out for yourself. Forget about a membership to True Trading Group. I’m not going to sit here and you want a membership. Yes, we have a membership. Yes, it’s an annual membership. Yes, you get a bunch of stuff with it. They hell with that. Just try the AI tools and get access to the entire platform for just 90 days. Make money with us first, then let’s talk about an annual membership. Sound fair? I won’t ask you to make a larger investment to join the community for a year without first being able to prove to you that we can make you money. That’s my commitment to any person that’s on this live stream that is not yet a member. So, I’m going to give you a little bit of a challenge. I’m going to tell you right now, join True Trading Group. Full unrestricted access. Use our tools. Join the community. Get the trade alerts for 90 days. I’ll charge you $1 a day. So, it’s 90 bucks. Make money with us. Let our platform, let our tools improve your trading statistics, improve your profitability, make you money, and then we’ll talk about an annual membership because at that point, then we’ve earned it. And you won’t want to go anywhere after you’ve used our tools, implemented them into your trading, and you’ve seen the results yourselves that all of our members are already seeing that you’ve seen type and comment inside of chat already. Once you see it for yourself and you start to see progress, you’re not going to go anywhere. And I know that. That’s why I’m willing to lose money on any single person that wants to sign up and try this for 90 days. Because, as you guys know, AI is usage based. So, I’m going to let you join and you’re going to be able to use our AI tools for 90 days. I’m going to charge you $1 a day. It’s gonna it’s going to cost us a lot more than $1 a day, but I am okay because I’m going to make that investment in you because I’m confident once you use them, you will make the investment in yourself as well by joining True Training Group for the annual membership. But I want you to use it first. Go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    Again, that is truetradinggroup.com9090.

    Everything on that page is going to be included for 90 days for 90 bucks. This is not a subscription. It will not automatically renew and charge you another $90. It is a onetime access to the platform for 90 days. One-time payment.

    Make money with us. Then let’s become an you’ll become an annual member at that time. If you have any questions at all, you have any concerns, you want clarification on something, we’re an open book. Don’t hesitate. Text us 1888621-2127. Again, that is 18886212127.

    The phone number is right at the bottom of your screen if you guys need to check it.

    Okay, Smoked One says, “The tools are the best that you will find. Just like the mods, they are all killers. There you go. Like I said, guys, don’t take my word for it. You know, maybe, especially if you’re new to this YouTube channel, some of you maybe have been watching for years and I’ve kind of I’ve kind of earned your trust a little bit and you kind of you know who I am and and we’ve been through years of live streams and content and and market calls and everything else. But some of you are new and some of you may not know me from Adam and and that’s okay. I don’t you shouldn’t just believe someone because they have a YouTube channel. So seeing is believing. I want you to use the tools for yourselves. Truegroup.com990. We’ll get to know each other without the commitment. Okay? We’ll go out on our first date together. I’ll pay and then we’ll see if we got an act we got something going here. Okay. And Diego goes, “They’re killers in a good sense, though.” Yes, we are. We are killers in a good sense. I promise. Okay. So, there you guys go. Again, it’s trueing.com990. You guys can join us for 90 days for just 90 bucks. Use everything that we have. Use it all yourself. And let’s kick some ass tips. All right. All right. So, we are starting to, you know, Nvidia is starting to bounce back a bit. We are back to break even, right? We are back to break even.

    Oh, we just got some SpaceX numbers. We got some SpaceX numbers.

    First quarter revenue for SpaceX, 4.69 billion. Oh, Brian, that’s what I’m talking about, Brian. So, Brian says, “I’ve been following you for years and I finally joined this year and I’m happy I did.” Brian, I am very glad you did also, my friend. I’m very glad you joined this year also.

    Been a pleasure to have you. I assume you are the username because there’s a username in chat who’s new. The username is literally just Brian. That’s it. B R I an A. I assume that that is you. because that’s a new username from just this year if I recall. I’m gonna go out on a limb and I’m gonna say that’s you. But it’s been uh glad to have you part of the group, man. Glad to have you guys part of the group. See, so anybody else if you guys are not a member, like I said, you get full unrestricted access for 90 days. Just go to trueradinggroup.com990.

    All right. So, as Nvidia just kind of bounc around, chops around, really not much cooking there. Like I said, calls and puts, IV crush, time decay, they’re going to get rocked unless there’s a major move. Um, once the conference call gets underway, love to see what happens. That conference call doesn’t begin for a little while. Um, but like I said, we’ll see what happens going into tomorrow. This is a fantastic earnings report. There’s nothing um there’s nothing that you would have seen otherwise. I I mean there’s they beat on every metric. They raised their dividend. They increased their share buyback program. They beat on their guidance. They beat on their revenue. They raised their earnings per share guidance as well as their revenue guidance. There’s nothing else that you really could ask for. Still, the stock doesn’t move. This is now like the sixth time that you’ve had amazing earnings and the stock has not moved higher. Six out of the last eight earnings releases. We’ll see if Jensen Juan can get the stock moving or not. Let’s take things on over to the overall markets. Let’s go over to the spy. Let’s talk about um what we’re seeing here. Um, you know, if you caught my live stream on Sunday evening, I did a live with you guys on Sunday evening and I talked about, you know, looking for a pullback in the beginning of the week, um, where we would be able to take advantage of a bit of a pullback and us to expect kind of a red week. And we were able to really capitalize on that Monday and Tuesday. We got that pullback, as you guys can see, this nice little two-day decline. We covered out of those positions yesterday and uh because we wanted to get out before Nvidia’s earnings because we didn’t know what the earnings were going to be and what the impact on the market was going to be and you got a nice little bounce back. So the way that we took advantage of that was we actually shorted so okay so we shorted we took so for the short and this worked out really nicely for us. This nice decline the stock went from 175 all the way down to 135 and then we peeled those profits off down there into those 130s. Um was a really nice trade for us. The target for the trade was 135. Why 135? Because this is the area that used to be um this was area that used to be resistance and then it was support. So there’s a nice little structure here. There’s your previous top. The very next day you gapped above it. It became support. That creates a nice little area of structure with resistance and support touches earlier in the month. And then that gave us the target of 135. So as we fell from these 170s down into 135, we took that profit off the table. This was actually a holy grail uh trade plan side on so XL that we were able to cap capitalize on from earlier in the week. It was a 75% confidence score on the short. Um and it worked out incredibly well for us and we were able to get to all of our profit targets. Um and it really was just an absolute thing thing of beauty. And then we like I said we covered out of that position yesterday and then now you’re getting uh a nice little snapback today. And obviously we got these Nvidia earnings. We have resistance here on SO XL that sits at 175 which is going to be a key a key you know kind of a breaking point for us. You can see that’s the high of the day from the last three days. The high of the day today, high of the day on Monday, high of the day on Friday and then prior to that you can see previous uh pivot support from last week. So you have a nice little structure here in the high the mid to high 170s. If you’re able to gap above that, the only way you gap above that tomorrow, I think, is if Jensen Wong says something that gets Nvidia flying in the after hours and then you get sympathy plays and all the other semiconductors. Um, then then I think that’s possibly we can gap up tomorrow. If we do gap up tomorrow, then I would look for longs in the high 170s, any pull back into like 178, 177, I would take the long stop loss underneath 174 and look to push back up towards the highs of 190 on So XL. But that’s only if you gapped above that level tomorrow. So that will be one of my number one trade ideas for tomorrow. If we gap above 175, we’ll watch for the pullback into the mid70s. Mid to high 170s will be the entry and the stop loss would be probably around like 174 173. Then we look for a push back to fill the gap into the high 180s and eventually all-time high resistance at 190. Not taking that trade now. We’re going to have to wait and see what happens with Nvidia during the conference call. But if there is a gap up, that’s a trade we’re going to look at. I don’t think I would look for a short tomorrow even if it sets itself up and it plays out that that way uh after this successful test and hold of these 30s. I just feel like if if we move back to the downside tomorrow that there’s going to be less of a clear-cut setup and a little bit more of a digestion and a little bit more of a of a consolidation on so XL and it could get a little choppy in the 150s 160s. So, I’d rather not try to, you know, play around too much if the price action is going to be a bit choppy. Um, so we’ll have to just kind of play it by ear and see what happens tomorrow. Obviously, we’ll be, you know, live inside chat sharing our screen like we always do every day. We go over in the pre-market, the game plan, the watch list. We talk about what tickers we’re looking at. We go through the holy grail runs and try to and get some trade ideas for the day. We do all of those things um live with all of our members. The mods and I share our screens. It’s not just me. There’s seven other professional traders that are mods. We share our screen. We’re live during the day talking on the microphone, right? We are answering questions, providing market commentary and analysis from pre-market all the way through into the close. We’re not just there for like an hour and then we’re gone and you’re left to fend for yourself the rest of the day. The mods and I are with you every single day from pre-market all the way through into the close. Okay, so we’re starting to pull back a little bit right now, guys. So, right now, Nvidia is now back into the red. But again, I wouldn’t really look for shorts on Nvidia. Um, you know, just because the stock, and here’s one thing, and I’m not even talking about Nvidia. I’m just broadly speaking now. Just because the stock’s not a good long does not make it a good short. And just because the stock’s not a good short does not make it a good long. Sometimes the best trade for you to make is no trade at all.

    Like I said, really good traders don’t predict the future. really good traders identify probability. You got to have the, you know, you got to have the the knowledge to identify the probability and then you got to have the patience to wait for it. Our holy grail trade planner takes care of a lot of that for you guys. Again, that’s an 80% deterministic. It’s an algorithm, meaning it’s rules-based. It’s not AI. And then 20% of it really is is AI interpretation. I learned a ton just listening to the mods talk and answering people’s questions. They really know their stuff and all have different trading styles. So, you really do get a lot of knowledge from them. Very true. Says smoked one. That’s another member member there of True Trading Group. All right. So, there you guys have it. You know, we just we have support here on Nvidia 216. Um, and we’ll we’ll see what happens during the conference call. At least now you guys have a good trade idea in your back pocket for tomorrow. if there is a move higher with Nvidia after hours. If not, um if Nvidia actually were to sell off, then I would look for the spy back into the low 730s tomorrow. I I think there’s a really nice level here. Um, what I think ends up happening is I think we would end up putting in a lower high and I think we would end up trading back back to the downside and get back down into um those low 730s is what I think the markets would do if Nvidia were to continue. If Nvidia were to pull back during the conference call, I would look for that price action tomorrow. If I go to a 15-minute chart and just kind of break this down a little bit, we can kind of take a look. There’s a really great support level here at 7:32.

    Low of the day there on the 19th and low of the day there on the 12th. So a nice little double bottom there at 7:32. And I think that if especially if Nvidia pulls back, if Nvidia pulls back during the conference call and let’s say tomorrow morning, Nvidia is like 218 217, then I think I think the SPY trades back down towards like today’s low and I think you get price action tomorrow that looks something like that. And um and if that’s the case, we would be short short bias coming into the day. Um, and we’ll we’ll talk about that obviously tomorrow morning when that sets up. But 7:32 is a really nice support level. After 7:32, and you can just draw these lines on your spy chart just to make sure you’re always, you know, aware. After 7:32, support is 7:30. After 7:30, support is 728. After 728, support is 725. Okay? And you also have a minor support level here at 738. So here are all of your support levels. So if those of you guys want to draw Oh, you know what? You have a minor support level here at 734. So here are your support levels if you guys want to draw these out just so you have them on your chart or that you’re always aware of where these levels lie. 738 is your first support level. It’s a minor level. 738 and a half or so minor level. 734 minor level. 732 a little bit more significant. 730 minor level. 728 little bit more significant but still minor. 725 is the biggest of the levels. Okay. Or is the most significant of the levels. All right. So, those are going to be your support levels that we can we can look at. But a lot of it, like I said, a lot of it’s going to rest on what happens with Nvidia during the conference call and where where that thing opens up tomorrow. Okay. Anybody have any questions? Anybody have any questions on Nvidia or anything that I just talked about the spy? Now is the time to ask.

    Kind of an uneventful uh Nvidia earnings.

    Like I said, everybody was expecting this this big move in the stock and the stock is is flat. Stock is flat.

    Crazy. It’s like what what more what more do you want? Was an unbelievable earnings report.

    All right, folks. Well, if nobody has any additional questions, like I said, if you guys are not members, truerding.com990, you guys can try out the entire platform. Try out all the tools for 90 days for $1 a day. Um, if you have any questions, send us a text message, okay? 1888621-2127.

    Again, that is 1888-621-2127.

    Thanks for tuning in. The um those of you that are not members, subscribe to the channel, smash that like button, show us some love, check out that truetrading.com990. Come trade with us. Use the platform for 90 days. Those of you that are members, obviously the team and I will be back bright and early in the morning to see where Nvidia is and we will uh start to plan out the day and go through the entries, the exits and how we’re going to make money tomorrow. All right, so that’s all folks. Thanks for tuning in. Hope you guys enjoyed the live. Nvidia is flat. Slightly slightly slightly red, but for all intents and purposes, Nvidia stock is currently flat after earnings. Everyone is waiting now for Jensen Long in the conference call. Have a great night, folks. Thanks for tuning in. Subscribe to the channel. I’ll see you guys all later.

  • 05/21/2026 – Joshua Zamora – How To Have Clients BEG to pay you $1,500 per month for the MOST Profitable Lead Source They ALL Want

    All right, I am excited for this call. As you guys may have seen in the last se several weeks of emails, I’ve been sending out quite a bit of training and strategies to help you guys land clients, uh, close clients, uh, kind of get a foot in the door with clients. Um, and yeah, I mean just to show you guys as well, I personally have been obviously using these strategies myself. Um, and some of you may have seen me send this out yesterday. Uh, this was uh this is actually a warm contact of mine uh that I’ve worked with for a while. Um, where uh we used to do real estate together. uh he still does real estate. Obviously, I still do real estate as well, but he does it more on the um realtor side. Um so, he wanted to put together a uh a website. Um and it was kind of one of those situations where since we’ve worked together before in the past, we also developed a great friendship. So, it was kind of uh kind of leaning towards he wanted a big discount or wanted a pretty much wanted it for free or wanted to work wanted me to work based off percentage. You know, one of those kind of weird situations where you don’t want to I also didn’t want to really charge him that much u because he helped me out a lot. He was one of the ones that kind of um helped me close my first real estate deal back when I was what, like 20, 21 years old. Um, so the way that I angled it for any of you, just I don’t know why I’m going off on this rant, but for any of you ever in that situation, uh, the way that I framed it was, uh, hey, you know, obviously I’m not going to charge you that much. You know, I’m not going to charge you what I would charge someone else. Uh, but he the reason he he called me, he said, “Yeah, I don’t know.” Cuz I what I told him, I was like I kept asking him, “What’s your budget? You know, what are you looking to spend for it?” And I asked him that multiple times and he refused to answer. Uh, and then he just called me, hey, you know, I’m not really sure what budget to to use. I don’t know anything about this. I don’t know anything about websites. I don’t know what they usually cost. So, I just told him, look, a website like this, you will usually run you 2 to 3,000 bucks. And then he also wanted uh some marketing and some SEO done to uh for his business as well. So, I’m like, and then uh the ongoing could be uh you know, anywhere between 500 to 2,000 a month. It depends on how aggressive you want to be with it. And then I told him, “But obviously I’m not going to charge you that much um because you know for obvious reasons you’re you’re my friend. You know, I’m going to look out for you.” Uh so we kind of left it like that and then he’s it kind of like kind of still seemed like he was like, “All right, then I kind of seemed like he was he was expecting it for for free.” So when I finally delivered the website, it was an amazing website. He was blown away and he immediately tell asked me, “How much do I owe you? Um, and you know, that kind of cleared that up. I I knew he was going to be willing to pay for it regardless, and it took me maybe 30, 45 minutes to create the actual site. Uh, which is insane that where we’re at in in the world of of AI. Um, and the strategy that we’re going behind this as well is the reason why I kind of did it so quick was because we’re launchjacking a building a new building development that’s going on here in Miami. So, our goal is to get this site created quickly. It’s a lead capture site um that we’re going to rank on the first page of Google. So, no one else pretty much knows what the name of the building is going to be. He was able to get that inside information. So, we bought it an exact an exact match domain for the project. We’re going to rank that domain. So, when the unveiling and the big announcement of this project is released, we’re going to be the ones ranking on the first page for the actual name of what the building is going to be. And obviously, we’re going to capture all of that uh early traffic that comes to the page. And the p the website is amazing. Um, so when I reached back out to him, um, I told him, “Hey, look, um, you know, I’m not going to charge you anything. Just simply cover the cost of what my developer, uh, what I’m going to pay my developer to put together the site.” So, in I switched things off from like, I’m not charging you. All you’re doing is paying for my developer. And I’ve used that tactic multiple times to kind of remove myself from the one that’s actually charging the payments. Um, and I told them just send, you know, send me the send me 500 bucks. That’s what I that’s what, you know, my hard cost for my developer. Uh, obviously it I’m the developer, you know, Perplexity was the developer. Uh, which is the one that put together the website. Um, and if I show you guys real quick, let me show you. The the prompt was extremely simple. If I show you, I have a friend who’s a realtor uh and has direct developer access to his new high-rise that’s going on uh that’s going up for sale soon. He wants to create a professional lead capture page for the project so you can start booking private sales appointments with the developer. I want you to create the lead capture page for me. Here’s the main projects website so you can see as an inspiration. So, I made a mistake. This is not the the um the develop the the project. This is an existing project that’s already underway, but it’s going to be the same uh the same brand building this other building uh in uh Sunny. And look right away. Boom. It where’d it go? Look at the look at how well this site was put together right away. It did all of this for me. This isn’t the the final version cuz we added his p his picture to it and his uh his logo to it. Um but look at that. It came out amazing. All right. And literally that’s all I prompted it with. And then I prompted it but we did back and forth some changes. I added he wanted his his face added to it. He wanted his logo added to it. Um so this is not the final version and obviously I personally wanted it on WordPress. So I prompted Perplexity to uh to tell me hey put this uh create this in a WordPress version. All right. Um, so that’s how simple this these things can work and that’s why I’ve been pushing you guys. I did send out a an outreach challenge. So, uh, we did get some feedback of people going out there and and doing outreach. There’s people doing cold calls. There’s people sending out emails. So, I’m loving the energy that people are out there taking action. And that’s why I’m excited for this call as well, because this uh simple service where you can offer someone a a a a simple website that was created by AI that took me just a few prompts to get the final version. And he is blown away uh by it. Um and I know I’m going to get some some additional clients just from the fact that we’re going to be ranking this site. Um, and I put a link to to an agent. And because of that, because of this high uh launchjacking strategy that we’re going with, I ended up creating a separate agency website that I linked to in the bottom uh so that anyone that lands on that site and sees it and is impressed by it can go to the link in the footer that I put that’s going to lead them to my uh agency site that is a lead capture page as well. Um, so I did all of that and the best part again is that this particular uh client uh like I said upfront he upsold himself to a monthly recurring uh recurring service which is what we’re going to talk about today which is the number one lead source that any business uh wants. Okay. Especially realtors, uh, home based service businesses, plumbers, electricians, HVAC, uh, you know, restaurants, uh, dentists, lawyers, all these different businesses. They want this lead source that we’re going to be talking about today. And we’re going to show you absolutely everything from start to finish, how to uh, what the service is. Many of you are obviously going to know what it is. I kind of kept that under wraps for a bit because I wanted you guys to be on here to actually get this information. Um, and we’re also going to show you exactly how you can do it on your own. Uh, and we’re going to show you uh exactly how uh we automated this process. So, you’re going to see both whether and we’re also we’re going to have an offer at the end that automates the whole process. But even if you don’t take us up on that, we’re going to teach you absolutely everything that you need to go out there and start landing these clients and how to be able to offer this service. So, uh, give me a two in the chat box if that sounds, uh, like a great plan for you guys. And even just that strategy alone, guys, if you’re ever talking to someone and you feel like you lack the confidence uh to be able to deliver a website to them so that so you don’t even end up bringing it up. That is no longer a a that should no longer be a Oh my god. Wait, has my sound not been on? Someone is saying no sound?

    Please don’t tell me that. Give me a five if you Okay, give me a five if you can hear me. I hope I haven’t been talking for 10 minutes and no one can hear me.

    Okay, but no one’s posting the five, but a bunch of you are posting ones. Oh, no. Yeah, the fives are at top. All right, perfect. All right, so there is one person that keeps posting no sound, no sound, no sound. The chat is turned off. No, wherever you posted, the chat is the chat is turned off. That is the correct place. All right, so everyone can hear me. Great, cuz we have a bunch of you on here. That That would have sucked if I just spoke for 10 minutes and no one heard me. Um, so where was I? All right, so even just that strategy alone, guys, where you can offer simple $500 websites, angle it the way that I that that I angle it, one thing that I always like doing is removing myself as being the decision maker, okay? Because that always u ensures that you have leverage. So, anytime uh and a former boss of mine is the one that taught me this because he did the same thing in his agency when I was running his SEO department, he always had this third person that was his boss, but it was just a random a person he made up. And all of us would leverage this madeup person in the office as well. And he would be the the the person that we would lean on. We could be if someone asks us a question or someone was trying to negotiate with us or someone was trying to you know anything like all right let me go ahead and check with my with Mike I think the I think his name was Mike when when we when we when I was working there let me check with my general manager Mike to see if we can do this for you we’ll get to we’ll put together a custom proposal for you uh and see if we can work with you so that’s kind of how we always worked with it and I still use that to this day in in one form or fashion um even when it comes to my real estate stuff. I never let my tenants know that I’m the owner. Anytime I’m talking to them, I’m the manager. Okay. Hey, let me let me check with the owner. Uh, and that removes you having to be the authority. That removes you having to, you know, being the decision maker because when people know you’re the decision maker, they they kind of, you know, they know that they can try to push you a little more. Um, so that always helps to kind of u uh give you leverage in multiple different scenarios. So, in this scenario, I told him, “Hey, look, since he already obviously knew that I’m the owner of the business, I just told him, “All right, I’m not going to charge you anything, but all you got to do is cover the cost for my developer.” So, I just deflected the fact that I’m still charging you, but obviously, you know, it’s going to someone else pretty much. Um, and then for website creation, dude, Perplexity right now is insane how it can create these website. Not only did it create these website uh for me, but the second time around when I created the a the separate agency website that I’m using for the bottom of this uh footer,

    I gave it the login I can’t scroll too much cuz you’re going to see the login details, but I gave it the login details so that it can create the agency website for me too. And look how amazing this came out. I can show you guys here. Look at this. This was all built for me. Absolutely everything built, installed, turned into a WordPress theme, and deployed for me. All from uh Perplexibly doing it for me. So, the goal for this website is going to be to kind of track all the uh clients that I’m going to get from hijacking the other uh the launch of that u of that uh real estate project uh here in Miami. Um, so what I can do as well, uh, stay to the end and I’ll, you know, show you guys how you how I’ll be able to just send this. If you want to use this similar template for your agency site, I’ll go ahead and, uh, package this up and send it to you. uh because this is I mean an amazing high-end looking website which matches the high-end feel of the real estate project so that the messaging is the same that anyone that comes from that knows that that’s a premium website and this is a premium agency that is uh offering uh its services. Uh so with that, let’s go ahead and get started. I know that was a bit of a winded uh intro, but I wanted to just kind of give you guys an update uh of what’s been going on. And I just thought it was so cool how I was able to kind of uh get that client, deliver a service, and do absolutely no work myself. It was literally just prompting perplexity, plus springboard that into a new agency site that I’m going to use to land clients from that uh initial campaign. And obviously, I told my friend, I’m like, “Hey, look, don’t tell anyone you paid $500 for this website.” And he’s like, “No, absolutely not. I know I’m going to get asked about it, so I’ll just give them your number directly and you can handle them. Uh, all right. So, with that guys, let’s go ahead and get started with uh the person that I have on here with me to share this information with you. Uh, is uh none other than Paul James. Uh, and he is honestly one of the most talented people that I know. Not just talented marketer. Um, but I was talking to him uh just before we jumped on and he is a successful musician. He is a successful marketer. He runs a successful agency. He runs a viral marketing engine on his YouTube, on his uh Instagram, on his Facebook. He knows he’s getting a ton of traffic uh for free creating viral videos. Um, so he again he is one of the most talented people that I know and then uh he he creates uh again music in multiple different genres. I thought it was one just one genre but he told me that he created a completely different channel as well for a totally different genre that he’s targeting now. So and on top of that he got sponsored by an RV company. They gave him an RV completely free so long as he and his wife uh film content on it and promote the RV. So, I mean, he again one of the most impressive uh talented marketers that I know. And on top of that, specifically for what we’re going to talk about today, he runs a very successful agency site. He’s always out there testing new strategies, testing new software, automating his agency, and just getting his clients results. And that’s why I’m excited to bring him on here because every time he’s on here, uh, I just get blown away by how talented he is. So, uh, Paul, whenever you have a chance, let’s jump in here. I know I’m excited for this, uh, and everyone that’s on here is excited as well. Yeah. What’s going on, Josh? I appreciate it. And what’s going on everybody? Uh, really appreciate the kind words, man. Thank you so much. Yeah. No, absolutely. Um, yeah, I always have a good time on these sessions as well. And, um, you know, that’s like what you’re doing and stuff is really cool. the uh the AI stuff is so insane nowadays. Like that website looks amazing and um that’s a really good strategy too with uh deflecting off to you know, hey, you know, I’m not the decision maker necessarily, but we’ll see what we can do. I think that’s a really good strategy. I’ll definitely have to try that one out. Yeah, man. We had we had it to the point where there was a separate email address created. So, we we would tell the clients, all right, look, you this is his email address if you want to reach out to him. Boom. And then they would and then essentially it would just go to the main boss and then he would reply to them as the second boss. So it was a whole operation and it just helps again it helps to kind of not be the the person that has to make the final decision. Yeah. Even though you are Yeah. Exactly. Yeah. That’s that’s awesome. I love that. Well, listen. There’s a huge problem going on with Google Maps that I think once you show business owners, you guys are going to uh you’re going to be pretty surprised how quickly they show interest and they ask you how much to fix it. So, um I really appreciate uh Josh inviting me on to to share this with you guys because my my students and myself have been crushing it with this strategy and I’m really really excited to share how it works with you guys because it’s it’s one of those strategies where it’s like so simple that once you show it to them, they’re like, “Yeah, I need to fix that like right now.” Like they can’t unsee it. So, what you’re looking at on the screen here are calls that we’ve been generating for our clients after we fix this invisible Google business profile problem that I’m going to show you guys during this training today. I’ll show you how to find it, how to uncover it, and then how to fix it. Now, if you’re not familiar with Google business profiles, it’s basically Google Maps. You know, some people refer to it as like the the threeack um or Google local. So just know that like throughout this session if I refer to it as Google business profile or Google maps we’re talking about the same exact thing. Um basically this is an example of view searching an activity that we got for just one of our clients in 30 days just from fixing their invisibility issues. And when people search for our client, they see their profile which we made changes to to help them show up. Many of these people end up turning into a paying customer for them, which is important because what happens then is they’re willing to pay you for doing that. And it’s an opportunity to basically once you learn it, do what I’m doing and have business owners pay you upwards of $2,000 a month with a smile and leverage AI, much like Josh showed you in the beginning. Um, AI has just come such a long way. And the craziest part is once they see they’re invisible, they usually want help immediately fixing it because like I said, they can’t really unsee the problem that you show them. Now, the cool part is is Google Maps is still the most powerful lead source for local business because this isn’t traffic that might buy someday. Um, as Josh said, I I really do a lot with traffic on all angles, whether it’s social media, um, you know, SEO, maps, but maps traffic is one of those traffic sources where these are people actively searching to hire someone right now. So, we’re not talking about clicks, we’re talking about calls. And the best part about it is that you can actually see results with rankings in it in days instead of months like typical SEO. So, I want to share everything with you here. Um, and why I really like it, number one, it’s it’s a lot faster and cheaper and easier than regular SEO. And I like it a lot better than ads because you don’t have ad spend. You don’t have long-term ranking battles. Um, when it comes to like social media, like organically, you’re not having to play the social content treadmill. I have a lot of experience with that, too. You know, even still to this day, I’m putting out content every single day. But with this strategy, you don’t have to do that. It’s just show up when people search and get the call. And most business owners, a lot of them, they don’t even know that they’re already on it. And sometimes, um, if they are on it, they don’t realize that they’re actually invisible. And that’s where you come in. So, what if I told you that most business owners are invisible on Google Maps right now without even realizing it? So, they think that they rank, but they’re actually hidden. So, the reason why is because they’re showing up only near their business, but then you start to go a couple blocks away and just gone, totally disappeared. Imagine paying rent, payroll, trucks, insurance, and Google only shows you to people three blocks away. Pretty frustrating, right? And like I said, a lot of them, they don’t even realize it because when they’re searching for themselves, they’re searching from their actual location. So, I’m going to show you today how to turn a simple 5minute audit into $1,000 a month clients using a hidden Google Maps flaw that’s costing businesses leads daily. And I’m going to show you the exact system I used to build a 10K a month side hustle thanks to the power of AI and some automation with no cold calls, no tech skills, and no paid ads, and without becoming some SEO nerd or sales machine. And I’m also going to show you why this works even if you’ve never ranked a business before or even if you’ve struggled to get clients in the past. And you can even do this from anywhere in the world. It doesn’t matter if you’re, you know, on your couch. Like Josh said, I I travel around in an RV a lot for this RV sponsor sponsorship I have. And I just take my laptop with me. And um, you know, I just I just do it from there. So, I’m going to drop later in this workshop a download link to the exact checklist that I use when a business runs like when we run one of these grid scans and basically realize that they’re invisible outside of their zip code. Um, it tells you exactly what how to fix it, what to fix, and it’s how we justify thousand a month retainers without needing to do any hard selling. And this checklist alone has helped people close clients because business owners finally understand what’s wrong. So, like I said, later in the workshop, um, you’ll get this completely free just for being here live. So, um, you know, stick around. It’ll be worth it. Now, I want to be real with you. What I’m about to show you isn’t some like magic money hack. Like, it works, but it does take action. So, I want to be clear about that. No gimmicks. This is just like a skill that businesses actually need and they’re happy to pay for it. So during this presentation, like I’ve already shown you some of like my earnings and results. I’m just showing you what’s possible. It’s like not a guarantee. Like I can’t say you’re going to get exactly these results. But what I can promise you is that you’re about to see a method that’s proven to work for me and a ton of others who have started with zero experience. And you do not need to reinvent yourself for this to work. Okay? If that sounds like a deal, give me a yes or an allin in the chat box. I’m going to go check it out quick. Um, also guys, I really appreciate your interaction. That’s one thing I love about Josh’s audience. You guys always come and interact and uh are always so excited and fired up and taking action. So, I really, really appreciate that. Awesome. Lots of yeses coming in. Cool. Now, you’re in the right place if you’ve tried other online side hustle. Maybe nothing’s really stuck. Maybe you’ve built websites, posted content, or run ads, and maybe you’re just struggling to get that real traction. Or maybe you’re tired of guessing what works and maybe you’re tired of starting from scratch all the time and you thought, you know, I know I’m capable, but why am I still stuck? So whether you’ve already helped local businesses or you’re just looking for something that is real and actually works, you’re in the right place today. And I want to show you a system that’s simple, proven, and real today. And before we dive in, let me just say this. I’m not some overnight success or tech genius. I’m literally a college dropout who was living in my brother’s garage who figured this stuff out. You know, I remember feeling like everybody else around me was figuring life out except for me. And now I’ve built a business that brings in a lot of money helping local businesses with one tiny tiny tweak that most people never see. My local newspaper even wrote a piece on me, named me 40 under 40 of the most influential people in the state. So, I’m going to show you exactly how I did it, starting with what no one talks about. And this doesn’t just work for marketing pros either. It works for everyday people. If you’re a side hustler, a beginner, even folks who’ve never touched Google Maps before. Most of the people that I’m going to show you, they just followed the system. They weren’t marketers. So, here’s what I need from you. You know, if you’ve if you’ve been on these workshops before, you know, the main thing is is that you really just need to take action and and and not get distracted, right? So if you have like other tabs open, just close them out because this is going to really really show you something that’s a huge opportunity that could change your income forever. So if we have a deal, give me a deal in the chat box. I’m going to give my all to show you and break this all down so that when you when you leave this webinar today, you feel confident that you can go out and land a client, get that $1,000 a month client on retainer and actually fix something using the power of AI. Awesome. Lots of yeses coming in. Lots of deals come in. I appreciate that. Now, if you struggle before, it’s not your fault because this works because you’re showing businesses something real. You don’t even need to know SEO. In fact, this works better if you’ve never touched it before. And this method shows you exactly where the money is and how to get it without guessing or cold pitching. And if getting clients ever felt like finding a needle in a hay stack for you, because it did for me before I started doing this, it won’t anymore. Paul T, he was working part-time dabbling in this stuff and he still managed to turn this into a sevenf figureure agency. Um, I did an interview with him and we always touch base every once in a while. The difference is is that he followed the same blueprint I’m about to show you. So, who here would like to see some case studies rather than me sit here and kind of tell you what’s going to work and explain it? Would you rather I just show you just show you some results? Explain how we got them, what it looked like, stuff like that. Okay, just give me some ones in the chat box. I some me. Okay, awesome. Perfect. So, here’s what I’m going to do. I will be blocking out the city and anything that would reveal like the personal info of my client. But, as you can see, I managed these uh maps listings, these profiles by the little verification check. And also, I did leave my keyword in there as well. So the part that’s blurred out is city name. So you can see here um after fixing this, we’ve we’ve locked down the number three spot for home heating and then it’s for the city name. And then this is another one, roofer and then city name. We hold down the number two spot. Now these rankings are in cities where SEO agencies usually charge $2,000 per month. And thanks to the invisible listing method, we lock in these top spots super fast. And because of that, clients pay us monthly like clockwork. So this is one of those case studies. As you can see, one of my clients is getting 491 people finding their profile due to searching thanks to the work we’ve done setting them up setting this up for them. This is another one um ranking for HVAC, the number one spot. This is another HVAC company though in a different city. But as you can imagine, I’ve got a lot of word of mouth referrals going on in this niche. And that’s the cool part about this. Um like Josh mentioned at the beginning, you know, he said, “Hey, don’t tell anyone how much I charged you.” And he said, “No, I won’t. I’ll just I’ll just give them your information.” And that happens a lot, you know, as you start to get people results, word starts to spread pretty fast. And it’s the same thing with this strategy as well. In fact, to give you an idea, these are those two heating companies I showed you and the total calls we’ve generated for them. So, you can see why they’re happy to pay every single month, right? Because it would be like chopping their own arm off to have those calls stop. Now, I want to show you one more before I teach you the three simple steps we use to do this. because people are always asking me, you know, can I do this in a different country because they notice I’m in the US. So, this is a client outside of the US of mine. Again, I won’t say where exactly just for privacy sake of the client. Um, but it’s a popular tourist destination. A lot of you have probably been there. Um, or at least you’ve heard of it or know someone who’s been there. Now, this company dominates for doing local tours. They do like um taxi type service. They do like airport transfers, things like that. So they they absolutely dominate and hold the number one spot there. So much so and it’s such a massive market that they’re getting over 3,500 people that find them every month. All because of this Google business profile and fixing this invisibility issue that we’re seeing so many business owners now face. I would I would venture to say like 80% or more maybe even of business owners are dealing with this issue. So the market is wide open. So, can you see now why business owners pay you at least $1,000 a month with a smile? Let me know in the chat box. Yes, it’s a no-brainer, right? Because in fact, it literally costs them money not to do this. It would be like them directing their customers over their competition. So, what makes this work so consistently even for people who have never done this before? That’s what we’re going to get into um in the next part, which is the three steps to this. I boiled this down to three steps to just make it as simple as possible. Um, so the highle overview is first we’re going to talk about the hidden maps flaw that created this and why even top ranked businesses are invisible in 90% of their service area. Then we’ll get into step two, which is how we actually secure the deal. It’s the five words that make local business owners say yes. So, I’m going to tell you what those are. Literally, you you can send off an email saying these five words and they almost always ask you how much how much to fix it, okay? Because they can’t unsee it. And then step three, I’m going to show you how to turn visibility gaps into monthly paydays so that this becomes a recurring income and you get clients ranking and paying you in every neighborhood that they serve. And what I’m about to show you is the exact shift that took me from chasing clients to clients wanting me. So, this is the hidden maps flaw that’s costing local businesses a thousand at step one. And it’s a side hustle that um now pays me over $10,000 a month on autopilot. You can see a couple different merchant accounts there. Now, most people, most business owners think they’re ranking just fine because when they search their business name, they see themselves at the top, right? And a lot of times it could be because they’re searching their business name. But even if they’re searching a keyword like HVAC Orlando, many times if they search that from a different location other than their actual office, they’re nowhere to be found. Okay? And the reality is is that sometimes businesses get confused. They try to like search their business name. Um, and they don’t realize like people are actually searching other things like roofer near me, emergency plumber, uh, b best HVAC Orlando, things of that nature. But even if they are trying that, right, and they’re doing it from their office location, they only show up near their business. They rank in their exact zip code, but then two blocks away, totally gone. And you can kind of see that demonstrated here, right? They show up right here in this little square of where they’re at. But then you start to venture off here and look it, they’re not even in the top 10 anymore on these outside areas. And I mean really when it comes down to the Google business profile, they really want to be in like the top three, right? Because those are the top ones that show up. In fact, a lot of people refer to it as the three-pack. So the fact that they don’t even know this is going on is a problem. And I like to say it’s almost a flaw in Google’s three-pack logic because Google shows results based on the location of the searcher. Meaning if I’m on my cell phone and I’m searching away from that business, it’s going to totally disappear. Right? So that’s a really really important thing to know and a lot of people don’t realize that and they don’t know how to fix it. So, even though they’ve ranked number one in their zip code, their listing turns invisible in 80% of their service area. Customers aren’t seeing them, calls aren’t coming in, and their competitors are actually getting their traffic. It’s crazy, right? They’re losing 20 to 30 plus calls a month. And guys, they literally don’t even know it. Even five book jobs could be worth3 to $5,000 a month, and they have zero visibility into it. Now, once I realized this, I stopped doing cold SEO. I stopped guessing rankings and instead I showed business owners what Google was actively hiding from them. And they started paying me $1,500 a month to fix it. Because once business owners see the visibility gap and they see that visually, the conversation changes completely. So, let me know. Is this making sense? Can you see how different this is from begging for clients or cold pitching strangers? I’m going to check the chat box. Just let me know if we’re all following so far and I’ll explain more about the the how-to. Okay, some yeses coming in. I see some questions about how to how to do it. Yeah, we’ll absolutely show you how to do it. Cool. Okay, so that’s the first step. It’s it’s it’s exposing this hidden flaw, right? Now, let’s get into step two, which is the five words that make a local business say yes. So, I taught this to Derby. He landed a bunch of clients after implementing this. Um, and he ended up with five clients total within just like a week or something crazy like that. So, you only need one simple phrase to get the client to close a deal for you. And I really like this because personally, I’m not a fan of hard selling. You know, I just want to show people what I have to offer and let them make a decision on whether or not they want it, right? I I feel like that’s the easiest way to sell something and, you know, not come off as like a sleazy salesman because nobody likes that. Right now, the problem that I think a lot of people run into is that they try to sell the fix too soon and they get excited. They start explaining like tools and dashboards and the business owner, they kind of tune out about that because they don’t really want a lesson. So what they care about is getting calls and are we losing money? You know, are we beating our competitor? And basically, they just don’t want to be invisible. So you you your goal here is to make them feel understood and in control. And these are the five words that we use to do that. All I say is, “Let me show you something.” Okay? Write that down. Let me show you something. It’s disarming. It’s low pressure. It triggers curiosity. And it never feels like a sales pitch. And in a second here, I’m going to show you the exact email pitch that we use. Um, sometimes we’ll do it with like um a Facebook message, like a DM. So, you can do it however you want, but this phrase shifts the power because you’re no longer trying to convince them that they need help. They already know that. And they go from skeptical to asking questions. And the question that you’re specifically looking for them to ask, and they will, is how can we fix this? And once they do that, you’re in. This is a soft open that creates $1,000 a month clients without scripts or pressure. So, here’s literally what I say. I’ll normally say something like, “Hey, Robert, I noticed something out about your Google listing. You’re not showing up for key searches in your area even though your competitors are. Let me show you what I mean.” Okay, that’s the let me show you something part. It’ll take 30 seconds. And then I normally like to attach either like a screenshot showing the the issue of where they’re not ranking or if you want to go the extra mile, you could attach like a loom or a screencast video. But even a screenshot will do. And this is literally what business owners say back. They’ll usually say something like, “Thanks for the message. How much to fix it?” Because once they’ve seen the problem, they’re going to want the fix because you’ve you’ve built up the curiosity. you’ve proven value and you’ve positioned yourself as the expert. All you need to do next is name your price. And that’s where step three begins. Now, before we continue, I want to do a little poll here just to see where everyone’s at. How many clients do you want? I did a little projection here just to kind of get you thinking and and get you uh really brainstorming about how many clients you need because I don’t know what your goals are. Maybe your goal is to pay off a credit card. Maybe it’s to uh cover your mortgage. Maybe it’s to replace your day job. I don’t know what that goal is, but if you compound the recurring income that comes in, because if you land just one client a month, and I did a very conservative number of $1,000, right? That’s like the lowest amount that you’d possibly probably get paid for this. And the lowest number of clients you’d land per month, maybe like one a month, but I know many of you will probably land more than one a month. Many of you might charge more than $1,000 a month. But even at the bare minimum, right? By June, so like six months in, obviously we’re almost at June right now, but by six months in, I started at the beginning of the year, you would have $6,000 a month in recurring revenue because of adding a new client every month. And by the end of the first year, you’d have a yearly recurring income on your first year of $78,000. In my opinion, doing pretty much the bare minimum. So going into your second year, you’d be at a pretty great income. So, throw in the chat box now that you kind of know. How many clients do you want? I’m going to look in the chat box and see what you guys are saying here. See? Oh, a lot of people saying 10. Barbara’s 10. James 10, Steven 10. Uh Josh says five. Uh Sam says two. Paul says 100. That’s awesome. Um 10. Yeah, absolutely. So, that’s a good goal. And I mean, 10 clients, that’s at least $10,000 a month. you’re well over a six-figure income at that point. So awesome. I’m glad you guys have set some goals because you know that’s very the very first thing is kind of knowing where you want to be because then you can kind of set you know an expectation like hey I need to land one client a month or a client you know almost every month to get 10 clients right to be at 10 clients by the end of the year. So, we talked about step one, which is that, you know, even top ranked businesses, although they look like they’re ranking number one, they’re they’re not ranking in like 90% of their service area. We talked about step two, which is the five words that make local businesses say yes, which is the whole let me show you something angle. Now, let’s get into step three, how to actually take these visibility gaps and turn them into monthly paydays. My student anem, he got ranked on the first page in under three weeks using this strategy as well. And the cool part is is that these visibility gaps, they unlock ongoing $1,000 a month or more retainers. So, it’s not something that you get paid just once for. You’re going to get paid month after month after month, which is cool because the work you do one time pays you dividends every single month. So, here’s the invisible listing problem. Funny enough, Google actually tells you what you’re looking for to fix it. It’s actually hidden in plain sight. I think a lot of people, they don’t really understand it. So, I’m going to explain it to you and just in case you’ve never seen it before, also I’m going to explain it. But it’s these three things: relevance, distance, and prominence. So, we’re going to break down each one really quickly here. Number one, you have to be relevant, right? That’s easy because if you’re working with a plumber and their clients are searching for a plumber, well, it’s safe to say they’re relevant, right? So, this one we had just pretty much never worry about because obviously like our client is probably going to be relevant to the person that’s searching. However, this distance and prominence thing is where people get tripped up and they’re not quite sure how to show Google what they’re looking for. So, let’s pretend you’re trying to rank a plumber in Chicago, okay? and maybe they want to show up, maybe their address is in Lincoln Park, but they want to show up in Brighton Park, right? And that’s where this whole distance thing and prominence thing comes in because if you’re located in Lincoln Park, you’re probably going to show up really well for anyone that’s searching near your building, as we’ve talked about in step one. However, it’s the people in Brighton Park that are probably not going to see you at all, which means all of your competitors are getting all of that business, which in many cases could be like up to like 30 calls a month. So, you have a couple options, right? And I’m going to explain to you what they are. Basically, you could move your entire business, right? You could move your business from Lincoln to Brighton Park. You could buy another building there. Not very practical though, right? So instead, what we do for our clients is we establish this digitally since we can’t physically move our client’s building there. Instead, we establish it digitally. And this is really cool and it’s super easy to do. And what you do is you create a piece of content. It can be on your client’s website. This is usually one of the things we like to do. Now, if you’re not controlling your client’s website, that’s totally fine. You don’t even have to. You can just write the content for them. And guess what? We’ve got some pretty cool ways to do that nowadays thanks to the power of AI, but you can hand that off to them and tell them to put it on their website. You can add it to their listing. You can add it to their reviews. But usually the first step is just to create this piece of content that mentions prominent things in area. So I want to explain you notice this person is trying to rank in the West Loop, right? So because they’re not in the West Loop, they don’t have a location there. They created a piece of content that mentions the West Loop, but it mentions things that are prominent in the West Loop in that area like Restaurant row or like the French Market. So, what that does is it shows Google, hey, we’re not physically there, but we are there digitally. Now, as you start to create these content, these pieces of content for these different neighborhoods, what’s going to happen is that they’re going to begin to light up green, as showed by this grid tracking on the left. And when you do that, more calls will begin to pour in from the increased visibility. Is that making sense? Now, eventually, I got I got tired of tracking all of this manually. So, I built an internal system called Lensley to visualize visualize these gaps automatically. And I’ll explain more about that later, but so far, let me know if this is making sense so far. Give me some ones. There should be lot of light bulb moments going off right now. Okay. Yeah, lots of ones coming in. Cool. So, when you expose these vis invisible gaps and you offer a done for you solution, visibility goes up, calls start coming in, and you’re charging $1,000 a month or more on retainer. And at this point, clients stop feeling like random wins and they start feeling predictable, right? Um Brent followed my strategy now getting 15 to 20 qualified leads every single month. Now, let’s be clear. This isn’t cold calling. You’re not building websites or chasing SEO rankings. You’re not hoping ads convert. This is about showing business owners a problem that they literally can’t see and then letting them pay you to solve it. You’re simply uncovering money that they’re already losing. Now, at this point, I could stop the webinar and you’d already have enough to go get paid. You know, so far in the last 45 minutes or so that we’ve been together, I’ve given you the step-by-step blueprint. I spent years perfecting. It’s the same blueprint that’s made me multiple six figures a year. And as you’ve seen, it’s helping dozens of others make life-changing income as well. You’ve seen how to audit a listing’s visibility gap. You’ve seen how to use five words to get the business owner to ask you for the fix and how to drastically enhance their business. And you have the recipe now for getting your clients to show up anywhere by establishing that digital proximity and prominence in the area. These are many of my methods that I wanted to give you to maximize results in the shortest possible time. So, let me ask you, are you glad that you came to this workshop today? Yeah. And do you like knowing that this resultsbased method is what I personally use to make income on a daily basis? Heck yeah. Right? And can you picture yourself using what I’ve shown you to make real profits even as soon as this week? Absolutely right. And if you could shortcut the entire delivery process, track results automatically, and make this feel like a push button client fulfillment. What do you think about that? What if you could skip years of trial and error and start looking like an expert immediately? Would that interest you? Give me some yeses in the chat box.

    Lots of yeses coming in. So, the only real challenge here is how do you scale this? How do you show the visibility gaps without spending hours manually checking zip code by zip code? How do you prove it’s working without clients blowing up your phone and asking is this doing anything? That’s eventually why I built an internal system to automate almost all of this. And it’s a shortcut to the type of results you’ve seen from all of these people here like Derby, like Anem, like Brent, like Paul, like Mintz. So, would you guys like to hear more about it and what it can do for you guys? Give me some yeses in the chat box. Okay. Okay. Awesome. Lots of yeses coming in. So, eventually I realized that if I wanted to scale this without spending hours manually checking maps, building reports, I needed a system, something that could instantly expose invisibility. uh issues with listings, automate these let me show you something audits and help beginners look like experts fast. And that became Lensley and that’s why I built it because I needed it myself. So this is everything that I wish I had when I started. Instead of guessing, instead of trying to sound like an SEO expert, instead of wondering how to get clients, Lensley gives you the actual system. And today you guys are going to get full access to everything at a super awesome deal. The Lensley grid tracker, the white label audit reports, ranking histories. It has an AI ranking coach. It has that page generator, the content generator built in which lets you light up the surrounding zip codes automatically. It fixes it all for you. It’s even got a post generator, everything. And before I get into it too much, I just want to explain this could be your new normal. You know, you’re waking up to recurring monthly payments from local business owners who rely on you to keep them visible on Google Maps. And your Lensley clients help you cover your mortgage, your rent, your car payment, vacations, dinners out, and they give you breathing room most people never experience. And you stop stressing about where the next dollar is coming from because your income becomes predictable instead of random. You know, business owners actually want to hear from you because you’re showing them hidden problems that are costing them real money. And instead of cold calling or begging for clients, people start seeing you as the expert in your area. And this is the best part. Once you land one client, like I said, it becomes much easier to land the next because referrals start happening. Results start stacking and recurring revenue starts compounding month after month. This is a complete system designed to help you land and keep $1,000 a month clients. You do this with a single click of a button. Expose these invisible Google Maps listings. I’m going to tab out of here just quickly. um to show you.

    Okay, so this is what it looks like. And it’s going to show you each marker on the map for the the spot that you want to run. And this could be a client of yours or it could be someone that you want to actively show um like you want to prospect to and show them where they’re not ranking good. Now, let’s say we want to improve this area right here where they’re ranking number 12. We can click into it. It’s going to show them who’s beating them. And we can click the AI ranking coaches is going to show us exactly what to fix. And then if we want to generate those articles to do the prominence thing so that we establish that digital proximity, we can create that right here. And then it’s going to generate an article that mentions all the prominent things in the area. And it does it all automatically. It does all the research and it puts it exactly how it needs to be optimized by mentioning those prominent things all automatically without you having to do anything. Okay, it’s super cool. It lets you create these powerful let me show you something audits. So, right within that grid, you can click the export button and you can export it out so that you can send that off to the prospect and say, “Hey, I noticed something about your your listing. Check this out.” And you can show them exactly where they’re invisible. Okay, super easy, super fast, and it lets you land local business clients without cold calling. So, Lensley shows you exactly what to do, and then it does the work for you. So, like I said, you’re going to see your rankings, you click on any dot, you run the AI ranking coach, you get the step-by-step plan on how to fix it, and then you let Lensley handle it. And the best part about all of this is that now with Lensley, you can deliver results like this without even being an SEO expert. So, think about that. If all Lensley did was help you land just one $1,000 a month client, you’d already be way ahead. And the people who move fastest with this usually have one thing in common. They realize this isn’t about learning SEO. It’s about becoming the person businesses rely on. So, here’s what I decided to do. Lensley normally sells for $597. But honestly, I don’t want to just give you software. I want to give you the complete system that helps you land clients faster, that helps you keep clients longer, that helps you deliver results with confidence, and start building predictable recurring income. So, instead of making you figure all of this out alone, I decided to include several resources that remove almost all of the guest guesswork. Okay, so first off is the Lensley uh client revenue engine training course. What is it? It’s a sixphase training course on everything you need to know about Google Maps. I’m talking 30 plus video modules, okay? You can see them all right here. They’re like 8 to 10 minutes long. Um, you can go through them as you need to. Obviously, Lensley is doing a lot of the work for you, but if you ever have a question about anything or, you know, just anything pops up, you’ve got all of this at your disposal when you need it. So, super super helpful and I wanted to throw that in for you. I sell it on a standalone for $997. It’s included with this Bonus number two that I wanted to throw in is my outreach engine, closer kit, and proposal builder. All done for you. So, after you generate a let me show you something report inside of Lensley, these are the exact emails, DMs you send along with the report that get the client to ask you how much to fix it, then the exact proposal that you’ll use to close a deal. All of these are included for you. Normally, as a standalone, they sell for $497. I’m including it today. Okay. Next, the student results vault. So, this is a vault where I took some of our most successful students, some of them even doing seven figures. I interviewed them. I recorded it so that you could be like a fly on the wall and learn exactly what they did from start to si start to finish because not that long ago, they were sitting where you are right now. Okay, these are the interviews. You can go watch them. They’re some are like half hour long, some are like an hour long. They’re super super helpful though. And um that’s one of the things our students really love. Now guys, there is one thing that I need to mention. I’m throwing that in. It’s a $297 value. I’m going to throw it in and include it for free. But there’s one thing that I need to mention before I open this up. Okay? And I want to make sure you’re ready because Lensley is tied into live ranking scans, AI processing, content generation, and automated optimization. I can’t realistically onboard an unlimited number of people all at once without slowing things down for everyone. So, here’s what I decided to do. For the first 25 people who jump in today, I’m upgrading your account from 70,000 credits to 125,000 credits at no extra charge. Okay? That means you can onboard more clients, run more scans, close more deals, and deliver more results immediately without worrying about limits. And guys, when you do get in or when you’re heading there to the page, which we’ll drop in a second here, I want you to type I’m in in the chat. I want to see who’s taking action. And then I’ll also need to manually load those credits into your account. So when you check out, it’s going to say 70,000, but you’re going to type I’m in in the chat. And then I’m going to go and manually add 125,000 credits, bump your account up to that um afterwards. So I have a feeling those spots are going to go fast. Okay. Um, so again, you’re getting everything that we just talked about, a $2,613 value if you were to buy these separately for just $497. One client realistically could cover this entire investment. So, the link is on the screen right now. I’m going to put it in the chat box as well. And again, if you’re heading there right now, type I’m in in the chat box. I said we got two diamonds already. Two spots gone. And um and guys, as as as you know, 25 spots is never enough when you’re on my sessions. We always sell out. So, definitely jump in there uh and get access to this. I mean, it’s it’s an incredible piece of software there. I don’t think I’ve ever seen anything like that where you can pinpoint to clients where they’re not ranking. All right, that it’s it’s incredible because they are if they’re ranking in some areas, they understand the power of having that ranking. And if you show them, hey, look, this whole top area of your city, you’re not getting traffic from there. Um, and your website says that you service that area. So, why don’t we uh fix these issues? And I think it’s a it’s a genius way uh like you said where you’re not cold you’re not doing any sort of cold calling. you’re just pointing out problems that they currently have and I think I definitely think it’s genius.

    Thank you. Yeah. Um like I said, we were doing all this manually and it was such a headache because we weren’t able to scale um you know, as you can imagine, manually checking um a zip code. I’m gonna pop out of here and show you. Manually checking just one area like this takes, you know, a few minutes. And then you’re going and you’re checking each spot and that’s assuming just one person right now times that by when you’re trying to prospect with a bunch of people and you’ve got clients. That’s why we built this because it just um you know we needed it. Someone was asking about the the credit value. So a 5×5 scan like this, which is the typical scan we run, it costs only 25 credits. So, you know, at 125,000 credits, you’re going to be landing a lot of clients, doing a lot of prospecting. You know, that’s like a lot. So, um yeah, I see a lot of in the in the chat box as well. So, yeah, I’m going right now one by one and then sending it to them. So, Williams is in, James is in. So, literally looks like half the spots are are are gone already, guys. So, make sure you’re in there to get that huge boost in credits. Uh, William is in. Josh is in. Well, you’re listed as Josh Test, but I think your name Willie Willie is in. I see your Yeah, I saw that. That Josh Test. Yeah, there there might be a few people like that because of how it’s like when I zap some people in it kind of Yeah. my name. Uh, Michael is in. Awesome.

    And guys, uh like I said, what I’m going to do as well for those first 25 people that jump in, uh I’m going to go ahead and uh deliver that WordPress theme that I created with Perplexity for my own uh the new agency website that I just created. Um, and if I grab the screen real quick, I’m going to show you guys something else uh that we’ve added that will make this also uh even better for you guys. Um, so this is uh the theme. You can see I’ve already started prompting it to give me uh the theme uh the bonus and installation and uh customization file. So the bonus is already ready. I told it, oh, I’m offering this as a bonus. Please give me the f the the zip file plus everything else they need to install it. So this is your bonus here. It’s already been created. Uh and this is the agency website. You can see extremely high quality uh premium looking uh agency site so that you can go ahead and charge premium prices as well. Uh, but on top of that, we’ve been making a bunch of changes to Agency Valet, which it will allow you guys to get even more clients. All right, as you guys know, Agency Valet, many of you on here already have access to this, and there’s a lot more changes coming here. Uh, number one, we’ve optimized uh the way that the the searches run. Uh, so you’ll start seeing uh your searches pull back a lot more information uh than before. So you’re going to start seeing a lot more emails in here, a lot more uh just data in general. And if you click into any one of these, you’ll, as usual, you see the problems tab here. Uh, but you’re going to be able to see things like this. All right? you’re going to be able to find uh unclaimed Google listings uh in here that again you’ll be able to uh help uh these businesses with that because many businesses are out there already getting traffic from their uh Google listing without it being uh claimed yet and they have no idea of that that if you claim it, you optimize it, you start replying to reviews, you can boost that along with uh Paul’s uh strategy with, you know, making sure they rank in all the areas they they’re servicing um and using the the the localized content to mention the additional areas. And you can really start uh you know, taking this to the next level and targeting specific businesses that aren’t haven’t even started uh um claiming their Google listing. Uh but on top of that, there’s a couple of extra features that we added in here. Uh number one uh you can now come here uh and create either a uh search mode or a custom mode. So for those of you who are maybe uh you know you you drive around town quite a bit uh or you speak to just businesses a lot on a on a week- toeek basis, you can now come in here and add all those businesses that you meet in person uh into a list. Okay. Okay. Now, you got to do is put the uh we’ll do something like Miami plumbers. So, anytime I’m driving around or, you know, just walking around or whatever it may be, uh I can go ahead and create a custom list

    of those businesses and then just run them through here. Um, and let’s see if I can find one real quick.

    And also this is powerful for um

    any one of you that are that you have a big uh network of warm leads. Uh that’s all you got to do. Just go go in there uh pop in their URL and and it’ll get added to this custom manual list. But at the same time, once I put the email, the uh web uh address in there, it’s going to go ahead and perform all those uh all those uh all that research for you. So, it’s going to show you all the problems. Uh it’s going to pull all the information, pretty much create the business profile for you um and give you the contact information, the email, any social accounts, all of that information uh just by putting in their URL there. So, now you can create custom uh websites as well. excuse me, custom search lists as well for warm leads or leads that you come across in your local area. Uh on top of that, you’re also going to be able to find businesses that are currently running ads. Uh so let me see if I open up a new tab while that one is running. So you can now find businesses that are running ads as well, which are a great source of leads as well because you do know that they are uh running. Let me see if my developer added that yet. Okay, no, he hasn’t added that yet. But it is going to be coming in here where you can find businesses that are running ads. So that gives you an additional layer to know that Oh, look right here. Yeah, it is here. Awesome. So you can see here on the marketing tab uh this business this particular business has no advertising pixels added. Okay. Uh let me see if this one is all right. These guys aren’t advertising either. Let’s see. This one is so you can see it. It detects that they have tracking on their uh on their website. So they could either be already running ads or at one point or another they were running ads. So, this is a business that has spent money on uh actual paid traffic. So, that gives you a bit of uh more ammo to go with uh when you’re reaching out to these uh businesses. All right. So, uh and on top of this, the next phase of this uh is going to be where uh it runs in a done for you 247 manner. So instead of you having to come in here and run manual searches yourself, uh it’s going to be where we are doing all the research for you 24/7, 365. Kind of like my done for you authority platform. If you guys know that platform, it just sits there and finds expired domains day in day out. That’s the direction that agency valet is going in. And we’re already my developer already since he finished all those other changes uh he’s going to be leaning towards that uh to turn this into a platform where the moment you log in there’s going to be leads in here waiting for you. You’re not going to have to actually run the search. So uh this works perfectly with um uh with Paul system. So if you already have access to it, make sure you get into agency valet and start putting these new features to work. you’ll be able to filter out as well uh by businesses that have uh a Google business uh profile. So, you can see Oh, another another um thing that we added is to be able to specifically find um Google My Business uh listings that have no website as well. So, you can match that together. You can now uh use uh the strategy that I said. So you offer them a website for 500 bucks and then that just is going to uh you know naturally upsell themsel into the Google My Business optimization and ranking. Uh so that’s another new thing that we added in there, the ability to find uh businesses that have a Google My Business listing but they don’t have a website on there. And that’s going to help you as well to make get more clients uh with Paul system because again you’re going to be able to offer the website at a low cost for 500 bucks or a,000 bucks that you guys saw that you can create with perplexity uh and then upsell them into uh Paul system as well to that you can get them their Google My Business listing set up. So uh for those of you who picked this up if you don’t have agency valet uh I’ll give you that as a bonus. uh so that you can go out there and uh get leads for um for um Paul’s system as well. You’re going to get the the the theme that I created that I’m using for my own uh new agency website that I just created. Uh for those of you that picked this up, the first 25 people uh will be able to get access to that. And if you have agency valet, um I’ll give you, you know, I’ll match the bonus credits that uh Paul is asking. So, I’ll give you an additional uh we’ll do an additional 25,000 credits to your agency valet account uh which will allow you to find a ton more uh businesses and I’ll make sure that you are one of the first ones to get access to the platform once we release the beta version of uh the pretty much the 247 version where there’s leads being added in there all the time. You’ll be one of the first ones to get access to that. So, if you haven’t yet picked it up, uh it looks like Carson is in. Uh there’s been Thomas is in, uh James is in, uh Neil is in. Uh Rico is in. All right. So, it looks like the spots are going fast. I’ll hand it back over to Paul. Uh in the meantime, let me see. I’ll stop sharing and then maybe Paul, you can take it back over. Sounds good, man. That’s a killer bonus package. Thank you. Thank you. Yeah, definitely always like going above and beyond. I’m going to go ahead and send the link again for those of you guys that haven’t uh picked it up yet. Make sure you do so. The spots are going fast, so you don’t want to make sure, you know, you want to make sure you don’t miss out. Sounds good. Yeah, I see Rico’s in. Uh Kurt is in. Awesome, guys. Welcome. Welcome. I know Josh uh shot it out a bunch as well. Um so excited for you. Someone asked, can you run bigger grid scans than 5×5? You absolutely can. Like I said, that’s just kind of what I recommend, but you can run bigger scans as well. Um, so there’s, you know, uh, multiple options that you can you can run. I’ll show you. Um, so right here’s where you select your size. You can go all the way up to 21 by 21. And then, of course, you can zoom this out um, as far as you want. I usually do like a 5 mile radius, but as you see, like it’s it’s up to you how big you want to go. At some point the the grid starts to look ridiculous if you go too big. But I usually recommend five by five because that’s sort of like the sweet spot to where you’re you’re getting a lot a lot of like um a lot of data in but not an overwhelming amount of data. Um so you don’t need any SEO experience is a frequently asked question we get a lot. You know Lensley was built for beginners, busy people. That’s why you got the AI ranking coach, the article generator, um the step-by-step system. And honestly, guys, you don’t need a 100 clients. You don’t need a huge agency to be successful with this. Sometimes just three to five recurring clients completely changes someone’s life. Um Bal said, “I ranked page one.” He he said this on our last webinar session we did for one of my pest control sites using Lensley. Um he’s a lead genen listing. And the hardest part is usually figuring out what to do, what tools to use, what to say, how to deliver, and how to keep clients. And that’s literally why Lensley exists today. So, if you’re not in yet, go and jump in. Um, I’ll we will continue to monitor the chat box. Comment I’m in once you’re in so that we can add those credits to your account because again, when you sign up, it’s going to say 70,000 credits. But when you’re one of the first 25, and if you’ve purchased up to this point, you are. we’re going to load up an additional 55,000 credits into your account. And once those uh founder credit spots are gone, they’re gone. The annual plan will still exist, but the extra 55,000 credits will not. Um, another question we see a lot is, “What if I’m not good at sales?” And you don’t have to be. You know, the audit does the heavy lifting, the framework guides your conversations, and the value is obvious to your clients. So, you just position the the let me show you something audit, and then they decide if they want it. The system is built to make you look like the expert even if you’ve never sold anything. And this is how beginners are closing clients with confidence. Um, this was a really cool one we got into on one of our last webinars. He said that um he he showed his client the the report and he saw the dots and made the conclusion that he wanted to move up in the areas on his own. And again, that’s the that’s the power of the system, you know, going from confusion to confidence. So super super cool. So again, this is the full thing of everything you’re getting. You’re getting the Lensley software suite, a $597 value. You’re getting the uh client revenue engine training course, which is 30 plus video modules, which I showed you. Sells on its own for $997. You’re getting the outreach engine closer kit and proposal builder, which are the exact emails and DMs to get clients to say yes, a $497 value. You’re getting the student results vault, a $297 value, and you’re getting the founders credit boost to boost up to $125,000 credits, a $225 value. It’s a total value of $2,613 and you can get in for just $497 today. And of course, Josh is throwing in some awesome bonuses as well with Agency Valet. Um, so definitely you definitely want to hop in on this. Um, and make sure you’re commenting I’m in so that we can add those in. Uh, I saw some questions, too. Yeah, Paul Paul asked a good one that I think we should talk about. He says, “Uh, so you basically email businesses saying, “Let me show you something.” Uh, and I replied to him that yeah, that number one, you’re giving him the full outreach strategy as well. But I think essentially that’s the powerful thing about this is that you’re not trying to sell them something. You’re just pointing out issu, you know, a problem. Hey, look. I noticed this in your business uh that’s preventing you from getting more sales. So, it’s essentially uh you just kind of showing them uh issues that they have, right? Yeah, exactly. You’re literally showing them, hey, you rank right by your building essentially, but go a couple blocks out and you are literally not there, right? Like you’re not showing up. Your competitors are getting that traffic and you show them visually with that grid. So you can send them the the PDF report from it. You could take a screenshot of it if you want. And you just that’s the email. Just let me show you something. And yeah, all of that is inside as well on how to do that. But essentially that’s the let me show you something strategy. I see Marcus is in. Welcome Marcus. Glad to have you. Um so yeah, good question. Um yeah, so like I said, this is kind of the workflow. It’s actually a good segue to this slide because this is your four steps once you get in, right? And this is how fast you can actually get started with this. Step one, you’re getting instant access. As soon as you join, you’re inside of Lensley. You’ll get a second email from Thrive Kart Learn, which is going to have all of the bonuses in the training. Then step two, you’re going to launch your first audit in Lensley. You’re going to use that grid tracker to uncover those visibility gaps. Step three, you’re going to take that audit that you did and you’re going to um use a copy and paste script inside of the of the training and you’re going to send your first let me show you something audit to a business that you think you want to work with. And step four, you close the client and you use the done for you proposal so that you look polished and professional. And you rinse and repeat. You scale these thousand a month retainers. you use Lensley to fix the issues and create that digital proximity we were talking about. And um you’ll probably be sharing some results like Carl did and let letting me know your listings are really taking off and uh you can see four 4,76 searches. Pretty awesome stuff. So jump in if you haven’t already. Um let’s see here. Um, some people are asking about is Lensley annual. I saw that question. Uh, just come up in the chat box. I have a slide for this as well. Um, so there’s a low yearly renewal fee with Lensley just like you’re like you’re buying in to keep it going. Um, and keep your account active, but right now you’re getting a huge discount. Um, you’re getting 125,000 credits instead of 70,000. So, you’re starting way ahead of everyone else. So, go ahead, jump in right now. Be one of the first 25. Um, I think those spots are they’re pretty close to gone. Um, just trying to check here. Yeah, there’s a there’s a few people that have jumped in as well. Um, Marcus uh just jumped in. So, a bunch of people have uh jumped in, guys. And and you’re getting everything that you need. So, you’re getting the software that points out uh all the issues. Uh the software also help you fix the issues. uh and you’re getting the outreach strategy that will ensure that the clients uh are hiring you to to perform this service for you guys. Um and remember guys that Google threeack if there is one thing that local businesses understand it’s that okay that threeack those local rankings that is gold for most local businesses okay for plumbers uh HVAC uh attorneys dentists doctors uh every single uh local business knows that the majority of their customers, the majority of their clients are finding them from Google local. All right? And if you’re able to show them, hey, yeah, you are getting uh traffic from your Google business profile page, but look at all these areas where you’re not getting traffic from. and they’re going to freak out because it’s they already know they understand there’s this there’s very especially right now with when they’re getting bombarded with AI and you have to sit there and explain to them what the AI does, what it is, all this stuff. If there’s one thing that requires very little explanation is Google business profile optimization or Google local uh rankings. They understand that. they know that that’s uh their bread and butter and that get this can be the perfect foot in the door service as well that then leads into all the other services. All right. So once they see that you’re able to get them rankings for their Google business profile page, you become their person. You become their guy. And then from there, you can take a look at their website and tell them, “Hey, you know, now that we’ve we’re getting you more traffic from your Google business profile page, I noticed you don’t have an AI chatbot on your website. Do you know that, you know, AI chatbots can increase your sales as well or increase your bookings as well? I can get that added to your site. you can try it out for, you know, for two weeks, try it out for 30 days. Uh, and and you’ll see how that also, uh, helps you to get more sales. Or you let them know, hey, I noticed that, you know, what on your Google business profile page, it says that your office hours are from 8:00 to 5:00 p.m. What happens to your phone after 5:00 p.m.? Let’s say someone calls you at 5:20, 5:30. I noticed that it goes to an answering machine. Does anyone ever call those people back? If they say yes, they say no. Most of the time, I know here in Miami, if you call a business um and when the office is closed, there’s a very small chance you’re getting a call back. You have to be take it upon yourself to call them back the next day. So tell them, you can then tell them, hey, upsell them into what if uh you had an answering service that ensured you never missed a call and then you woke up uh you know when you get into the office the next day, you got a report of all the calls that came in, what they needed and you know what our AI uh answering service was a all the information that our AI answering service was able to collect. That is the power of this. you get them in with a service they understand and then from that point that opens you up to so many other different services that you offer them as well. Uh, and I think that’s why I was so excited for this because this is a service that businesses understand. And when you show them you’re already getting rankings, there’s a good chance they know that that’s where their b their the majority of their buyers come from, the majority of their clients come from. But then when you point out the fact that they’re not getting traffic from certain areas, boom, that’s what makes it such a no-brainer. So, um, this is a perfect service to offer to local businesses because it’s one that they understand and it requires very little explaining on your part. So, make sure you get in, uh, and this is something that can land you a client literally before the weekend is out. Okay. Uh, if you follow the strategy that he has set up, uh, for the outreach, everyone on here can go ahead and land the client uh, over the weekend. Yeah, 100%. And like you said, I mean, a lot of people end up selling full website designs and as you as you demonstrated, you know, it’s so easy nowadays with perplexity. Like you could go and land easily a $2,000 to $5,000 website design because you point out that they need um, you know, a new page on their website for this new area that they want to rank in. And of course, Lensley is doing all of the the work for the for the ranking part of it, but maybe they don’t have contact with their developer anymore and they they’re like, “Hey, our website’s actually pretty old.” A lot of times our students sell full website redesigns with it as well, which is super cool. Um, I want to point out as well, if if you guys are having any uh trouble accessing bonuses or checking out or anything like that, this is my support desk. It’s pauljames.com/support. just select I purchased a product from Paul and needs support and uh we’ll get back to you. We’re we’re usually super fast. Um you know, if you need help with anything, setting it up, anything like that, we’re happy to jump into your account, help you out. Um we would we’d want to see you just be super successful with this. Now, I also saw some people ask about a payment plan as well. So, I did go ahead and put together a payment plan. It doesn’t come with as many credits, though. So, by far the best deal is going to be with the the $497 yearly. But if there’s anyone out there who that’s just too much of a stretch for them, this plan will get you started. Um, so if this if this is helpful for you, let me know in the chat box. I do want to be clear about this. You are committing to like a year’s worth of access. So, you know, you are expected to complete four payments of it. Like, don’t go and cancel after like um a month or two or something like that. This is like if you go to an appliance store, you purchase a new stove, like I do want you to complete four payments of it. After the year is up, if you want to continue using Lensley, you can just continue to make quarterly payments and keep the access going. Um, the benefit to this is you’re able to spread this out and you still get to come and get full access to everything and and the bonuses. The only bonus you wouldn’t get access to is those extra credit boosts. So, this one would give you 15,000 credits per quarter. So, with that being said, go ahead and choose your plan. I’m going to drop that link in the chat box here as well. Um, let me grab that and put that in the chat box. And if you’re in, let me know you’re in if that if that was helpful for you. And and uh once uh you’re done with that, can you also kind of do let’s say like a one to two minute elevator pitch of what uh we just covered? It seems like for some reason there’s a few people that jumped on late. Um, and Dan said he missed the front part of the presentation. Uh, so if you can just show the grid, uh, show that, you know, kind of give the elevator pitch, uh, and then so he can kind of get a a feel for what it is. Um, and then you can also watch the replay once we get it up. Yeah, 100%. So, elevator pitch. Business owners think that they rank up number one in their area because they’re searching from their office building, but the truth is is that when you start to do some digging into neighborhoods around them, they’re even two blocks away, they’re not showing up. And we call this basically the flaw in Google’s three-pack logic, which is that they they need to have proximity into that location. Uh the way we do this essentially is by creating these sort of um pieces of content that can go on their website. It can go on the business profile itself like in the in the description of it where you mention prominent things in the area. Okay. So the problem is is that this starts to become very time consuming. You know as you start to do this it starts to light up these dots on the map green. But the problem is is tracking all of this manually. Right? So what I did is I built a system which is called Lensley that does this all for you. It tracks it all for you. And um it even it even helps you rank the the people as well. So like if we go into um this one here and let’s say I want to rank better at this position. I can click into it. I can see who is beating them and I can click the AI ranking coach and I can see exactly what to do to fix it. And I can even fix it straight from within the software. Like if I want to generate a piece of content targeting that neighborhood, I can type it in here and it’s going to spit out that content for me and it’s going to mention prominent things that are in that area all automatically and it’s going to track it. It’s going to track the rankings over time. And it comes with a bunch of really cool bonuses that are going to help you do all of this and land the clients. Um, comes with the software. It comes with the client revenue engine training course. Let me pop out and show you that again. So 30 plus video modules here that show you step by step how to execute every single part of it. A lot of this stuff is here for your knowledge because Lensley does automate so much of it. But I did want to give you access to it. You also get my outreach engine closer kit and proposal builder. This is the exact things we send out along with the audit that we we call them let me show you something audits because we show them that grid and then they decide hey this is actually an issue like I don’t want my competitors getting my business over in this neighborhood how can we fix this and this is exactly what to say and how to close the deal. You also get my student results vault um which is going to be included as well which is student interviews of some of my most successful students. Some of these guys doing six figures with this exact strategy um who were at one point sitting on the other side of the screen where you’re sitting right now. And they just took action, right? They signed up. They started sending out reports. They started fixing issues, getting people showing up in the neighborhoods where they’re not and letting Lensley run it all for them. And if you’re one of the first 25, which these spots are almost gone, um you’re getting a credit boost if you pick it up on the yearly, the 497, you’re getting a credit boost up to 125,000 credits from 70,000. We just need you to type I’m in in the chat box to claim that. So yeah, that’s kind of the uh elevator pitch. Perfect. Love it. So essentially you are uh identifying uh where uh a local business is currently not ranking uh because like Paul said most businesses when they are verifying if they’re ranking for their service uh in their area they’ll they’ll Google search from their office and obviously it’s going to show them that they’re ranking there. But uh if they were to move somewhere else or if one of their potential customer were was say maybe four or five miles away which in a in an area where they do service um they may not be ranking in that area because of the way Google’s ranking platform works. Uh so this uh software identifies all the areas where they’re not ranking where they think they might be ranking. Um, and then it helps you to ensure that they rank in all the areas that they service uh in their uh local area. And it’ll tell you which areas they’re not uh ranking in, which is genius, okay? Because again, they’re obviously going to rank in directly in their general vicinity of vicinity of where their address is because that’s where they’re searching for and that’s where the IP address uh is is is located. But then someone else in a different area will do the same search and see different results. So the main pitch to the client is hey you can als you know we can help you to get that fixed so that you also rank in every uh you know area that you rank not just this general vicinity but in all the service areas uh that you are providing services in. So, it’s a genius genius strategy, genius software that pretty much tells the shows the clients where the gaps are, where their profit gaps are, um, and fixes it and ensures that they claim those rankings in all the service areas that they cover. Yep. Exactly. And also, it helps keep the clients ranked. Um, we’ve got the post generator in there, which keeping your listing active is important. So, you do that with a click of a button. Super cool. Which is going to keep everything active um and keeps clients paying. And then also the ongoing monitoring, right? You can continue to send them these reports. Um, we like to do it every month, but you could do it as often as you wanted, every week, every two weeks. And you can generate these reports every month to show them the the the map basically lighting up green in new neighborhoods. So, um, which keeps them paying basically forever, right? So, go ahead and choose your plan. If you want to get a big discount and a bunch of extra credits, then you can pay in full the 497. Or if you want to make four payments of 127 once every 3 months, spread it out over time. You don’t get as many credits, but still a great option for some if if 497 is um, you know, a stretch for you. Also, I did want to go ahead and drop that attendee bonus I promised I would drop somewhere in the presentation. Um, it’s pauljames.commmu

    bonus. This is the checklist that we use. Um, and we show business owners like some of the different things that we do to ensure they’re not going to be invisible and and things of that nature. So, uh, take a screenshot of that or, um, you know, write it down. pauljames.commmu

    bonus. So, I mean, at this point, you guys, you you know whether or not this makes sense for you if you’re sitting there thinking, you know, I could actually see myself doing this. And honestly, you probably should, right? Because the hardest part for most people isn’t getting clients. It’s figuring out what to do, what tools to use, how to deliver results, and how to keep clients long term. And that’s literally why Lensley exists. You don’t need a massive agency. You don’t need hundreds of clients. You just need a few good ones that continue to pay you month after month after month and a system that helps you consistently deliver value. And that’s what we’ve built here. So, if you’re ready, you know, grab your spot while that founder upgrade is still available. And there was a question here uh from Carl or Antonio. Not sure which what your name is. Your email says Antonio, your name says Carl, but uh prospects must have WordPress sites. What if they don’t have websites? That’s a great question. No, they don’t need to have a WordPress site. You can verify this yourself by just running a quick Google search for any service-based business in your area and you’ll see how many businesses rank without even having a website linked to their Google business profile page. Um, so no, they don’t need a website. This is strictly uh working with their Google business profile page. Obviously, it does help for that uh business profile page to be completely optimized with a website in there and everything filled out. Uh, so that helps you in a way because not only will you be able to tell them, hey, I can help you get more rankings for your Google business profile page and I can also uh get a a professional website created for you which will help with uh the rankings as well. And you can, you know, offer it as a bundle deal, uh, where they buy the, you know, they purchase the service. And you can even offer the the website for free if they sign up for you at, you know, $500 or $1,000 a month. I would use that as a bonus, but, hey, look, I can help you with Google business profile page. And I’ll even throw in uh a a a website for you uh for for free uh while we do this service for you. uh or you know 500 bucks or a thousand bucks or something very cheap because again you can use uh AI now to create websites fairly easily. So no uh they don’t need to have a website uh and it doesn’t need to be WordPress if you know I think a few days ago I was running some searches uh with a coaching student and we were finding businesses that had Google sites that they were using Google sites or just the websites that weren’t even loading at all. Okay. though. Um, those are those are the kind of things you’re going to come across when you start just doing regular Google searches. You’ll see how many people are getting clients. They have reviews. Their Google business profile has reviews, has everything, and it’s not even optimized, but yet they’re still uh ranking and getting clients. So, imagine if you were able to step in and actually optimize their listing, how much higher they’d be uh and how much more sales they’d get. Uh, so awesome. Carl says that he’s jumping in. Perfect. Uh Teresa is in. Awesome, Teresa. And let me see. Can you please add the link for the Perplex? Yeah. Okay. So, I will what I’m going to do I can’t I can’t send you guys the the link to the Perplexity project because I have I shared login details to the websites uh with Perplexity. So, it can do some changes and work for me. Uh, but what I will do, I’m going to go ahead and put together an additional video uh for you guys that will kind of I’ll walk through all the prompts that I use to get those websites created. And you you’re going to be surprised how simple the whole process was. Um, so I’ll go ahead and create an additional video and I’ll go ahead and send that with to you with the bonus of the the WordPress theme that you guys are getting. So I’ll make sure I create a video of showing you that. Um, but yeah, I I can’t share the project because there’s there’s some sensitive information in there. All right, Anitra is in. Awesome, Anitra. Uh, and to get uh the free bonus link, uh, I did here, I’ll send it to you. I put it in the chat box, but I’ll send it to you here for a second. Yeah, congrats Teresa Nitra. Welcome aboard. So glad to have you guys.

    Uh Sue is asking would a 12 monthly option be available? No, the the two options that are available is uh the 497 and the quarterly uh option. So those the two options that are available right now. Yeah, those options you guys are not going to be available for for very long. um they’re you know like a founder entry point and they’ll become legacy plans that no one else gets access to. So yeah, you’re thinking about it. You want to jump in now? Yeah, I completely forgot to mention that you guys are actually the first group of people that have seen this uh software uh and this this whole presentation everything. Uh we were trying to do it last week. Um but Paul’s uh partner uh I think got I think he said he got married or he was on a honeymoon or something like that. So he he wasn’t able to get everything connected in time. Uh so you guys are literally the first group of people to see this at this price. Uh, and like I’ve said before, guys, uh, you can follow Paul on his page and you’ll start to see this maybe in in, you know, a month or two from now where he uses his viral marketing strategy to sell this and it’ll be at a much higher price. Um, so you guys are the first group of people to see this. You have a huge advantage to be the first ones to get access to this and be able to go out there and start offering this as a service. So, completely forgot to mention that that B you guys are the first group to see this. Yep, definitely. Um, yeah, outside of Dale says, “I have I have this already outside of my own audience, of course.” Yeah, absolutely. Yeah. Yeah. Yep. Um, yeah, this is something that we we’ve we’ve held close internally for for just my group and uh I really wanted to Josh and I have done a lot of stuff together. So, um, when I when I saw that he wanted to offer it, I was like, “Yeah, we can definitely do that.” And, you know, I I just love coming on here with your audience, man, cuz they’re they’re so awesome and and so interactive and uh I’m excited for everyone. Yeah, thank you. Yeah, we got a great group tonight. All you guys are are fired up and I’m excited to hear the results that you guys get with this because I know again this is a service that businesses understand. So, it’s a very simple uh sale for you guys when you can just boom, show them the issues and let them know that they’re not getting sales from that area. The Michael, are the bonuses still available? Um, I kind of lost track. I was keeping track, but I lost track. So, uh, I’m not sure. Uh, I I I believe there’s a few spots left. Um, I’m not sure if uh Paul may want to extend that until the end of the call, but yeah, I was keeping track, but so many people have come in that I’ve kind of lost track. So, we can go ahead and uh just jump in there and if anything, I’ll I’ll work some magic and make sure you get a spot. But uh definitely don’t wait uh to get that in there.

    Anra, yes, Dale saying, “Great product, Paul.” Yeah, thank you, Dale. Definitely a great great uh product and just like all of Paul’s platforms as well uh he whenever he comes out with something new it’s not just uh something that he he came up with something that it’s tried true tested and something that he uses in his own business. Yeah 100%. This is this is built out of necessity and um something that I I wanted to automate for a long time and finally figured out the right way to do it. So, super excited. Perfect. And guys, let us know if you have any questions. We are here live right now. If you’re on the fence about anything, post it in the chat box. Uh that’s what we’re here for to make sure that we can clear up any confusion, any questions, uh and make sure that uh you’re able to make a a great decision of joining and go out there and hit the ground running. Michael is in. Greg is in. Awesome. Welcome aboard, guys. Uh, yeah, bonus credits we have to we have to add in manually. So, that’s why I’m asking you guys to type in I’m in. Um, so just give us till the end of the day and then you’ll see your bonus credits appear in the account.

    Um, Neil is asking, “When will the Perplexity website creation video be sent?” So, I’ll make it right after this call and if anything, I’ll include it with the uh with the replay email that I sent out.

    Uh Adam is saying, “Where do you put the piece of content on their website, social media, somewhere else?”

    So you can create a page on their website. Um like I showed in this example over let me pull it up and show you. Um

    like here the other thing that you can do is you can add it into their description on their on their profile. You can also add it into review responses and you can add it into the posts section. So, the easiest way in my opinion is adding it to the website or giving it to them to put on the website and that usually gets the best results, but you kind of use a combination of all three.

    Perfect. Um, JB is asking any bonuses from me. So, yeah, I did mention my bonus pack. So, number one, uh you’re going to get access to uh the uh website uh theme that I just created for a new agency site that I put up. Um I’ll show you what that looks like now. All right. It’s a very premium, high-end looking uh agency site that you can use. All right. You can see this is what I’m using uh right now. And the goal of this, this is a great strategy for you guys as well. If you’re if you’re in an area or know of an area where there’s a lot of construction going on, a lot of condo buildings going up, you can do a little bit of research, see um what the name of the building is going to be, and then launch Jack the launch of uh when they start uh you know, opening up to sell the condos and get a website ranked for that. uh you can do it for yourself or you can offer it to a a a realtor as a service. Uh for this strategy, a friend of mine who’s a realtor reached out to me and then I gave him the idea. I’m like, “Hey, if you already know the name of the of the project before anyone else, let’s go ahead and get a the website created now because he he wanted me to create the website and kind of just sit on it.” But I told him, “No, let’s create it now uh and get it ranked so that we can launch Jack uh the launch of this building before anyone else. And then once the big announcement uh is out there, we can be the ones ranking and capture all that traffic.” And these are condos that are going to sell for millions because uh this particular project is they’re building condos that covers the entire floor. Uh, so what I did for that is I I built my my friend his website. I charged them only 500 bucks for it. And then in the footer, I created this new agency site as the one that created that site because I know we’re going to be getting a ton of traffic to it. Uh, so that’s what’s going to be used to capture those clients from that site. So I’ll give you access to this. it has that high-end feel uh for a reason so that people know that when they land on this uh you know you you can expect to to be able to charge premium prices. So I’m going to give you this entire theme so you can go ahead and install it on your own domain uh customize it however you want. Um and I’m also going to put together a video that will show you how I use Perplexity to build this site. All right. Uh so that’s two. And then the third thing is if you don’t have access to agency valet, I’ll make sure that you get access to it. We’ve been adding a bunch of new updates in here. We added the ability to find businesses that are running ads. Uh the ability to find businesses that have a Google My Business profile but have no website listed on there so that you can do that combo sale where you offer them a website and you offer them the recurring service with Paul’s platform. Uh, and then within the next month or so, we’re also going to turn this into a 247 kind of lead scraper. Instead of a a manual process now where you have to come in and manually add your leads, uh, we’re going to have it so that it’s running 24/7 for you and just scraping leads and then you can come in here and just pick and choose the leads that you want. Um, so you’ll be a you’ll be one of the first ones to get access to that once we release that. Um, and yeah, that’s the bonus package there. That is for the first 25 people to get access to it. So, make sure that you do uh jump in um within the next few minutes because we we are running towards the end of the call. Um so, you want to make sure that you do uh get access to not only the special deal, which you guys are the first ones uh to see it outside of Paul’s internal group. Um, so this discount is not going to be available for a while, but also the bonuses that Paul is offering are not going to be available. So, uh, let me switch it back to Paul so you can put the the screen back on. Uh, and see, Anra is saying, I did not get an answer to if I need to.

    I think it mic cut out. Yeah. No, no. I’m sorry. I I started writing back to her. Oh, yeah. No worries.

    Um, yeah. If anyone else has any like questions that they need answered to make a decision, um, feel free to to punch them in. Happy to answer any questions and, uh, you know, help you help you guys get started here.

    Uh, I just wrote back to you, Anitra. All right. Uh, Greg posted your your email address. Uh, why did you post your email address? I’m trying to find why.

    Uh, Greg said he’s in. And then you welcome aboard. You posted your email address, Greg.

    Uh Laura saying, “Been punching in questions, no answers.” Um I see it. Um do I need to add in one piece of content or several? That depends on how many different neighborhoods that they’re not showing up for. So what I usually recommend is, you know, you have this you have this map, right, of all the different spots in town that they’re not showing up for. Just tackle a couple of them every month. So, you know, as many as you want. Um, and then work on content just for that. It’s so easy. I mean, the software does it for you anyways, but so that you can kind of keep things rolling every month. Just just focus on a couple areas every month. So, yeah, to answer your questions, you are going to do more than more than one assuming you want to rank in more than one area. So, essentially for each dot is a different piece of content. All right. Uh,

    Tracy is saying, “Quick question for you too. Retired, only need 3K a month. Is this good for a beginner to start to concentrate on or agency valet? Little overwhelmed and need a part-time system.” Yeah, this is actually perfect. Um, and you don’t need one or the other. Both work well together. So agency of LA helps you find leads that you can reach out to to offer this as a service. So they work perfectly uh together. Okay? Because this is a service to get to ensure clients rank uh number one in Google business profile for all the service areas that they cover and agency valet finds you businesses that have a plethora of different problems. All right. And you’ll find a lot of businesses in there that don’t have a website, that haven’t claimed their Google business profile. So, they work perfectly handinand. Now, the fact that you’re retired and you only need throughout $3,000 a month, uh that is a great benchmark. Okay. Uh now, depending on how much time you have available, uh is how I would go about uh attacking this. So, uh Paul has an outreach strategy that he uh that comes included with this. So, that’s I would jump right into that. Okay. Follow exactly what he teaches you on how to reach out to these clients and don’t waste any time. Uh especially if you’re looking for a part-time system, that is your best bet. You shouldn’t be wasting time on anything else. uh just go in quickly, watch all the tutorial videos, put them on 2x speed, go through them as quickly as possible, and start taking action right away. Uh for me, with my personality style, I always tend to take action first and then go back and watch tutorial videos. So, I for some reason, I like learning the hard way. Had I watched the tutorial videos first, I probably wouldn’t have made the mistakes I I make when I just go in to take action. Um, and what I would do again is just focus on outreach. If you have a part-time uh hours available, then figure out a schedule on a weekly basis of how much time you can dedicate to this and put all your energy into action that will generate a result, meaning outreach. Outreach will be the number one thing that will get you results. So go through the outreach uh strategy that Paul shares with you and just start doing that. Um and yeah, get in there and run your very first scan even, you know, at least to try it out. Yeah. Hop in there and and launch launch your first audit and just just find a business that you think you might want to work with or if you have a friend that owns a business, that’s a really great, you know, person to reach out to. Run an audit on them for free and then show them show them what you found. Yeah, absolutely. And I’ll challenge everyone as well. This is a challenge that I put out there to all of my coaching students usually on the first or second call is once you pick this up, once you purchase uh Lensley, do not buy anything else. All right? Especially if you have Lensley and you have agency valet, you have everything you need. All right? So even if you see an email from me, you see a training that I’m that I’m putting together or you see another offer that I’m offering, do not buy anything else. Get Lensley. You already have agency valet. You have everything you need at that point. Just focus on only action uh action that leads to results. Okay? Because buying another product after this one is not an action that’s going to lead to a result. That’s just an action to to put you further down the learning cycle. You want to break out of the learning cycle as quickly as possible and into the action cycle where you’re out there trying to actually get clients. And the only way you’re going to do that is to uh cut off all the distractions. Focus all your energy on this. Get access to Lensley. You already have access to agency valet and focus on nothing else. Even if you focus on nothing else for the next 60 days, that would be my challenge to you. uh buy this, don’t buy anything else, and then just put your head down for the next 60 days and give this your full 100% energy, and I guarantee you that you will get results. All right? Because the one thing that that keeps people from from getting results is they buy this, they start going through it, and then next week you buy something else. And that that cycle is just going to keep going until you actually accept, okay, that’s it. I’m done buying. I have everything I need. Let me go out there and take action.

    All right. Michael saying, “By any chance, would you maybe consider doing a training on Lensy to use with Surf Sling AI?” Uh, sure. I I can go ahead and put together some videos on how they work together. And that’s why I love this as well because it it it works. It can springboard you into multiple different services. So, I mentioned this before. the moment you get them signed into Google business profile, boom, you you can run an audit on on their AEO presence and be like, “Hey, look, another thing that’s starting to take off right now as well is ranking inside of Google overviews and ranking inside of AI search engines. Uh I also have another uh service where I can get you ranked inside of those AI search engines.” All right, so this works perfectly with that. Uh and again it springboards into uh selling websites because again you’re going to come across businesses that have a Google business profile but don’t have websites linked to it. You can offer website uh website to them. You can offer AI chat bots if they don’t have an AI chatbot on their website. You can offer uh social media marketing services if they don’t have social media marketing services. So this uh springboards into so many different services obviously surfing being one of them as well where you can offer uh AEO services. Uh so absolutely I I’ll definitely put together some videos uh showing that and I and I’ll again I will be putting together the video of how I uh created the Perplexity uh website because I think everyone on here can easily go out there and do that and you can now feel confident in offering people a website because you know you can fall back on uh Perplexity as your creator. And honestly guys, it took me I think both sites no more than 45 minutes from the moment I prompted Perplexity to the moment they were live. Uh total combined time was about 45 minutes. Yeah. And you can even use the fact that they’re not showing up in neighborhoods as a reason to sell them a new website because you can say, “Look, we can build you a new website and add all of these neighborhood pages so you start showing up in these areas, too.” Amazing. Uh Carson is in. Perfect. Yeah, Carson is is closing in on two hours. I’ve got to get back to my options trading. Market closes in an hour and I’ve got positions. Awesome. Hope you get some uh good sales and good profits on there. Yeah, you’re good to go. If you’re in uh go ahead, get back to your options trading uh and you’re good to go. We will be uh shutting this down shortly as well. Uh once I see start the questions start slowing down, we will go ahead and shut things down.

    All right, Neil, also known as the rabbit hole. I can’t see the first

    Laura is saying, “And it actually ranks for them fairly quickly. Also, how do the credits work?” Yes. So, this does look the the beautiful thing about this is that you’re working with clients for the most part that are already ranking. They’re just not ranking in all the service areas that they cover. So you’re you’re already going to leverage their existing rankings to help them rank in all the service areas. And it it just requires a bit of tweaking of, you know, creating some service pages, some some localized service pages that talks about those areas that they’re not ranking in. And it just the fact that they’re ranking in one area bleeds into helping them rank in the other areas. Yeah. I mean, you can go after clients that you already know are spending a lot of money on advertising. Even clients that already have an SEO person because you’re going to show them something that even they didn’t show them and they’re going to be like, “Hey, what the heck? My SEO person’s never showed me this before. Like, I thought we were ranking.” And that’s a, you know, almost a guaranteed foot in the door. Laura is saying, “What is the best area size to market to? Uh, I’d say just your area, you know, where wherever you’re at. Um, there is no perfect area. There’s there’s local businesses in every, you know, pretty much every area. Um, unless you’re in the middle of nowhere. Um, but anywhere there there there’s local businesses. Um, there’s service based businesses everywhere. Plumbers, electricians, HVAC, those businesses are practically everywhere. landscapers, junk removal, um you know, all these different um mobile uh mobile car washes that’s, you know, popping up everywhere here in Miami. You see mobile car washes everywhere. Um all these different uh businesses, okay? Uh you can you can target the area. I’m always a fan of your local area. Anytime you step out of your house and and you’re driving around, always have your marketer’s hat on. Look at look at vans that pass by you that don’t have a website listed or that you know there’s there’s something some you’d be surprised how many uh vans uh drive by me that don’t even have their phone number on it. Okay, it’s just little things like that that that you can just keep note of. Write them down their name. Yesterday I went to an Asian restaurant. I wrote down their their website address uh so I can run a search for them when I got back home. So, all these different things when I was at my dentist uh 3 weeks ago, this is a new dentist that I went to. I went to their website and it’s a an extremely old website. Uh so, all these things, just always make sure that you’re you’re out there, you’re looking. So, I’m a big fan of starting in your local area, starting with your warm market. Uh and then if you do want to target a city that’s, you know, somewhere further away from you, obviously, you can do that as well.

    All right. Uh, trying to understand. I just did a search for a carro. I know they show up way down on the list, but they but they do show up on maps. Yeah, perfect. So, uh, the good thing about about um Paul’s software is that it automates that process. All right. Instead of having to go one by one and and searching and seeing where they rank, boom, you plug it into Paul Software and it’ll tell you where they’re currently ranking and where they’re not ranking. And that’s what you show to the client. Be like, “Hey, look, you’re ranking good in this area. You’re getting a lot of clients here, but you’re not ranking in this area.” And I can help you uh make that connection so that you’re ranking in every spot. And it simulates you doing the search from that certain area of town because maps rankings change depending on where the person who’s searching is searching from. Love it. All right. So we’re we are approaching the 2hour mark. So in about 3 minutes it’ll be 2 hours. So we’ll run it up to the top of the hour and then we will shut it down. So post your last questions in there. Any doubts, any questions. Laura, I love the fact that you’re asking a lot of questions. Um, so if you have some more, keep asking them. Uh, because that’s what we’re here for, to ensure that you get all your questions answered so that you feel confident purchasing this product because I do know that it can help you to land some clients. Uh, let’s see. Allan, you got in late. Oh, perfect. Awesome.

    All right.

    Yes, I believe so, Greg. So, you get a 100 uh 125,000 credits.

    All right. Well,

    uh I have a local address, but I’m 7 miles outside of town. So, if I do a search when in the city limits, my Yes, that’s exactly what we’re talking about. So, this is the perfect example. Laura is saying, “I have a local address, but she’s 7 miles outside of that local address.” So, if she were to be doing the search at her address, it’s going to be different than her doing the search seven miles away. And that’s what you want to show to your client as well. Um because if you service a 10 mile radius around your office building, you want to make sure that you’re ranking in that 10 mile radius around your office building, not just uh uh uh a two-m radius, which is what you’re going to see when you run the search in your business in your in your office area. You’re going to see just that small area around your uh your office. you’re not going to see 7 miles out. You’re not going to see the results that someone searching 10 miles out sees. It’s completely different. But if you service that area, you want to make sure that you are also ranking 10 miles out of your uh where your office says it’s located because again uh service-based businesses in particular, plumbers, uh you know, electricians, HVAC, handymen, they may have a physical address, but at least here in Miami, most of these businesses service the tri county area, which means they’re covering three different counties, which from uh the the beginning of one county way down south to get to the last county here in Miami. It’s about a I would say threehour drive that covers which is the three counties that most businesses here cover. So imagine that imagine having that much service coverage and not ranking in every uh service area that you are uh trying to rank in.

    Yeah. So s Laura, what you would search is pretty much put yourself in the shoes of of your potential customers. So a lot of people do search for dentist near me. A lot of people do search for dentist Miami or people search dentist and then put uh their specific town. So, I live in the city of West Miami, which is a smaller city within the big city of Miami. So, most people here would put dentist West Miami because I’m not going to drive, you know, 45 minutes into the city to go to a to a dentist appointment because it’s going to take me an hour to get back with traffic. So, I’m going to search for my local area, even my zip code. So, dentist 33155, so that I can only see people in uh businesses in my specific zip code. So it just all uh potential clients use all these different search terms to ensure they get results where they currently are. So near me is is obviously the the popular one. Uh and then the city, the town, zip code

    and then Cairo near me uh as well as chiropractor near me. So all these different uh types of searches that and I I believe uh you cover keyword research in as part of this as well, right? So that people know the different types of keywords to look for. Yeah, in the um client revenue engine bonus training, that’s that 30 plus video module course I was telling you guys about. Um I teach you even how to spy on what your competitors are doing in there. Love it. And if and if you have a surfling account, you can you can do that uh in there as well. You can do your run your keyword research uh all that’s a really good point.

    All right. Oh man, we’re 2 minutes past 3:00. Um so we’ll do let’s do one more minute. All right. One more minute of questions. Uh and then we will shut it down. We had a lot of people on here today. a lot of interaction, a lot of questions. So, as always, I do appreciate that uh you guys that show up live. That’s why I always like to go above and beyond with the bonuses. And as you guys know, those people that show up live always get go above and beyond with the value, the price, the bonuses, the the discount, all of that. Uh so hopefully we delivered on that promise that you were going to see a powerful service that you can offer right now and how it’s all been automated for you. Uh, all right. Uh, looks like a few more questions came in. Uh, would this help with directory sites? Uh, if you can clarify what you mean a little bit more. Uh, not sure if you’re trying to rank directory sites or you’re trying to use directory sites to rank. Let us know what you mean by that. Uh, Tracy, so start with Lensley training first and yes. So, Lensley has everything. It it has the software. It has the training. It has the strategy, the outreach strategy. It has everything you need. Um, plus it has that powerful student results fault where people who were in your shoes at one point followed Paul’s strategies and came out the other side with a profitable agency business. So, you’ll be able to see multiple different uh success stories in there. And I always love learning from uh other people’s successes as well because we’re all different. and you end up starting to develop your own strategies, your own system. Uh, and it’s just always amazing to see that. Uh, Barb is saying, “I live out in the boonies. Will this software work? How much more credit?” I asked that earlier. Um, yeah, if you live way out in the boonies, uh, then I would most likely try to target the town or the city closest to you. that’s a main city or main town that maybe has more action in it. Um, and start there. And as far as credits, uh, I believe you may be locked in at the credit price that you’re seeing there. Let me see. Okay, so you can get you can get credits for as low as 20 bucks uh, in the members area. So, if you ever need more more credits, uh you can buy credit packs for 20 bucks uh is the lowest uh package they have inside of the members area. Yeah, the goal is that hopefully you have way more than enough. That’s why we decided to put together this founders plan, but should you need more, you can get more for as low as $20. And there’s al other options in there as well for larger packs.

    Remember guys, you have two options. You have the 497 and we have the the the flex option. So, you can totally start with the flex option. Uh land a few clients. Uh and I would assume you can upgrade to the to the bigger plan. Uh if you, you know, once you land your first client, you want to expand. Um but you can lock in lock it in for just 127 uh per quarter and and get started right away. All right. And with that, I feel my voice starting to to give out. So, I just want to close out say, Paul, thank you for coming on here and not only sharing your knowledge, but sharing this incredible uh literally exclusive uh package and offer just for my uh customers. Guys, you should see the chat that me and me and Paul had. I literally reached out to him to put this together for us. He didn’t have anything set uh set up to allow other uh people to see this outside of his uh his own customer list. So, this is a custom offer, custom presentation that you guys are seeing uh for my list because I requested it from him because I know how good Paul’s uh uh software and training is. Uh so, thank you to Paul for putting this together uh and rushing it to get out there. Um, so and thank you guys for coming on live. If you’re waiting for the replay, I’ll go ahead and render this. It should be ready uh by tonight. So, I’ll make sure to get it out to you ASAP. And right uh at the nick nick of time, Zeie just purchased uh the Flex one. So, awesome, Ze. Way to get in there. And I’ll post a link one more time for those of you that are going to jump in uh here at the last minute. Um, I’ll post it one more time. Yeah, thank you also for having me. I really appreciate it. So excited for everyone. And uh, you know, if you guys have any trouble at all, um, like I said, my support email is paulpauljames.com. Feel free to reach out. Awesome. Thank you everyone. And I will get the replay out uh to you guys ASAP.

  • Grow Fig Trees That RIPEN FIGS FASTER With Three Simple Tricks

    Good afternoon, growers. It’s Sunday, July 5th, and we’re at that point in summer right now where any figs that will have a prayer of ripening within warm temperatures had to have already set on our trees. So, right now, we are just playing the waiting game, waiting for our precious figs to ripen. And today I wanted to discuss with you three tips that will help speed up the ripening processes of your figs so you will have the best chance in having good quality fruit that ripen while ideal temperatures are still here with us. A conservative estimate for the amount of time a fig takes to ripen from its initial figlet formation is about 90 days. Here you can see a little tiny figlet has formed on this tree. So this figlet is probably anywhere from 80 to 90 days from ripening. Figs come from a climate with very warm summers and ideally they ripen when temperatures are still in the 80° range. So with today being July 5th, if I add 90 days to this figlet, I’m going to wind up right around October 5th. And for most areas of the northern hemisphere, we’re starting to cool down around mid to late September. So any baby fig that forms at this point in the year probably won’t be able to ripen for us and it’ll just be a waste of energy for your tree to have to carry those figs to maturity. So what I’m going to do is I’m going to show you some ways that your trees can dedicate as much energy as possible so you can still get your figs to ripen when temperatures are still warm and you get a great quality fig. It’s the goal of any life form in nature to reproduce. And the way that fruit trees reproduce is to form fruit because that fruit contains the seeds that can then spread along the earth and make more baby seedlings and more new trees. And figs are no different than any other fruit tree. They want to send and mature fruit in order to perpetuate the species. However, trees have a very limited source of energy and that energy gets siphoned into all different directions. And a tree cannot spend all of its energy simply ripening fruit. Trees have a very finite source of energy. They are limited to the amount of energy that they can draw up from the roots and the amount of energy they can absorb from the sun via photosynthesis. But they have to split that limited amount of energy between all different life processes. So they have to grow roots. They have to grow new trunks and new leaves and new stems because they want to get taller and larger. And they also have to set fruits and ripen those fruits. So all of that energy gets siphoned into various directions. And since they have a finite source of energy, you’ll notice that trees that grow more vigorously, that put on more leaves, that want to grow taller and bigger and put on more stems, they are going to have less energy that they can put into their fruits to ripen. So the more they’re trying to grow out and get large and grow vigor and grow green wood, the less energy they’re going to have to put into their fruits and ripen them. So what we need to do is we need to force our trees to focus more of the limited energy into fruing and ripening those fruits than into growing into all different directions. Most of my fig trees are over 6 ft tall and I have no need for any figs to be this tall. I want them to ripen fruit lower and that is where most of the fruit is forming on these trees. So anything that’s happening up here I don’t really need. So, the first tip I’m going to give you is to pinch off the growth tips of all of the leading stems and branches of your fig tree. Trees grow through a hormonal process called apical dominance. And what that means is the hormones that are concentrated in the trunks of the trees, they move from the ground and they move up to the tallest growth points of the tree because they are always trying to get taller. They are always trying to grow up. So having these tips on the trees is forcing the hormones of the trees to go higher and higher and higher because that is where their growth points are. Well, the problem is most of the fruit on my tree that has a chance of ripening this season is quite low to the ground. So as the growth hormones go higher and higher into the tree, they’re actually being forced away from the lower parts of the trees that house the fruit that I want to actually eat. So, what we’re going to do is we are going to go around and on all of our fig trees, we are going to pinch off the top tips of all of the leading branches that we don’t want to grow into a certain form. And what do I mean by that? If I want my if I want my tree growing as one single trunk and I want it to end right here, I want the the main trunk to end right here, but it’s only this tall. Well, I’m not going to pinch that one yet because I want it to grow up to be a certain point in my own mind. However, for these trees, these are way too tall. I have no need for any of these trees to be quite this tall. So, I’m going to go ahead and I’m going to pinch off all of the leading branches of those trees because I don’t want the hormones to keep growing up to infinity. I want the hormones to come up the tree, say, “Hey, this uh this tree has been headed. We’re just going to we’re going to send those hormones right back down to the lower parts of the trees where the branches are. So, I’m going to go ahead and show you how to do that. I’m also going to link above a video that is indepth on pinching because pinching can be advantageous for forcing early fruitruing and also shaping your tree while they grow. And that’s something you can do throughout the season. I won’t bore you with the details on that, but please check out that video if you want to find out more information on fig pinching. But before I start to pinch my trees, I want to show you an example of a tree that I’m not going to pinch first. This tree is only about 2 feet tall. It’s one single stem and it set fruit so incredibly heavily that it just hasn’t put on a lot of growth into the stem. So, this is an example of a tree that I’m not going to pinch at the top because I need it to get a little bit taller and I need that trunk to thicken up some. So, this is a rare example of a tree at this point in the year where I wanted to put energy into the vigor of the tree. That being said, the fruit set on this little tree is actually really heavy and the figs are pretty far along. They were some of the first to set. So, because the tree is so small, the growth hormones are focused all in this one little tiny area. So, there’s no need to pinch a tree of this size. I’m going to focus my energy on pinching the trees that are much larger and sending far too much energy into all of the growth stems than they should be sending energy into ripening the figs. Now, before we get too far into this video, let’s discuss safety. Figs contain a very costic sap that is latex based, and it’s very irritating to the skin. If you get too much of the costic sap on your skin, it will create red patches and burn your skin. And if you’re particularly sensitive to it, it can create all kinds of welts. So, please wear hand protection. I’m wearing uh latex disposable gloves. So, I’m going to wear these throughout the uh the entire video. And normally, when it comes to fig pinching, I just go ahead and I pinch the tips off. But because I’ll be doing so much of this today, I’m actually using a pair of pruners that I already washed and sanitized because it’s just too much to pinch and we want the cuts to be nice and clean. And while you’re at it, put on some eye protection just in case. A simple pair of sunglasses just because of all the cutting and all the sap flying around. The last thing you want any fig sap in is in your eye. We don’t want to turn this into a trip to the emergency room. So, now that we got our safety moment out of the way, uh in front of me is a rende bordeaux fig tree. And this thing has just grown out of control. There’s just growth tips everywhere. And there’s figs as high as right here, which is just about 6 ft tall. So any of the tree growth up this high I have no use for. So I’m just going to go ahead and I’m going to pinch that off. And if you can see that uh what is dripping there is the costic white sap of the fig. So I’m going to toss this in a bucket. And I’m just going to simply go ahead and I’m going to prune off all of the tips of this tree because I have absolutely no need for this tree to grow any more vigorously. It’s it’s already given me tons of growth. It will give me tons of cutings to sell or trade to whoever wants them for the next season. And all this energy is just taking away from the fig ripening. So, I’m just going to go through here with my shears and I’m going to cut off every single growth tip and make really darn sure that I do not get any of the dripping sap on my skin. So, you probably shouldn’t wear a tank top when you do this like I did. If you can wear uh something with more arm protection, please do so. But, it is 94° and deathly humid out today and I’m just taking the risk. So now I’ve gone through and I’ve simply pruned off all of the tips of my fig tree. And that is the number one tip I’m going to give you. Stop the growth points. Because if you stop these growth points, the fig tree is not going to grow out anymore and it’s going to have more energy to place into fig fruit ripening instead of vigor. Now I’m going to go ahead and I’m going to give you the second tip for improving the ripening time of your figs. And the second tip that I’m going to give you is to prune off all of this unnecessary side growth that may be coming out of the nodes in different shoots. So here you can see examples of branches that are growing out between the leaf nodes at 45° angles with this main stem. All of these growth points that are suckering out, they’re all useless wastes of energy at this point in the year. And if you were trying to achieve a certain form out of your fig, if you wanted some kind of chalice form where it it shoots out exactly here for some reason, maybe you’d want to save these side growth uh pieces. But I have no need for this. So, I’m going to pinch off all of these 45° angle suckers that are shooting off because I just don’t need that. I want my fig trees to grow figs, not more side growth. So, simply doing that, uh, those little suckers are diverting all sorts of energy away from my fig trees that would be better spent, uh, growing fruit. So, I’m taking off all of these little uh, these little 45° angle side shoots. And we’re going to go ahead and we’re going to do that from all of our trees as well. And when I say side growth suckers, I also mean any suckers that are growing out of the bottom of the tree as well. This sucker right here is actually growing out of the base of the tree. So, I’m going to have to get my shears down there and prune that off the base because again, it’s trying to divert energy away from my tree and I just don’t want that. And we’ll take that one off as well. These suckers were far enough along that they were starting to ligignify. So, we definitely want to get them out of there because they are siphoning off way too much energy. And the third and final tip that I want to give you is to ensure that your fig trees are growing in as weedfree of an environment as possible. So, here you’ll see right here I have a few I have a few weeds that have sprouted up in my containers. I want to make sure that I pull these nasty weeds out because these weeds are essentially competing with my trees for nutrients. And while you may be thinking to yourself, uh, well, that’s not a big deal. They’re just a they’re just a few little weeds. Every little bit adds up. And having your figs ripen one or two days earlier, every few days really does help. You also run the risk of having your fig trees stuck in a rainstorm and a lot of climates get rainier in the fall across the United States. So, uh, having them ripen in a dry hot period is ideally what you want because those are the conditions that they grow in in the Mediterranean. So, having any weeds or any kind of grasses growing in your pot is going to compete with your fig tree for nutrients. It is going to draw energy away from that tree and that is not what you want. This is especially important in containers because when you’re growing in containers, you already have such a finite supply of nutrients. So, you want to make darn sure that there is as little competition for your trees as possible. And these three tips that I just told you are not just relevant to potted fig trees, they’re also relevant to inground fig trees. So, right here you’ll see one of my inground fig trees. You definitely want to make sure that you’re growing them in as weed-free of an environment as possible. I have a heavy layer of mulch applied around my fig trees to keep some weeds down. I also have a few weeds that are starting to sprout up in the back there. So, I’m going to rip them out and take care of them while they’re still small and easy to manage. Uh, and my fig trees here that are in ground, I’m espaling. And if you’re curious about what that is, uh I will link to a video above which will explain how to train your fig trees uh by espalier form. These fig trees are a little bit different because I want them to grow along uh this metal wire here. So, for example, uh I’m not going to prune the tip off of this tree because I need it to keep growing up to here. So, I’m going to wait until this branch gets long enough that it reaches this upost before I pinch the tip off. However, a branch like this that I am not training, that is not structural, that can be removed right now because this is just what you would consider side growth. There’s no point in me having that branch any longer. It’s already loaded up with figs and I’m not training that at all. All this fig tree branch right here is going to be is a source of additional fruit. And then come the winter, I’m going to cut it right off at the main trunk. And then I will have cutings available to propagate this uh this fig tree and make more copies of the tree as well as hopefully have some cutings for some people that are interested in having this variety. Using those three simple tips that I outlined, you can redirect your fig trees energy into the fruing process as much as possible so you can have more ripe fruit earlier in the season. Everybody, thank you so much for watching today’s video. If you found it helpful, please hit that like button. And if you haven’t already subscribed to the channel, please subscribe for future updates and more videos like these. If you’re curious about anything that I use in my garden, everything that I use is linked in my Amazon storefront in the video description. Thank you so much for watching and I hope to see all of you again on the next